catalogo de productos 2010
DIAGNOSTICO POR IMAGENES
RADIACION ONCOLOGICA
SEGURIDAD RADIOLOGICA
CATALOGO DE PRODUCTOS 2010
ETYC S.A.
Av. Rivadavia 2358 3º Piso Oficina 2
C1034ACP - Ciudad de Buenos Aires - Argentina
Tel / Fax: 54 11 4953 3040 Líneas Rotativas
E-mail: [email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
Web:
www.etyc.com.ar
Diagnostic Imaging
Product Catalog
2009/2010
TNT 12000 X-Ray
Test Device
35080M/199XRAY kVp Divider
and Medical ScopeMeter
07-QRX Wireless QA RADCHEX
CR QC Productivity Device
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
76-424-4156 Nested CT
Dose Phantom Kit for
Pediatric/Adult Head and Body
Radiation Oncology
Product Catalog
2009/2010
Providing solutions, not just products
Today, biomeds, physicists, RSO’s, other medical personnel must
meet increasing regulatory pressures, higher quality standards,
and rapid technological growth, while performing their work
faster and more efficiently than ever. Fluke Biomedical provides
a diverse range of software and hardware tools to meet today’s
challenges.
Service
Fluke Biomedical is dedicated to providing the best service within
the healthcare industry. Equipped with the bestcredentialed facilities, onsite experts, and full asset-management
capabilities, Fluke Biomedical’s service team is always on call to
take care of its customers. Fluke Biomedical’s world-class staff
leads the industry in post- and pre-sale support, including helping customers choose the best products and accessories for their
needs, technical support, product calibration, and repairs.
Regulatory compliance
Fluke Biomedical’s benchmark quality operates to the most rigorous standards in the industry, including compliance with ISO
9001:2000, ISO 13485:2003, FDA/QSR as applicable, and NRC/
Part 50, Appendix B/Part 21 and adheres to ISO 17025:2005,
ANSI Z540, Mammography MQSA and CNSC. Many of the Fluke
Biomedical products are CE-marked and CSA-certified. In addition, the Global Calibration Laboratory holds its NVLAP Lab Code
200566-0 certification and is traceable to both the NIST & PTB.
Legacy
You may be familiar with some of our legacy brand names, including:
•Metron
• Victoreen®
• Nuclear Associates
•DNI Nevada
• Keithley
•Bio-Tek Instruments
Fluke Biomedical has taken the best elements and products of
these former brands and have incorporated them into the Fluke
Biomedical culture and product line available today.
Our newest catalog
Thank you for requesting our Radiation Oncology catalog. Within
these pages, you will find solutions to manage your quality assurance and maintain a safe, regulatory-compliant facility in the
radiation oncology physics field.
If you are interested in receiving catalogs or information
about any of Fluke Biomedical’s other product-lines, please visit
www.flukebiomedical.com/catalog.
Catalogs are available for the following product lines:
• Biomedical Test
•Radiation Safety
• Diagnostic Imaging QA
•Service
About Fluke
Biomedical
Fluke
Biomedical leads
the world in the manu
facture of biomedical test
and simulation products,
including
standalone
electrical safety testers
to fully integrated and
automated performance
testing and documentation
systems. Fluke Biomedical
also provides some of the
most trusted and accurate
radiation safety, medical
imaging,
and oncology
quality-assurance
solutions
for regulatory
compliance.
About Fluke
Corporation
Fluke Biomedical is a division of Fluke Corporation.
Fluke Corporation is the
world leader in the manufacture, distribution, and
service of electronic test
tools and software and is
a wholly owned subsidiary
of Danaher Corporation
(NYSE:DHR).
Contact us:
Diagnostic Imaging
Product Catalog
Contents
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
TNT 12000 X-Ray Test Device.................................................................................................................... 3
35080M/199XRAY Non-Invasive kVp Divider and Medical Scopemeter........................................... 6
10100AT, 10500AT, and 10500AMT TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/Calibration/QA Kit....... 9
10500EXL TRIAD Toolkit for Excel........................................................................................................... 15
8000 NERO® mAx X-Ray Test Device...................................................................................................... 17
8000mAx NERO mAx Toolkit for Excel .................................................................................................. 21
4000M+ X-Ray Test Device.......................................................................................................................23
4000EXL 4000 Toolkit for Excel...............................................................................................................25
07-CRXW and 07-QRX Wireless CR RADCHEX and QA RADCHEX...................................................29
07-MAS5 mAs-5 Meter............................................................................................................................... 31
06-526 RAD-CHECK® Plus Dosimeter ....................................................................................................34
06-526-5240 RAD-CHECK MICRO-R......................................................................................................35
18-526 Series Service and Quality Control Kits...................................................................................37
07-453 Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter/Timer...........................................................................................38
07-487 Dual-Range Digital mAs Meter...................................................................................................39
07-469 Wave Precision High-Voltage Divider ......................................................................................40
18-116 VeriLUM® Color Dual Mode Pod.................................................................................................. 41
07-621 Precision Photometer ..................................................................................................................42
07-661-7662 Collimator/Beam Alignment Test Tool .........................................................................43
07-644 Grid Alignment Test Tool ...........................................................................................................43
07-591 Focal Spot Test Tool......................................................................................................................44
07-501 to 07-555 Test Patterns..............................................................................................................45
07-503 to 07-551 Star Patterns...............................................................................................................46
07-456 High-Purity Aluminum Step Wedges........................................................................................46
07-451 X-Ray Output Detector ................................................................................................................48
07-608 Screen/Film Contact Mesh .........................................................................................................48
07-706 Patient Phantom/Penetrometer System....................................................................................48
07-622 Multipurpose Focal Spot/HVL Test Stand................................................................................50
07-623 Mammography Focal Spot Measurement Test Stand ...........................................................50
07-533 Radiopaque Rulers........................................................................................................................50
07-611 to 07-633 X-Ray Pinhole Assemblies...................................................................................... 51
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland, OH 44139-3303 U.S.A.
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
For more information, contact us
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa
+31 40 267 5435 or
Fax +31 40 267 5436
From other countries
+1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email:
[email protected]
Web access:
www.flukebiomedical.com
Service Center/Repair/
Calibration US
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland OH 44139-3303
Tel: 440-498-2560
Toll free: 800-850-4608 ext 2564
Email:
[email protected]
Service Center/Repair/
Calibration Europe
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (40) 267 5435
Fax: +31 (40) 267 5436
Email: [email protected]
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
57-4 Series CLEAR-Pb® Compensation Filters......................................................................................52
07-600QC/07-600QCN Quality Control Kit . ..........................................................................................55
07-680 NEMA® Cardiology/Fluoroscopy Phantom ..............................................................................56
07-649 CDRH Fluoroscopic Phantom.......................................................................................................60
07-601 Fluoroscopic System Resolution Test Tools ............................................................................ 61
07-800 Series Flex Film Cassettes ........................................................................................................ 61
07-600 Fluoroscopic Beam Alignment Device .....................................................................................62
07-678+ DXR Direct X-Ray Ruler ...........................................................................................................62
76-710 Digital Subtraction Angiography (DSA) Phantom .................................................................63
07-652 CDRAD Contrast Detail Digital and Conventional Radiography Phantom.........................65
07-605-7777 CR/DR DIN Test Tool ........................................................................................................67
07-647 R/F QC Phantom ...........................................................................................................................68
07-643 Contrast Imaging Phantom..........................................................................................................69
07-653 Fluoroscopic Imaging Test Phantom ........................................................................................70
76-2 Series Diagnostic X-Ray Phantoms .............................................................................................. 71
76-025 CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool......................................................................................73
76-606DX ATOM MAX Diagnostic Head Phantom ...............................................................................75
607-434 Ultra-High Purity HVL Attenuators ........................................................................................76
07-645 Fluoro-Test ™ Tool..........................................................................................................................77
1
Diagnostic Imaging
Product Catalog
Contents
Film Processor Quality Assurance
07-444
07-443
07-417
07-402
07-424
“The Little Genius” Scanning Densitometer............................................................................80
Handheld Deluxe Digital Clamshell Densitometer................................................................. 81
Handheld Dual-Color Sensitometer .........................................................................................82
Portable Digital Thermometer.....................................................................................................83
Digital Densitometer.....................................................................................................................84
Film Handling and Storage
Mammography Quality Assurance
18-220 Mammographic Accreditation Phantom...................................................................................92
18-250 Digital Stereotactic Breast Biopsy Accreditation Phantom...................................................93
18-251-2000 Contrast and Resolution Mammography Phantom.....................................................94
18-252 Contrast Detail Phantom for Mammography ..........................................................................95
18-227 CDMAM Phantom...........................................................................................................................96
18-222 Tissue-Equivalent Mammography Phantom ..........................................................................98
18-216 Single-Exposure High Contrast Resolution Phantom............................................................99
18-228 Stereotactic Needle Biopsy Tissue-Equivalent Training Phantom.................................. 100
18-229-1313 Mammo-Cube Stereotactic Core Biopsy Phantom.................................................... 100
18-229 Triple-Modality Biopsy Training Phantom............................................................................101
18-203 Mammography Phototimer Consistency Test Tool . ............................................................103
18-224 Mammography Phantom Material ..........................................................................................103
18-303 Mammography Collimation Assessment Test Tool .............................................................104
18-210-8000 View Markers for Mammography ...............................................................................105
CT Quality Assurance
76-410-4130 AAPM CT Performance Phantom..................................................................................106
76-409 Spiral/Helical CT Lesion Detectability Phantom...................................................................108
76-424-4156 Nested CT Dose Phantom Kit for Pediatric/Adult Head and Body .......................109
76-419-4150 CT Dose Phantom Kit for Pediatric/Adult Head and Body.......................................109
76-414-4150 CT Dose Phantom Kit for Adult Head and Body........................................................109
CT Ion Chambers ...................................................................................................................................... 110
84-357 Interventional Triple-Modality 3D Abdominal Phantom.................................................... 113
MRI Quality Assurance
76-907
76-908
76-904
76-903
MR Uniformity/Linearity Phantom (AAPM)............................................................................ 114
MR 3D Slice Thickness/High Contrast Resolution Phantom (AAPM) .............................. 114
MRI Surface Coil Phantom......................................................................................................... 115
MRI Multipurpose Phantom ..................................................................................................... 117
Ultrasound Quality Assurance
84-349
84-317
84-340
84-342
Ultrasound Elasticity QA Phantom...........................................................................................122
Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst Ultrasound Phantom...................................................................123
General Purpose Multi-Tissue Ultrasound Phantom ..........................................................124
General Purpose Urethane Ultrasound Phantom..................................................................125
Service and Calibration
Service Info............................................................................................................................ 126
Calibration Info..................................................................................................................... 126
2
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
TNT 12000
X-Ray Test Device
The TNT 12000 X-Ray Test
Device is the newest and most
versatile instrument available
for measuring key x-ray imaging
parameters. It sets up in seconds
and measures kVp, dose, dose
rate, time, and half value layer
(HVL) in a single exposure. A
totally-wireless ZigBee® interface
enables quick and easy setup
and the wireless detector can be
used with the companion wireless display or a laptop computer.
X-ray imaging QA, calibration, and maintenance in today’s
demanding digital environment
require very high productivity and compliance with
local and regional regulations.
The TNT 12000 delivers high
productivity through 100 %
wireless connectivity to either
a display, which instantly
responds with all values in a
single exposure, or a laptop, where measured values are displayed and categorized in organized templates. Instant HVL
with just a single exposure further enhances productivity.
Featuring all-in-one-exposure measurements and ZigBee wireless communication combined with the rugged, reliable, and
accurate design that is a Fluke trademark, the TNT 12000 is truly
a new breed of non-invasive x-ray test tool. TNT 12000 is ideal
for use by OEM factory and field service engineers, independent
service organizations, physicists, biomedical and clinical engineers, and local and regional field inspectors of x-ray imaging
equipment. Its small, lightweight design enhances portability and
100 % wireless operation ensures setup can be accomplished in
seconds. Because the TNT 12000 measures all parameters with
every exposure, there is no need for complicated menu selection, further enhancing user productivity. TNT 12000 always
defaults to the last use when powered on, so when used often
for repetitive procedures it is truly a one-button (power-on) solution. The TNT 12000 has the expanded functionality needed
for modern applications and can be managed with minimum
keystrokes. Users can identify and select custom measurement
protocols and save them for future use. Full test automation and
documentation software is available for TNT 12000, creating the
advantage of accurate, repeatable testing processes. Ansur Test
Automation Software is only available from Fluke Biomedical.
Key features
• 100 % ZigBee wireless operation between detector and
hand-held display or laptop
• Compact hand-held design
for maximum portability and
ease-of-use
• Simple user interface with
minimum menu routines
means setup in seconds
• Fluke Biomedical ruggedness
provides reliable operation.
It’s tough!
• 40 kHz sampling rate to
ensure accuracy with the
most difficult applications
• Global support network
delivering prompt service
and peace-of-mind to Fluke
Biomedical customers
worldwide
are instantly available on the
hand-held display or on the
user’s laptop. The latter application places measured values
into templates that are standard with the Excel software
provided with TNT 12000.
Because the TNT 12000 Excel
package is a spreadsheet, users
can customize their templates
and create their own reports
to send to others. Accuracy,
reproducibility, and reliability
are also critically important
and Fluke Biomedical is the
industry standard customers
count on to deliver uncompromised performance.
Primary end benefit
Productivity and accuracy are central goals when performing any
maintenance or QA process on diagnostic imaging equipment
because image system uptime is critical to patient care objectives.
TNT 12000 is small, portable, and wireless. It is easily transported to the imaging room, set up in seconds, and all results
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
3
TNT 12000
X-Ray Test Device
Specifications
kVp measurements
Units
kVp Average (average of peaks during a specified interval) kVp
Max (highest peak during a specified interval) PPV (peak practical
voltage)
Ranges
Radio/Fluoro modes
40 kV to 150 kV
Mammo modes
Mo/Mo: 22 kV to 35 kV (standard calibration)
Rh/Rh: 25 kV to 49 kV (optional calibration)
Mo/Rh: 22 kV to 40 kV (optional calibration)
Mo/Al: 22 kV to 49 kV (optional calibration)
Rh/Al: 25 kV to 49 kV (optional calibration)
W/Rh: (optional calibration)
W/Ag: (optional calibration)
Resolution
0.1 kV
Optional accessories
Accuracy
Radio/Fluoro modes: ± 2 % or ± 1 kV, whichever is greater
35035 mA/mAs Meter
TNT 12000 Ansur Test
Automation Software Plug-in
Mammo modes: ± 2 % or ± 0.7 kV, whichever is greater
Reproducibility
± 1 % (std of 5 readings)
Filtration correction range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 1 mm Al to 10 mm Al or equivalent
Mammo mode: 0 mm Al to 0.4 mm Al added filtration
Dose/exposure measurements
Units
Roentgens, grays
Range
0.5 mR to 999 R
5 µGy to 999 Gy
Resolution
1 µR 0.01 µGy
Accuracy
±5%
Reproducibility
± 0.5 % (std % of five readings)
Filtration correction range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 1 mm Al to 10 mm Al or equivalent
Mammo mode: 0 mm Al to 0.4 mm Al added filtration
kV correction ranges
Radio/Fluoro modes: 40 kV to 150 kV
Mammo mode: Mo/Mo: 22 kV to 35 kV
Dose/exposure rate measurements
Units
Roentgens or grays per hour, minute, second, pulse
Range
8 mR/s to 10 R/s
70 µGy/s to 100 mGy/s
130 µR/pulse to 160 mR/pulse (@ 60 PPS)
12 µGy/pulse to 1.4 mGy/pulse (@ 60 PPS)
Resolution
1 µR/s
0.01 µGy/s
0.02 µR/pulse (@ 60 PPS)
0.2 nGy/pulse (@ 60 PPS)
Accuracy
±5%
Filtration correction range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 1 mm Al to 10 mm Al or equivalent
Mammo mode: 0 mm Al to 0.4 mm Al added filtration
kV correction range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 40 kV to 150 kV
Mammo mode: Mo/Mo: 22 kV to 35 kV
Exposure time—radiographic modes
Units
Milliseconds, pulses
Range (@ stated accuracy)
Milliseconds: 10 ms to 9999 ms
Pulses: 1 pulse to 999 pulses
Resolution
Milliseconds: 0.1 ms
Pulses: 1 pulse
4
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
TNT 12000
X-Ray Test Device
Specifications
Accuracy
Optional accessories
Milliseconds: 1 % or 0.5 ms
Pulses: ± 1 pulse
Reproducibility
Milliseconds: 1 % or 0.5 ms
Pulses: ± 1 pulse
3335538 TA-TNT12K,
TNT 12000 with Test
Automation
3340639 TA-TNT12KWD,
TNT 12000 Wireless Detector
with Test Automation
Elapsed time—fluoro modes
Range
10 sec to 9999 sec
Resolution
0.1 second
Accuracy
1 % or 0.5 sec
Average pulse rate—pulsed fluoro
Range
1 pps to 999 pps (pulses per second)
Resolution
1 pps
Accuracy
1 pps
Average pulse width— pulsed fluoro
Range
10 ms to 999 ms
Resolution
0.1 ms
Accuracy
1 % or 0.5 ms
HVL
Range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 1.2 mm Al to 10 mm Al (equivalent)
Mammo mode: 0.2 mm Al to 0.6 mm Al (equivalent)
Resolution
Radio/Fluoro modes: 0.1 mm Al (equivalent)
Mammo mode: 0.01 mm Al (equivalent)
Accuracy
Radio/Fluoro modes: ± 10 % or 0.2 mm Al (equivalent)
Mammo mode: ± 5 % or 0.05 mm Al (equivalent)
Electrical specifications
Battery
Battery type: Lithium-ion, 3.7 V, 4000 mAh
Battery charge time: Approx. 5 hr
Battery discharge time: Approx. 8 hr
Battery cutoff voltage: 2.75 V
AC adapter
Input voltage: 100 V ac to 240 V ac
Input frequency: 50/60 Hz
Input current: 0.5 A (rms)
Output voltage: 6 V dc
Environmental specifications
Operating temperature
0 °C to 35 °C (32 °F to 95 °F)
Storage temperature
-35 °C to 50 °C (-31 °F to 122 °F)
Operating humidity
20 % to 80 % RH (non-condensing)
Physical specifications
Display
320 × 240 Color LCD
Size (WxDxH)
Display: 15.2 cm x 11.4 cm x 4.45 cm (6 in × 4.5 in × 1.75 in)
Detector: 15.2 cm x 11.4 cm x 4.45 cm (6 in × 4.5 in × 1.75 in)
Weight
Display: 0.422 kg (0.93 lb)
Detector: 0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
Ordering information
Kit #1
TNT 12000 X-Ray Test Device
Included accessories
1320005000 TNT 12000WD
Wireless Detector
1330005000 TNT 12000D
Wireless Display
14-445 (2) AC Adapters/Chargers
50-197 Cable, Type A to Mini B
USB
50-198 Cable, Mini A to Mini B
USB
1320003000 Excel Software/
User Manual on CD
1320033000 Carrying Case
90-183 ZigBee® USB Dongle
TNT12QRG Quick Start Reference
Guide
Kit #2
3335774 TNT 12000WD Wireless
Detector
Included accessories
1320005000 TNT 12000WD
Wireless Detector
14-445 (1) AC Adapter/Charger
50-197 Cable, Type A to Mini B
USB
1320003000 Excel Software/
User Manual on CD
1320033000 Carrying Case
90-183 ZigBee® USB Dongle
TNT12QRG Quick Start Reference
Guide
Kit #3
3335795 TNT 12000D Wireless
Display
Included accessories
1330005000 TNT 12000D
Wireless Display
14-445 (1) AC Adapter/Charger
50-197 Cable, Type A to Mini B
USB
50-198 Cable, Mini A to Mini B
USB
1320003000 Excel Software/
User Manual on CD
TNT12QRG Quick Start Reference
Guide
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
5
35080M/199XRAY
Non-Invasive kVp Divider
and Medical ScopeMeter
The winning combination.
The 35080M and 199XRAY
are commonly used x-ray
tools unmatched by traditional
meters. This winning combination allows busy service
engineers and biomedical personnel the ability to perform
fast and accurate verification of
kVp values for calibration or QA
assessment. Fluke Biomedical
offers this combination in a
convenient kit with all the
accessories you need to get
started.
35080M Non-Invasive kVp
Divider
The 35080M Non-Invasive kVp
Divider quickly and accurately
measures kVp for all modalities. The unit checks both
above and below table tubes
and displays the direct kVp
values on either the 35050AT
Dosimeter, the 199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter, or optional Excel
Add-in software. The 35080M is highly portable and eliminates
the need for bulky and heavy high-voltage divider tanks. In fact,
it’s so compact in size that it fits into a shirt pocket.
A patented* wide-range filter pack is included with the
35080M and provides accurate readings for the range of 50 kVp
to 150 kVp. Four optional filter packs are available for use with
the 35080M for CT, mammographic, and mobile applications.
199XRAY Medical Scopemeter
The 199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter has all the normal oscilloscope
functions, as well as the speed, performance, and analysis power
for more-demanding applications. This high-performance oscilloscope offers the functionality of top-end bench instruments. With
up to 200 MHz bandwidth, 2.5 GS/s real-time sampling, and a
deep memory of 27,500 points per input, the 199XRAY is ideal for
engineers who need the full capabilities of a high-performance
oscilloscope in a handheld, battery-powered instrument.
In addition, the 199XRAY is specially designed for use with
x-ray systems. This ScopeMeter displays kVp waveforms and
direct kVp values simultaneously on an easy-to-read screen,
eliminating time-wasting calculations of scope traces to derive
kVp values.
6
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Key features
35080M
•New miniaturized configuration for convenient transport
to the job site
•Fast/easy non-invasive kVp
values for calibration/QA
•Non-invasive technology
eliminates the hazards of
high-voltage cables and the
need for bulky divider tanks
•Auto ON/OFF when
connected/disconnected
•Optional filter packs enable
testing in all modalities
•Rh/Rh measurement
capability when 35080M
is used with Cadmium
K-Edge and Linear Mammo
Filter Pack Pair
•Convenient storage/
carrying case
199XRAY
• ScopeMeter displays kVp
wave forms and direct
kVp values simultaneously
on an easy-to-read screen
•No more time spent
calculating scope traces
to derive kVp values
•Full medical oscilloscope
scope functionality with
color display
ScopeMeter
triggers on
•
standard interlaced and
high-resolution, noninterlaced video systems.
Triggers on all lines
nonselectively or select an
individual video line—up
to 2800 lines per frame
•mAs measurement calculates
current over time
•Smart averaging capabilities
•Extended vertical offset
•Selectable persistence mode
•Extended video triggering
•FlukeView® for Windows®
for documenting, enhancing, waveform analysis, and
archiving results
35080M/199XRAY
Non-Invasive kVp Divider
and Medical ScopeMeter
Specifications
35080M
Range
50 kVp to 150 kVp, using only the wide-range radiographic
filter pack (37617). Range and versatility are extended with the use
of special optional filter packs.
Accuracy
± 2 % of reading in the range of 50 kVp to 150 kVp, exclusive
of linearity, filtration, and gain effects. Linearity corrections
automatically applied when using 35080M with either 35050AT
Dosimeter or 199XRAY.
Response time
150 µs (10 % to 90 %)
Calibration
Internally generated signal provides a calibration check
Minimum time
for valid reading
1 ms, three-phase; one line cycle, single-phase
Tube current
Wide dynamic range from 4 mA to 3000 mA (three-phase),
2 mA to 1500 mA (single phase). Generator settings will vary in
waveform and distance. Less than ± 1 kVp effect for wide-range
radiographic filter pack covering 50 kVp to 150 kVp. Specialty filter
packs may have different characteristics.
Environmental
Temperature range: 0 °C to 35 °C
Relative humidity: 20 % to 80 %
Storage temperature: -35 °C to 50 °C
Orientation
Long axis of the Model 35080M Non-invasive kVp Divider oriented
perpendicular to axis of x-ray tube to eliminate
heel effect.
Power requirements
9 V battery, 60 hours operation
Dimensions (LxWxH)
6 cm x 9 cm x 21 cm (2.38 in x 3.5 in x 8.25 in)
Weight
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
MA190 Accessory Kit
The MA190 accessory set enables interconnection of the 199XRAY for use in the field
of medical imaging and video systems. The
kit is included with the 199XRAY as a standard
accessory. The accessory kit includes the
following:
•FlukeView for Windows software
•50 Ω BNC feedthrough terminator, in insulated
enclosure, to maintain proper termination of test
connections during measurement
•50 Ω BNC terminator with 10:1 signal attenuation, to keep test terminal properly loaded while
getting optimum signal amplitude to benefit
from the instrument’s extended offset range
•1 Ω current shunt for current measurements, in
insulated enclosure
•Safety-designed BNC cable, 1.5 m (5 ft), with
plastic connectors for safe connection to test
terminals even when not at ground potential
•Insulated BNC (f) to 4 mm banana-plug adapter
•Dual 4 mm banana receptacles (1 red, 1 black)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
7
35080M/199XRAY
Non-Invasive kVp Divider
and Medical ScopeMeter
Specifications
Optional accessories
199XRAY
Field applications
Bandwidth
Dual input: 200, 100 or 60 MHz
Real-time sampling rate
Up to 2.5 GS/s
Trigger types
Connect-and-View ™ automatic triggering and a full range of manual
trigger modes
Extended video triggering
Along with its triggering capability for standard, interlaced TV
signals, the instrument also triggers on high-resolution, noninterlaced video systems. The ScopeMeter 199XRAY will trigger on
all lines (nonselective), or can select an individual video line from
systems with up to 2800 lines per frame.
Persistence
Digital persistence for analyzing complex dynamic waveforms,
similar to an analog scope.
Selectable persistence
Persistence mode with selectable decay time helps to find
anomalies in the wave shape and optimizes the display for color
information when working with composite color video.
Display
Fast-display update rate for seeing dynamic behavior
instantaneously
33551 CT filter pack
37351 Linear mammo filter pack
37355 Cadmium K-Edge
filter pack
37946 Mobile filter pack
38237 Low range filter pack
Automatic capture and replay of 100 screens
Maximum record length
27,500 points-per-input record length using ScopeRecord mode
Trend analysis
TrendPlot paperless chart recorder for trend analysis up to 22 days
Independently floating isolated inputs
Up to 1,000 V
Waveform compare
Waveform reference for visual comparisons and automatic pass/fail
testing of waveforms
Vpwm
Vpwm function for motor drive and frequency inverter applications
mA
mAs measurement calculates current over time. Using the cursors,
you can now measure directly the amount of radiation produced by
x-ray systems, or the total amount of charge applied to a system.
Smart averaging
Smart averaging gives the averaged waveform over successive
acquisitions, reducing noise in the displayed waveform. Thanks
to smart averaging, you can now also see an incidental curve of a
different wave shape with no effect on the averaged curve. This
allows you to see the averaged curve of a sequence of video lines,
for example, while still seeing the incidental flyback line flash by.
The oscilloscope gives an immediate response when the signal
makes large changes.
Extended offset
Vertical offset is now extended to a maximum of 16 divisions,
allowing vertical zoom-in for study of small details of the signal.
Electrical safety
1000 V CAT II and 600 V CAT III safety certified
Power requirements
Rechargeable NiMH battery pack, four hours operation
Dimensions (LxWxH)
25.6 cm x 16.9 cm x 6.4 cm (10.1 in x 6.6 in x 2.5 in)
Weight
2.0 kg (4.4 lb)
35080M Non-Invasive kVp
Divider
199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter
MA190 Medical ScopeMeter
Accessory Kit
37617 Wide-range filter pack
121002900 Carrying Case
199XRAY
FlukeView® for Windows®
8
Included accessories
35080M/199XRAY
Documenting
Transfer waveforms, screens, and measurement data from the
ScopeMeter to a PC. Print or import the data into your report.
Enhancing
Add user text to individual ScopeMeter settings, providing guidance
to the operator when recalling a setup.
Archiving
Create a library of waveforms with your comments for easy
reference and comparison. Store complete replay cycles for
analysis of waveform changes. Store complete memory content
of the ScopeMeter on your PC for backup purposes.
Waveform comparison
Store reference waveforms, add operator instructions, and
send both to the ScopeMeter for waveform comparison and
“Pass/Fail” testing.
Analysis
Use cursors, perform spectrum analysis, or export data to other
analysis programs.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
MA190 Medical ScopeMeter
Accessory Kit
35080M
37617 Wide-range filter pack
1210029000 Carrying case
Ordering information
35080M/199XRAY kVp Divider
and Medical ScopeMeter Kit
199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter
with kVp capabilities
35080M Non-Invasive kVp
Divider
10100AT, 10500AT
and 10500AMT
TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit
Key features
•Bright display with direct
readout in user-selected units
The TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray
Field Service/Calibration/
QA Kit is a full-function,
x-ray dosimeter kit that
performs fast, highlysensitive measurements.
It is ideal for government compliance testing,
troubleshooting, repair of
diagnostic x-ray
equipment, installation and setup of new
equipment, preventive maintenance,
radiographic QA measurements, and measurements required for JCAHO accreditation.
The kit performs measurements for all modalities: radiographic,
fluoroscopic, mammographic (MQSA), CT, cine and dental.
The TRIAD TnT Kit comes in three popular configurations:
• 10100AT is the base-level dosimeter kit and features the
35050AT dosimeter, a technologically advanced, microprocessorcontrolled, x-ray radiation dosimeter. The kit also includes ion
chambers and test stand, triaxial/coaxial cable, ac adapter, HVL
filter set, RS-232 interface cable with adapters, customization
software, instruction manual CD, and lightweight carrying case.
• 10500AT includes all of the components from the 10100AT, in
addition to the 35080M non-invasive kVp divider and 37617
wide-range filter pack (50 kVp to 150 kVp), for quick and accurate kV measurement.
• 10500AMT is equipped with all the components from the
10500AT, as well as the 35035 mA/mAs meter and CA-23
universal test-lead kit, allowing engineers to accurately
measure mAs and fluoroscopic mA for diagnostic, radiographic,
and fluoroscopic imaging equipment.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
•Image intensifier measure-
ments at 0.1 µR and 0.1 µR/s
resolution; cine in µR/frame
•Expanded kVp and
exposure-time measurement capabilities
•Simplified controls include
autoreset, autoranging,
automatic offset and drift
compensation, automatic
power-down, and automatic
pressure and temperature
correction
Optional
TRIAD toolkit for
•
Excel for remote operation,
waveform capture, and
calibration
Multiple
self-checking
•
features to reduce testing time
•Battery-powered with auto
power-down feature to extend
battery life
Automatic
temperature and
•
pressure correction for faster
operation in any environment
•Timesaving scroll
functionality
•Recognizes and ignores
spurious background signals
•Very low dose rate: 20 nGy/s
at a 1 nGy/s resolution
•Broader range of dental unit
kV and time measurement
9
10100AT, 10500AT
and 10500AMT
TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit
Specifications
10100AT TRIAD TnT Kit
Exposure and exposure rate accuracy
Basic accuracy of 35050AT
± 1 % of reading ± 2 range resolution steps over range of 18 °C to 28 °C and ± 2 % of reading ± 2 range
resolution steps over the full operating temperature range of 0 °C to 50 °C
Note: A 3 % NIST-traceable calibration is provided with each system and includes effects of 35050AT, 96035B, and 96020C.
Exposure time measurement
Exposure time accuracy
± 0.1 % of reading; ± 0.2 msec
Maximum exposure time
6.5 s
Measurement resolution
0.2 ms
Measurement modes
kVp/Dose/Time
Single-shot (“all-in-one” exposure), direct-beam measurement of exposure, kVp, and time; autoranging across
three-decade ranges; auto reset between exposures; display updates after each exposure
kVp/Rate
Simultaneous measurement of kVp and exposure rate
Full sensitivity dose
Autoranging across five decades of sensitive ranges; automatic drift and offset compensation; automatic postexposure display hold
Full sensitivity rate
Measurement range covers a span from low-level image intensifier measurements to unattenuated, direct
beams; automatic offset compensation and nonlinear filtering. Autoranging provides five decades of
sensitivity ranges. Display updates once per second
Very low dose rate (VLDR)
This mode is only for making very low dose rate measurements. Nonlinear digital filtering and autoranging provide five decades of sensitivity
ranges. Display updates once per second. In this mode, automatic current offset and drift compensation are disabled. As a result, the system
can display very low dose rates.
Power requirements
Battery life
~30 hours with six AA alkaline batteries; automatic power-down after user-selected period of unattended
operation (5 min to 255 min); AC adapter supplied with each 35050AT
Note: When the ac adapter is in use, the auto power-down feature is disabled, providing continuous operation. User selections for ion chamber, units, kV filter pack,
temperature, pressure, and frame are stored in nonvolatile memory before automatic turnoff; eliminates manual reselection at power-up
Bias voltage supply
Fixed electronic bias (~300 V); bias voltage removed from triaxial input connector at instrument turnoff
Customization
Allows user to modify contents of nonvolatile memory, including ion chamber and kV filter pack conversion
factors, temperature and pressure units, radiation units, and power down interval. A field customization
software program is included for use with an IBM®-PC or compatible.
Connections
35080M Interface
Male, two lug BNC
Computer interface
RS-232, using RJ-45 connector; 9,600 baud 8-bit, 1 stop, no parity, xon/xoff; enables fully-programmable
operation and waveform display from a PC with optional Excel add-in; powered when connected to
computer
Ion chamber input
Triax, BNC; collector and guard positive-biased relative to ion chamber body and dosimeter chassis
Power
2.1 mm dc power jack, power input for an unregulated 9 V,
200 mA adapter with a center negative, 2.1 mm plug
General information
Display
Two-line, 20-character alphanumeric PLED (polymer LED), with 0.5 cm character height; indicates all ion
chamber/kV filter pack identification information, numerical measurement results, battery level, calibration
date and other information
Weight
6.4 kg (14 lb)
Dimensions (LxWxH)
46 cm x 33 cm x 15 cm (18 in x 13 in x 6 in)
Diagnostic Ionization Chambers (96035B and 96020C)
Energy range
96035B: 30 kVp to 150 kVp; 20 kVp to 50 kVp for mammographic 96020C: 30 kVp to 150 kVp
Nominal sensitivity
96035B: 2.00 R/C x 108 R/C (1.75 Gy/C x 106 Gy/C) at 22 °C and 1013 hPa 2.21 R/C x 108 R/C
(1.94 Gy/C x 106 Gy/C) at 22 °C and 1013 hPa (flat response suitable for conventional diagnostic
radiography and mammography)
96020C: 2.08 R/C x 107 R/C (1.82 Gy/C x 105 Gy/C) at 22 °C and 1013 hPa (optimized for low-level image
intensifier and cine measurements)
Construction
96035B: Graphite-coated acrylic, parallel-plate, air-vented
96020C: Composite graphite-filled thermoplastic; parallel-plate, air-vented
Volume
96035B: 15 cm3
96020C: 150 cm3
10
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
10100AT, 10500AT
and 10500AMT
TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit
Specifications
10100AT TRIAD TnT Kit (continued)
Ion Chamber
Units
Effective Range ***
Resolution Step Size
15 cc
R
100 µ to 20
1µ
R/s
100 µ to 20
1µ
R/m
5 m to 1200
50 µ
R/h
100 m 72 k
1m
R/f **
2 µ to 333 m
0.02 µ
Gy
1 µ to 175 m
0.01 µ
Gy/s
1 µ 174 m
0.01 µ
Gy/m
50 µ to 10.5
0.5 µ
Gy/h
1 m to 630
0.01 m
Gy/f **
0.02 µ to 2.9 m
0.2 n
R
10 µ to 2
0.1 µ
R/s
10 to 2
0.1 µ
R/m
0.5 m to 120
5µ
R/h
10 m to 7.2 k
0.1 m
R/f **
0.2 µ to 33 m
0.002 µ
Gy
0.1 µ to 17.5 m
0.001 µ
Gy/s
0.1 µ to 17.5 m
0.001 µ
Gy/m
5 µ to 1050 m
.05 µ
Gy/h
0.1 m to 63
0.001 m
Gy/f **
0.002 µ to 290 µ
0.02 n
R/s
2 µ to 2*
0.1 µ
R/m
0.1 m to 120*
5µ
R/h
2 m to 7.2 k*
0.1 m
R/f **
0.04 µ to 33 m*
0.002 µ
Gy/s
0.02 µ to 17.5 m*
0.001 µ
Gy/m
1 µ to 1050 m*
0.05 µ
Gy/h
0.02 m to 63*
0.001 m
Gy/f **
0.4 n to 290 µ*
0.02 n
C
1 p to 100 n
0.01 p
A
1 p to 100 n
0.01 p
150 cc
150 cc VLDR
Electrical Units
Values for ion chambers are calculated using nominal sensitivities: 15 cc: 2.4 x 108 R/C, 150 cc: 2.4 x 107 R/C
*Very Low Dose Rate effective range at 5 % resolution steps.
**At 60 f/s (1 to 120 frames/selectable).
***IEC 61674 effective range at 1 % resolution steps
96020C and 96035B Diagnostic Ion Chambers
Energy range
96020C: 30 kVp to 150 kVp
96035B: 30 kVp to 150 kVp for diagnostic measurements;
20 kVp to 50 kVp for mammographic measurements
Nominal volume
96020C: 150 cm3; 11.3 cm diameter by 1.5 cm thick
active volume
96035B: 15 cm3; 3.96 cm diameter by 1.22 cm thick
active volume
Nominal sensitivity
96020C and 96035B
•Very low leakage and low
noise
• Rugged mechanical
construction
• Ionization chambers are
supplied with triaxial BNC
connectors
96020C and 96035B
Diagnostic Ion Chambers
The 96020C and 96035B
Diagnostic Ion Chambers are
vented-volume, parallel-plate
air ionization chambers with
side-mounted BNC triaxial
connectors. The 96020C
Ion Chamber has a nominal volume of 150 cm3, and
the 96035B has a nominal
volume of 15 cm3. Both ion
chambers have a fullyguarded, centrally-located
collector plate that provides
superior collection efficiency.
The patented* 96035B
has a dual-energy range
that enables both diagnostic and mammographic
measurements. They are
accomplished using the other
side as the entrance window.
*Patent numbers 4,843,619,
4,916,727 and 5,508,526.
96020C: H60: 2.08 R/C x 107 R/C at 22 °C and
760 mmHg (optimized for low-level image intensifier
and cine measurements)
96035B: L100: 2.0 R/C x 108 R/C at 22 °C and 760 mmHg
MV30 (PTB Mammo Point): 2.21 R/C x 108 R/C at 22 °C and
760 mmHg (flat energy response suitable for conventional
diagnostic radiography and mammography)
Leakage current
< 10 fA under normal bias conditions (300 V)
Collection efficiency
96020C: 95 % at 2,000 R/min
96035B: 95 % at 5,000 R/min
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
11
10100AT, 10500AT
and 10500AMT
TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit
Specifications
96020C and 96035B Diagnostic Ion Chambers (continued)
Wall material
96020C: Composite graphite-filled thermoplastic
96035B: Graphite-coated acrylic (methyl-methacrylate)
Window material
96020C: 0.76 mm thick, graphite-coated polycarbonate
96035B: Both entrance windows are made of 0.25 mm
graphite-coated polycarbonate
Window density
96020C: 91 mg/cm2
96035B: 32 mg/cm
Active window area
2
96020C: 100 cm2, centered within the chamber body
96035B: Each side of the chamber has a circular active window
region centered 7.1 mm further from the BNC connector than the
center of the chamber body; active window regions have an area
of 12.32 cm2
Collector plate
96020C: 0.8 mm thick graphite-coated acrylic plate, 10.8 cm in
diameter; 2.16 cm x 2.85 cm guard region electrically isolated from
collector area
96035B: 0.25 mm thick, centrally mounted, graphite-coated,
polycarbonate plate, 3.18 cm, ± 0.01 cm in diameter; 1.27 cm x
0.89 cm guard region is electrically isolated from the collector area
Connector
Side-mounted, triaxial, two-lug BNC connector
Calibration
96020C Standard Calibration: Standard calibration performed at
H60 (NIST defined as 60 kVp, first HVL of 6.0 mm Al, homogeneity
coefficient of 94)
96035B Standard Calibration: Standard calibration performed at
one diagnostic and one mammographic beam quality; calibration
factors normalized to 22 °C and 760 mmHg
Diagnostic Unattenuated Beam: Calibration on diagnostic side of
chamber is performed at M80 (NIST defined as 80 kVp, first HVL of
2.97 mm Al, homogeneity coefficient of 57)
Mammographic Beam: Calibration on mammographic side
performed at Mo/Mo28 (NIST defined as 28 kVp, first HVL of
0.332 mm Al, homogeneity coefficient of 74.3) or MV30
(PTB defined as 30 kVp, first HVL of 0.337 mm Al)
35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider
Range
50 kVp to150 kVp, using only the wide-range radiographic filter
pack (37617); range and versatility extended with use of special
optional filter packs
Accuracy
± 2 % of reading in the range of 50 kVp to 150 kVp, exclusive
of linearity, filtration, and gain effects; linearity corrections
automatically applied when using 35080M Non-invasive kVp
Divider with either the 35050AT Dosimeter or the 199XRAY Medical
Scopemeter
Response time
150 µs (10 % to 90 %)
Calibration
Internally generated signal provides calibration check
Minimum time for valid
reading
1 ms, 3-phase; one line cycle, single-phase
Tube current
Wide Dynamic Range: From 4 mA to 3000 mA (3-phase), 2 mA to
1500 mA (single-phase)
Note: Generator settings will vary in waveform and distance. Less than ± 1 kV effect for wide-range radiographic
filter pack, covering 50 kVp to 150 kVp.
Specialty filter packs may have different characteristics
12
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Key features
35080M
•New pocket-size configuration
•Non-invasive technology
eliminates the hazards of
high-voltage cables and
need for bulky divider tanks
•Auto ON/OFF when
connected/disconnected
•Optional filter packs enable
testing in all modalities
Rh/Rh
measurement
•
capability when 35080M
Non-Invasive kVp Divider
is used with cadmium
K-Edge and linear mammo
filter pack pair
35080M Non-Invasive
kVp Divider
The 35080M Non-Invasive
kVp Divider quickly and accurately measures kV for all
modalities. The unit checks
both above and below table
tubes, and the direct kV
values are displayed on either
the 35050AT Dosimeter or the
199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter.
Derived kV can also be
calculated using a storage
oscilloscope. The 35080M
Non-Invasive kVp Divider is
highly portable and eliminates the need for bulky and
heavy high-voltage divider
tanks—so compact in size that
it fits into a shirt pocket.
A patented* wide-range
filter pack is included with the
35080M Non-Invasive kVp
Divider and provides accurate
readings for the range of
50 kVp to 150 kVp. Four
optional filter packs are available for use with the 35080M
Non-Invasive kVp Divider
for CT, mammographic, and
mobile applications.
10100AT, 10500AT
and 10500AMT
TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit
Specifications
35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider (continued)
Environmental requirements
Temperature range: 0 °C to 35 °C
Relative humidity: 20 % to 80 %
Storage temperature: -35 °C to 50 °C
Orientation
Long axis of the 35080M Non-invasive kVp Divider oriented perpendicular to axis of x-ray tube to eliminate
heel effect
Power requirements
9 V battery, 50 hours operation; battery-check function connects battery to output terminals for voltage
measurement
Dimensions (LxWxH)
6 cm x 9 cm x 21 cm (2.375 in x 3.5 in x 8.25 in)
Weight
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
35035 mA/mAs Meter
Controls
1) Power mA/mAs switch, 2) Reset switch,
3) Range switch: 200 mA/mAs, 2000 mA/mAs and 20 mA range settings, 4) ac/dc switch
Accuracy
1 % of reading ± two least significant digits for all ranges
Environmental requirements
Temperature range: 5 °C to 35 °C
Relative humidity: 0 % to 80 %
Storage temperature: -20 °C to 50 °C
Display
Liquid crystal display (LCD), 3.5 digit, .5 in H (13 mm)
Input
Two banana jacks
Power requirements
9 V alkaline battery with easy replacement
Dimensions (LxWxH)
15 cm x 5.0 cm x 8.75 cm (2 in x 2 in x 3.50 in)
Weight
0.35 kg (0.78 lb)
Please refer to charts at the right for Miliamp, current and signal Input limit specifications for the 35035 mA/mAs Meter
Milliamp seconds (mAS)
Range
Resolution
Input impedance*
200 mAs
0.1 mAs
10 Ω
2000 mAs
1.0 mAs
1Ω
*Does not include fuse resistance. Also, does not include effect of bridge rectifier present when unit is set for ac specifications
Current (mA)
Range
Resolution
Input impedance*
20 mA
0.01 mA
100 Ω
200 mA
0.1 mA
10 Ω
2000 mA
1 mA
1Ω
*Does not include fuse resistance. Also, does not include effect of bridge rectifier present when unit is set for ac specifications
Signal input limits
Function
Range
Max input limit
mA
OFF
Input shorted; 2.0 A maximum (fuse protected)
20
250 mA for 30 s*
200
1.0 A for 30 s*
mAs
2000
2.0 A maximum (fuse protected)
200
1.0 A for 30 s*
2000
2.0 A maximum (fuse protected)
*Limits set by power dissipation rating of shunt resistors
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
13
10100AT, 10500AT
and 10500AMT
TRIAD™ TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit
35035 Digital mA/mAs Meter
The 35035 Digital mA/mAs
Meter is a versatile instrument
for x-ray service engineers, field
service engineers, and biomedical engineers to measure mAs
and fluoroscopic mA accurately
for diagnostic, radiographic, and
fluoroscopic imaging equipment.
The 35035 Digital mA/mAs
Meter operates with an easilyreplaceable 9-volt alkaline
battery for extra convenience
and portability.
Included accessories
10100AT
35050AT Dosimeter
96035B 15 cm3 Ion Chamber
96020C 150 cm3 Ion Chamber
38208 Coax/triaxial cable,
6 m (20 ft)
37594 Programming kit (37594),
includes customization software
on CD, two- meter RS-232 interface cable and adapters
37581 Test stand (37581), ion
chamber stem, HVL filter tray
37688 HVL filter set (37668)
35050ATCD User/service manual
37500D Kit carrying case
10500AT
Components in 10100AT Kit plus
35080M Non-Invasive kVp
Divider
37617 Wide-range filter pack
(50 kVp to 150 kVp)
10500AMT
Components in 10500AT Kit plus
35035 mA/mAs Meter
A-23 Universal Test Lead Kit
Ordering information
Optional accessories
All Kits
500-100 CT Ion Chamber 3.2 cm3
500-200 CT Ion Chamber
High Sensitivity, 10 cm3,
for multislice CT
07-434 Ultra-high purity
HVL Attenuators (for mammo
set of six)
10500EXL TRIAD toolkit
for Excel
38617 USB to RS-232 adapter
199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter with
kVp capabilities (includes
the MA190 Medical ScopeMeter
accessory kit)
10500AT and 10500AMT Kits
37355/37351 Mammographic
filter pack pair includes: Cadmium
k-edge mammo filter pack
(27.5 kVp to 29.5 kVp)
± 0.5 kV accuracy, linear mammo
filter pack (22 kVp to 40 kVp)
± 1.0 kV accuracy
Note: Mammo filter packs are designed
for molybdenum anode, beryllium window
generators.
14
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
37946 Mobile filter pack (50 kVp
to 135 kVp) ± 2 % accuracy
33551 CT filter pack (70 kVp
to 140 kVp) ± 2 % accuracy kVp)
± 2 % accuracy
38237 Low Range Filter Pack
(30 kVp to 90 kVp) ± 2 % accuracy
Available ac adapters
9 V, 200 mA
(specify with order)
14-106 USA and Japan
14-107 Europe
14-108 UK
14-109 Australia
10100AT TRIAD TnT Dosimeter
Kit
10500AT TRIAD TnT X-Ray
Field Kit Service/Calibration/
QA Kit
10500AMT TRIAD TnT X-Ray
Field Kit Service/Calibration/
QA Kit
10500EXL
TRIAD™ Toolkit for Excel
Key features
•Automatically collects
measurement results
and places them in an
Excel worksheet
•Automatically captures kV
waveforms and charts them
in an Excel worksheet
•Templates are provided
for QA tests on radiographic,
fluoroscopic and mammographic x-ray machines
•Templates may be modified
to perform user-specific tests
and generate customized
reports
Allows
complete remote
•
control of the TRIAD
•Automatically downloads
Model 35050A and 35050AT
Dosimeter configuration
settings
•Compatible with Windows®
2000 and above, and
Microsoft® Excel 97, 2000
The TRIAD™ Toolkit for Excel is a complete software package for
the TRIAD that includes an Excel Add-In, called TRIAD Tool, and
Excel templates used to evaluate the performance of radiographic,
mammographic, and fluoroscopic x-ray machines. The TRIAD
Tool collects measured results from the 35050A and 35050AT
Dosimeter and places the data in the active Excel worksheet. In
addition, the TRIAD Tool may be used to acquire and graph kV
waveforms from the TRIAD as well as remotely control the TRIAD
Dosimeter.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
15
10500EXL
TRIAD™ Toolkit for Excel
Specifications
System requirements
Windows 2000 and above
Microsoft Excel 97, 2000
One serial port (COM1 through
COM4)
Controls
The TRIAD Tools menu provides an interface to remotely control the TRIAD, select filter packs,
chambers, units, retrieve kV waveforms, open templates, and change the options. A description of
each control follows:
Connect/disconnect
Connects or disconnects the TRIAD to the communications port.
Connect instructs the TRIAD Tool to read configuration information
such as the filter packs, chambers, and units.
Options
Several options can be specified including COM port, temperature,
pressure, and frame rate.
Measure
Sets the TRIAD up for a single exposure using the selected filter
pack, chamber, and unit
Auto reset
Informs the TRIAD Tool to automatically reset the TRIAD for
another exposure, allowing a series of exposures to be made
without used intervention. At the time Auto Reset is clicked, the
TRIAD will be set up for an exposure.
Filter packs
Selects the filter pack to use for kVp measurements
Chambers
Selects the ion chamber to use for exposure measurements
Units
Selects the unit to use for exposure measurements
Download waveform
The Waveform button is enabled after an exposure is made
and before the TRIAD is set up for another exposure. When the
Waveform button is pressed, a dialog box prompts for the start and
end times for the waveform chart, allowing the user to specify any
portion of the kV waveform. The default start and end times are for
the complete waveform. The waveform data is then placed in the
active cell in the active workbook
Help
Opens the TRIAD Toolkit for Excel Instruction Manual
Templates
Three templates are also provided with the TRIAD Toolkit for Excel: a radiographic template, a
mammographic template and a fluoroscopic template. Each template includes a help worksheet
with detailed instructions for its use.
The TRIAD radiographic
template
Is used to perform the following radiographic tests: reproducibility,
kVp accuracy, timer accuracy, linearity, and beam quality
The TRIAD mammographic
template
May be used to perform mammography tests required for ACR
and MQSA. Measured data from the 35050A Dosimeter may be
automatically collected in the following worksheets: kVp accuracy,
kVp reproducibility, Beam quality, Breast entrance exposure, AEC
reproducibility, average glandular dose, and radiation output rate
The TRIAD fluoroscopic
template
Is used to perform the following fluoroscopic tests: kVp accuracy,
beam quality, and fluoro exposure rate
These templates are easy to use and can be modified to fit the user’s needs.
Ordering information
10500EXL TRIAD Toolkit for
Excel
16
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
8000
NERO® mAx X-Ray Test Device
Key features
•Non-invasive evaluation of
radiation outputs
The NERO® mAx, Noninvasive NERO mAx
X-Ray Test Device, tests
the spectrum of x-ray
machines on the market
today. Offering evaluation of pulsed fluoro,
cine, computed tomography (CT), portable,
mammographic, dental,
radiographic, fluoroscopic, low-, medium-, and high-frequency
machines with a single device, the NERO mAx is a benchmark
instrument for quality and accuracy. This fifth generation quality
assurance tool features 100 kHz sampling speed and direct mA/
mAs measurements. The NERO mAx’s innovative Easy Flow Menu
(EFM) system and flexible soft keys provide an intuitive, userfriendly operating environment for quick, accurate, and easy
measurements. All measurement modes and functions are displayed on the NERO mAx’s super-bright LCD and are controlled
by the five soft keys directly below the display and three hard
keys to the right.
Seven user-selectable measurement modes and three systemcontrol modes are available and clearly displayed on the control
console screen for easy access and selection.
Applications
The NERO mAx consists of the control console, detector, detector
cable, two filter cards, mAs leads, Excel Add-in, ac adapter,
HVL plates, instruction manual, and carrying case.
The compact control console houses the rechargeable battery,
super-bright easy-to-read backlit display, eight control buttons,
and the sophisticated electronics necessary for accurate, reproducible measurements. Connectors for power input, RS-232,
printer, scope output and the NERO mAx detector are located on
the control console’s rear panel.
The NERO mAx detector contains sensors for simultaneously
measuring kV, exposure or rate and mA or mAs. Solid-state
detectors are used to measure kV. An ion chamber, located in the
top of the detector, is used for exposure/rate measurements.
Connectors for external ion chambers and the NERO mAx
detector interface are located on the rear panel of the detector.
The front panel has a keyed opening for the NERO mAx filter
cards and a connector for mAs leads.
The filter cards contain the various filters needed to accurately
measure kilovoltage. Each filter card is coded so that the NERO
mAx “knows” which filter is in use and its position. The NERO
mAx also verifies that the filter card is valid for the selected
measurement mode. The two filter cards are keyed so they may
only be inserted properly. The W/Al filter card and the
Mammo filter card are clearly labeled to the x-ray tube targets
for which they are calibrated.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
•100 kHz sampling speed
captures data from the most
difficult machines
0.5
• kV or 1 % accuracy from
22 kV to 160 kV
• Measures kVp average, kV
effective, kV peak, time, exposure or rate, mA or mAs, HVL,
exposure/frame, and mAs/
frame
• Displays R or Gy
• Excel Add-in includes MQSA,
Rad, and Fluoro templates
• RS-232 computer interface
• Enhanced dental capabilities
External chambers
External ion chambers for
CT, mammographic, image
intensifier tube, and special
radiographic applications are
available.
Chamber calibration
factors can be stored in the
NERO mAx for direct readout
of measurements.
The Excel Add-in acquires
measured data and waveforms
directly into an Excel spread
sheet to maximize flexibility
for report generation.
17
8000
NERO® mAx X-Ray Test Device
Real-time CT
Easy Flow menu, Mode Select screen.
Easy Flow menu, Radio screen.
High-frequency mammography
Easy Flow menu, Mammo screen.
Easy Flow menu, Pulsed Fluoro display.
Easy Flow menu, AMSE screen.
Pulsed fluoro/AMSE
Easy Flow menu, CT EXP screen.
Easy Flow menu, EXP screen.
Easy Flow menu, HVL screen.
18
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
8000
NERO® mAx X-Ray Test Device
Specifications
NERO mAx operating modes
Radio mode
Radio mode is used to make measurements on tungsten target, aluminum-filtered radiographic x-ray
generators. Selections are available for % kV peak for the type of generator being tested. For example,
Zero Crossing, Single Phase Pulse, 75 %, 80 %, or 90 % of kVp modes are available for accurate exposure
measurements on difficult x-ray machines.
Radio mode simultaneously measures: kVp Avg, Exposure, kV Eff, Exposure time, kV Peak, kV Peak,
and mAs.
Mammo mode
Mammo mode is used to make measurements on mammographic x-ray generators.
Mammo mode simultaneously measures: kVp Avg, Exposure, kV Eff, Exposure time, kV Peak, and mAs.
Fluoro mode
Fluoro mode is used to make measurements on fluoroscopic x-ray generators. Fluoro mode supports both
continuous fluoro and pulsed fluoro measurements.
In the continuous fluoro mode, the NERO mAx measures: kVp Avg, kV Eff, exposure rate (R/min), mA,
and kV Peak
In the pulsed fluoro mode, the NERO mAx measures: kVp Avg, kV Eff, Exposure rate (R/min and mR/pulse),
mAs/pulse, and kV Peak.
AMSE mode
AMSE mode is used for Automated Measurement of Sequential Exposures. This mode is used to measure the
output of CINE generators.
In AMSE mode, the NERO mAx measures: kVp Avg, Exposure rate (mR/frame), kV Eff, mAs/frame, kV Peak,
and Time/frame (ms/frame)
CT exposure mode
CT Exposure mode is used to make CT exposure measurements using the 6000-100 CT ion chamber.
The CT probe must be connected to the NERO mAx detector’s external ion chamber input in this mode.
Exposure mode
Exposure mode is used to make exposure and rate measurements using the NERO mAx’s internal ion
chamber or an external ion chamber.
HVL mode
In the HVL mode, the NERO mAx calculates half value layer based upon a series of exposure or rate
measurements made with varying thicknesses of aluminum absorbers placed in the x-ray beam.
A minimum of two exposures are required and up to ten exposures may be used.
Calibrate mode
Calibrate mode is used to enter and store calibration factors for ion chambers used with the NERO mAx.
Setup mode
Setup mode is used to set the instrument’s parameters such as the real time clock, temperature and pressure.
Unit ID
Displays the NERO mAx’s serial number, firmware part number and level.
Optional external chamber accessories
6000-528
30 cm3;
Energy response: within 7 % from 30 kVp to 150 kVp (15 keV to 65 keV);
Cable: 4.5 m (15 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 10.2 cm x 10.2 cm x 1.4 cm (4 in x 4 in x 0.54 in thick)
6000-529
3.3 cm3;
Energy response: within 5 % from 0.2 mm to 5.0 mm Al HVL (16 kVp to 90 kVp);
Cable: 4.5 m (15 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 4 cm Ø x 1.5 cm thick.
This chamber meets the needs of the MQSA for an external transparent chamber.
6000-530B
150 cm3;
Energy response: ± 10 % from 1.8 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 3 m (10 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 15.9 cm x 20.6 cm x 1.6 cm (6.26 in x 8 in x 0.63 in)
6000-532B
400 cm3;
Energy response: ± 5 % from 32 keV to 662 keV;
Cable 3 m (10 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 15.9 cm x 20.6 cm x 1.6 cm (6.26 in x 8 in x 0.63 in)
6000-100 and 500-100 CT
3.2 cm3;
Energy response: ± 5 % from 1 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 0.9 m (3 ft);
Sensitive length: 10 cm (4 in); chamber inside Ø: 6.4 mm (0.25 in)
6000-200 and 500-200 CT
10 cm3, for multislice CT;
Energy response: ± 5 % from 1 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 0.9 m (3 ft);
Sensitive length: 10 cm (4 in);
Chamber inside Ø: 11.44 mm (0.45 in)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
19
8000
NERO® mAx X-Ray Test Device
Specifications
Optional accessories
Kilovoltage (Measured during the first 480 ms of exposure)
Measured quantity
kVp Avg, kV Eff, kV Peak
Accuracy
0.5 kV or ± 1%
Reproducibility
0.5 kV or ± 1%
Range
Target/Filter
Range
Filtration
W/Al
30 kV to 60 kV
50 kV to 100 kV
80 kV to 160 kV
1.2 mm of Al
Mo/Mo
22 kV to 35 kV
30 μ of Mo
Mo/Rh
22 kV to 40 kV
25 μ of Rh
Mo/Al
22 kV to 49 kV
1 mm of Al
Rh/Rh
25 kV to 49 kV
25 μ of Rh
Rh/Al
25 kV to 49 kV
1 mm of Al
All calibrations performed with NIST traceable calibration beam.
Analyze/display cycle time
Radio and mammo
Three seconds for 0.1 second exposure, ine second for each 32 ms of
exposure time
Fluoro and AMSE
15 seconds for all exposures
Time
Radio mode
Measured during entire exposure at 90 %, 80 %, 75 % rise/fall of
waveform, zero crossing, or pulse count
Mammo mode
Measured during entire exposure at 90 % rise/fall of waveform
Accuracy
1 ms
Resolution
0.1 ms
Range
All diagnostic exposures from 1 ms to 60 seconds
Exposure and rate (Measured during entire exposure with automatic energy, temperature, and
pressure correction)
Measured quantity
Roentgens or grays
Accuracy
±5%
Reproducibility
Radio and mammo modes: ± 2 % or 2 mR
Resolution
0.1 mR
Range
All diagnostic exposure and rate measurements from 1 mR to 9999 R
Fluoro rate
0.1 R/min to 999 R/min
mAs and mA (Measured invasively during entire exposure)
Accuracy
2%
Reproducibility
± 1 % or 0.2 mAs
Range
0.1 mAs to 9999 mAs, 0 to 1000 mA
HVL
Accuracy
±5%
Range
0.1 to 99.9 mmAl
Physical
Display
Super-bright 240 x 60 pixel, super-twist LCD with cold cathode
fluorescent backlight
Detectors
Ion chamber and solid-state (kV detectors)
Ion chamber volume
45 cc nominal
Window area/density
38 mg/cm2 Polycarbonate
HVL set
2.30 mm, 1.0 mm, 0.3 mm Al
Power requirements
Size
Weight
20
12 V dc 1 A external supply. Rechargeable internal batteries supply
more than 4 hours of continuous service with overnight charge
Volume: 0.065 m3 (3960 in3)
Console: 22.86 x 23.17 x 8.26 cm (9.00 x 9.12 x 3.25 in)
Detector: 16.66 x 9.4 x 6.55 cm (6.56 x 3.70 x 2.58 in)
Filter cards: 6.1 x 15.88 x 0.8 cm (2.4 x 6.25 x 0.31 in)
Shipping: 10.43 kg (23 lb)
Console: 2.067 kg (4.56 lb)
Detector (with card): 0.747 kg (1.65 lb)
Filter cards: 0.090 kg and 0.094 kg (2.9 oz and 3.2 oz)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-434 Ultra-High Purity HVL
Attenuators for mammo, set of 6
External chamber accessories
6000-528 Radiographic Ion
Chamber
6000-529 Mammographic Ion
Chamber
6000-529-95 Probe Holder for
BRH2 test stand
6000-530B Image Intensifier Ion
Chamber
6000-532B Scatter Ion Chamber
6000-100 and 500-100 CT Ion
Chamber
6000-200 and 500-200 CT High
Sensitivity Ion Chamber
Available ac adapters for
(specify with order)
14-328 110 V ac, 12 V dc,
1000 mA, USA and Japan
14-401 230 V ac, 12 V dc,
1000 mA, Europe
14-414 230 V ac, 12 V dc,
1000 mA, UK
14-414 and14-416 adapter
230 V ac, 12 V dc, 1000 mA,
Australia
Included accessories
8000-100-5 Control Console
8000-101-5 Detector
105-252 Detector Cable
105-253 and 105-254 mAs
Leads
8000MAX Excel Add-in
38667 HVL Plates
8000-200-1 Instruction Manual
8000-70 Carrying Case
Ordering information
8000 NERO mAx X-Ray Test
Device
8000mAx
NERO® mAx Toolkit for Excel
Key features
•Automatically collects
measurement results and
places them in an Excel
worksheet
•Automatically captures kV
waveforms and charts them in
an Excel worksheet
•Templates are provided for QA
tests on radiographic, fluoroscopic, and mammographic
x-ray machines
•Templates may be modified
to perform user-specific tests
and generate customized
reports
Allows
complete remote
•
control of the NERO mAx
•Complete online help speeds
learning
•Compatible with Microsoft®
Windows® 2000 and above,
and Excel 97, 2000
The NERO® mAx Toolkit for Excel is a complete software package
for the NERO mAx that includes an Excel Add-In, called NERO
mAx Add-In and Excel templates that may be used to evaluate
the performance of radiographic, mammographic and fluoroscopic
x-ray machines. The NERO mAx Add-In collects measured results
from the NERO mAx and places the data in the cells of the active
Excel worksheet, starting at the active worksheet cell. The NERO
mAx Add-In also may be used to acquire and graph radiation and
kV waveforms from the NERO mAx as well as remotely control
the NERO mAx.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
21
8000mAx
NERO® mAx Toolkit for Excel
Specifications
System requirements
Controls
The NERO mAx menu provides an interface for the user to remotely control the NERO mAx and
retrieve radiation and kV waveforms. A description of each menu option follows:
Select mode
Selects the NERO mAx measurement mode. This allows the
user to select the correct measurement mode for the template
in use. For instance, the radio mode is selected when using the
radiographic template, the mammo mode is selected when using
the mammographic template and the fluoro mode is selected
when using the fluoroscopic template.
Retrieve rad waveform
Retrieves the radiation waveforms from the NERO mAx. When
this is selected, a dialog box opens and the user may select either
all of the waveform or a portion of the waveform to be charted. If
a portion of the waveform is desired, the user prompted for start
and end times (in milliseconds) of the waveform window.
Retrieve kV waveform
Retrieves the kV waveform from the NERO mAx. When this is
selected, a dialog box opens and the user may select either all
of the waveform or a portion to be charted. If a portion of the
waveform is desired, the user is prompted for start and end times
(in milliseconds) of the waveform window.
Select com port
Allows the user to choose serial communication port COM1—COM4
for 8000 NERO mAx connection.
Windows 2000 and above
Microsoft Excel 97, 2000
One serial port (COM1 through
COM4)
Templates
Three templates are also provided with the NERO mAx. Toolkit for Excel: a radiographic template,
a mammographic template and a fluoroscopic template. Each template includes a help worksheet
with detailed instructions for its use.
NERO mAx radiographic
template
Used to perform the following radiographic tests: reproducibility,
kVp accuracy, timer accuracy, linearity, and beam quality
NERO mAx mammographic
template
Used to perform mammography tests required for ACR and
MQSA. Measured data from the Model 8000 NERO mAx may
be automatically collected in the following worksheets: kVp
accuracy, kVp reproducibility, beam quality, breast entrance
exposure, AEC reproducibility, average glandular dose, and
radiation output rate
NERO mAx fluoroscopic
template
Used to perform the following fluoroscopic tests: kVp accuracy,
beam quality, and fluoro exposure rate
These templates are easy to use and can be modified to fit the user’s needs.
Ordering information
8000mAx NERO mAx Toolkit for
Excel
22
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
4000M+
X-Ray Test Device
The 4000M+ X-Ray Test Device
does it all. Simply place the
instrument in the x-ray beam,
make one exposure, and it serially displays kVp Maximum,
kVp Average, kVp Effective,
dose, and time. The Model
4000M+ then automatically
resets for the next exposure. A
CsI photodiode pair provides
the kVp measurements through
five user-selectable filter pairs.
This ensures optimum accuracy over the entire diagnostic range
with minimum filtration dependence. Exposure measurements
are made with a parallel plate ionization chamber located above
the filter wheel. Exposure time is measured with quartz crystal
accuracy. Plus, a variety of external ion chambers may be connected for even greater flexibility.
Key features
•Measures kVp maximum, kVp
average, kVp effective, dose
and time in one exposure
•Compact, lightweight design
•Displays R or Gy
•External ion chambers for
Mammo, CT, image intensifier
and phototiming measurements
•Automatic exposure reset for
hands-off operation
Rechargeable
Ni-Cd batteries
•
provide more than six hours of
continuous service
•RS-232 computer interface
•Storage scope output for realtime waveform display
•Reversible display for fluoro
measurements
Specifications
Kilovoltage
Accuracy
1 kV Mo/Mo (22 kVp to 35 kVp) (Mammo generators w/30 μ Mo)
Range
38 mg/cm2 Polycarbonate
W/Al tubes: 27 kVp to 155 kVp
Mo/Mo tubes: 21 kVp to 50 kVp
Time
Measured during entire exposure at 90 % rise/fall of waveform
Accuracy
Within 2 % or 2 ms, whichever is greater
Range
1 ms to 10 seconds
Exposure
Measured during entire exposure at 90 % rise/fall of waveform
Accuracy
±5%
Range
10 mR to 10 R
Fluoroscopic
Measured over one second intervals during fluoro exposure
Accuracy
±5%
Range
0.5 to 200 R/min
Detectors
kV CsI/photodiode pair measures x-ray transmission through differential attenuators
Time
Computed from kV waveform stored in memory against quartz
crystal time base
Exposure
Parallel plate ionization chamber
Volume
36 cm3
Window
Calibration
38 mg/cm2, 18.9 cm2 polycarbonate
Reference to a NIST traceable voltage divider and a calibrated
exposure monitor during irradiation
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
23
4000M+
X-Ray Test Device
Specifications
Optional accessories
Physical
Display
16 character dot-matrix LCD
Controls
Model 4000+ Five rocker switches
On/Off: Power switch
Radio/Fluoro: Select radiographic or fluoro operation
High/Low: Select for sensitivity
Roll: Roll thru data
Exposure/All: Select exposure only for external ion chamber
Mo/Mo or W/Al: Select anode/filter of x-ray tube
Connectors
Power: 9 V dc, 500 mA
Scope: BNC for oscilloscope connection
RS-232: DB-9 connector configured as DCE. BNC and banana plug
for external Ion chamber
Power requirements
9 V dc 500 mA external supply. Rechargeable internal Ni-Cd
batteries supply more than six hours of continuous service with
overnight charge
Dimensions (WxDxH)
21.5 cm x 23 cm x 7.6 cm (8.5 in x 9 in x 3 in)
Weight
Approximately 1.59 kg (3.5 lb)
HVL set
Aluminum filters: 2.3 mm, 1.0 mm, and 0.3 mm
Optional external chamber accessories
24
6000-528
30 cm3;
Energy response: within 7 % from
30 kVp to 150 kVp (15 keV to 65 keV);
Cable: 4.5 m (15 ft);
Chamber dimensions (HxWxT): 10.2 cm x 10.2 cm x 1.4 cm
(4 in x 4 in x 0.54 in)
6000-529
3.3 cm3;
Energy response: within 5 % from
0.2 mm to 5.0 mm Al HVL (16 kVp to 90 kVp);
Cable: 4.5 m (15 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 4 cm Ø x 1.5 cm thick.
This chamber meets the needs of the MQSA for an external
transparent chamber.
6000-530B
150 cm3;
Energy response: ± 10 % from 1.8 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 3 m (10 ft);
Chamber dimensions (HxWxT): 15.9 cm x 20.6 cm x 1.6 cm
(6.26 in x 8 x 0.63 in)
6000-532B
400 cm3;
Energy response: ± 5 % from 32 keV to 662 keV;
Cable 3 m (10 ft);
Chamber dimensions (HxWxT): 15.9 cm x 20.6 cm x 1.6 cm
(6.26 in x 8 in x 0.63 in)
6000-100 and 500-100 CT
3.2 cm3;
Energy response: ± 5 % from 1 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 0.9 m (3 ft);
Sensitive length: 10 cm (4 in); chamber inside Ø: 6.4 mm (0.25 in)
6000-200 and 500-200 CT
10 cm3, for multislice CT;
Energy response: ± 5 % from 1 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 0.9 m (3 ft);
Sensitive length: 10 cm (4 in);
Chamber inside Ø: 11.44 mm (0.45 in)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
4000EXL 4000 Toolkit for Excel
07-434 Ultra-High Purity HVL
Attenuators for mammo, set of 6
4000-69 Carrying Case
190004 RS-232 Cable
7.6 m (25 ft), 9-pin to 9-pin
External chamber accessories
6000-528 Radiographic Ion
Chamber
6000-529 Mammographic Ion
Chamber
6000-529-95 Probe Holder for
BRH2 test stand
6000-530B Image Intensifier Ion
Chamber
6000-532B Scatter Ion Chamber
6000-100 and 500-100 CT Ion
Chamber
6000-200 and 500-200 CT High
Sensitivity Ion Chamber
Available ac adapters for
(specify with order)
14-301 110 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, USA and Japan
14-399 230 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, Europe
14-415 230 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, UK
14-415 and 14-416 adapter
230 V ac, 9 V dc, 500 mA,
Australia
Ordering information
4000M+ X-Ray Test Device
4000EXL
4000 Toolkit for Excel
Key features
•Automatically collects
measurement results and
places them in an Excel
worksheet
•Captures radiation and kV
waveforms and charts them in
an Excel worksheet
•Templates are provided for QA
tests on radiographic, fluoroscopic, and mammographic
x-ray machines
•Templates may be modified
to perform user-specific tests
and generate customized
reports
Allows
complete remote
•
control of the 4000M+ NERO
•Complete online help speeds
learning
•Compatible with Microsoft®
Windows® 2000 and above,
and Excel 95, 97, 2000
•Automatically detects the
presence of 4000M+ NERO
The 4000 Toolkit for Excel is a complete software package for
the 4000M+ NERO® that includes an Excel Add-In, called 4000
Add-In and Excel templates that may be used to evaluate the
performance of radiographic, mammographic and fluoroscopic
x-ray machines. The 4000 Add-In collects measured results from
the 4000M+ NERO and places the data in the cells of the active
Excel worksheet, starting at the active worksheet cell. The 4000
Add-In also may be used to acquire and graph radiation and kV
waveforms from the 4000M+ NERO as well as remotely control
the 4000M+ NERO.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
25
4000EXL
4000 Toolkit for Excel
Specifications
System requirements
Controls
The 4000 menu provides an interface for the user to remotely control the 4000M+ NERO and
retrieve radiation and kV waveforms. A description of each menu option follows:
Remote control
Selects the 4000M+ NERO measurement mode and measurement
options. This allows the user to select the correct measurement
mode for the template in use. For instance, the radio mode is
selected when using the radiographic template, the Mo/Mo target
filter is selected when using the mammographic template and the
fluoro mode is selected when using the fluoroscopic template.
Retrieve rad waveform
Retrieves the radiation waveform data from the 4000M+NERO
and charts it in a new Excel chart.
Retrieve kV waveform
Retrieves the kV waveform data from the 4000M+ NERO and
charts it in a new Excel chart.
Windows 2000 and above
Microsoft Excel 97, 2000
One serial port (COM1 through
COM4)
Templates
Three templates are also provided with the 4000 Toolkit for Excel: a radiographic template, a
mammographic template and a fluoroscopic template. Each template includes a help worksheet
with detailed instructions for its use.
4000 radiographic template
Used to perform the following radiographic tests: Reproducibility,
kVp accuracy, Timer accuracy, Linearity, and Beam quality
4000 mammographic
template
used to perform mammography tests required for ACR and
MQSA. Measured data from the Model 4000M+ NERO may
be automatically collected in the following worksheets: kVp
accuracy, kVp reproducibility, Beam quality, Breast entrance
exposure, AEC reproducibility, Average glandular dose, and
Radiation output rate
NERO mAx fluoroscopic
template
Used to perform the following fluoroscopic tests: kVp accuracy,
Beam quality, and Fluoro exposure rate
These templates are easy to use and can be modified to fit the user’s needs.
Ordering information
4000EXL 4000 Toolkit for Excel
26
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-CRXW and 07-QRX
Wireless CR RADCHEX and
QA RADCHEX
The wireless 07-CRXW CR
RADCHEX and 07-QRX QA
RADCHEX are factory radiationcalibrated, NISTtraceable light
meters that can be used to
calibrate (balance) CR plate
readers (also radiation-calibrated light meters) in the field.
The CR plate reader in the field
will be calibrated and traceable to the Fluke Biomedical
factory radiation-calibrated and
traceable x-ray-produced light
exposure.
Both 07-CRXW and 07-QRX have the same x-ray energy response as a
CR system (x-ray-to-light conversion efficiency is the same for various
beam conditions). This enables them to be used as accurate and precise replacements for the plate reader’s light measurement value (exposure index value).
Most importantly, the 07-CRXW and 07-QRX can save valuable time when calibrating or accessing CR readers and AEC used with multiple x-ray systems. These
x-ray systems may have different filtration and beam characteristics even when
located in the same department or imaging center. Balancing system performance
and dose is an important QA requirement best satisfied with either the 07-CRXW
or 07-QRX.
Applications
The wireless 07-CRXW is ideal for use by service engineers to initially calibrate and troubleshoot the CR plate reader, AEC, and density selector settings.
Physicists use 07-CRXW to assess the performance of CR-AEC for compliance to
clinical system speed objectives and patient dose. Radiology managers can use
07-CRXW to assist in the establishment of technique charts and training to determine ALARA techniques for various exam types. QA personnel can use 07-CRXW
to periodically document the performance of the CR system and to compare CR
to film/screen systems regarding desired ALARA objectives. The 07-CRXW uses
Bluetooth® to communicate with a laptop computer so that the CRLU (CR Light
Units), EI (Exposure Index) and estimated mR values measured by the electronic
cassette are automatically recorded and displayed on the laptop screen.
Key features
•Calibrates computed radiog-
raphy (CR) plate readers and
automatic exposure control
(AEC)
•Assesses ongoing performance of CR plate reader,
AEC, and automatic
programmed radiography
(APR)
•Sets and maintains desired
clinical system speed (dose)
of the CR system
•Calibrates CR plate readers
in the field to be traceable to
a factory radiation-produced
light condition
•Links radiation exposure
(mR) to the front of the plate
accurately and predictably to
a CR light measurement value
(CRLU)
•Provides a reliable and reproducible method of accurately
maintaining a CR manufacturers’ specific factory calibration
•Provides three different
tube-head filtration choices
for users who desire a nonfiltered beam condition for
field plate reader calibration
•Software selections of
multiple beam conditions for
different CR manufacturers
•Ideal tools for service engineers, physicists, and quality
assurance personnel
Benefits
Using the 07-CRXW to calibrate x-ray system AEC and CR plate readers instead of
a dosimeter can improve productivity significantly. A full system AEC and CR plate
reader calibration process can take as much as six hours. Employing the 07-CRXW
the process can be completed in under two hours. A substantial productivity gain
for service, biomedical or physics professionals.
Essentially, the wireless 07-QRX performs all of the functions of the 07-CRXW,
however CRLU and speed numbers (representing the relative system speed of
the CR system compared to a film/screen system) are displayed on a LCD readout
built into the electronic cassette. A pressure sensitive On/Off switch activates the
07-QRX and is used to reset the meter between exposures. The values may be
manually entered into the software program on a laptop or PC if desired but a
laptop is not required to use the 07-QRX. The 07-CRXW and 07-QRX are designed
to work with all major brands of CR equipment.
The 07-QRX QA RADCHEX is ideally suited for fast and easy daily checks of AEC
and CR system exposure continuity. Data obtained from daily checks can be used
for trend analysis of individual systems as well as a way to monitor the balanced
performance of CR systems throughout the healthcare enterprise.
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
29
07-CRXW
Wireless CR RADCHEX
Specifications
X-ray energy dependence
Simulates relative light output of photostimulatable phosphor
plate (PSP) within ± 3 % over kVp range of 60 kVp to 120 kVp
and a patient equivalent thickness range of 5 cm to 35 cm
(within specified operating rates)
Digital range
Computed radiography light units:
CRLU (AEC#); 0 to 500
CRLU (AEC#); 0 to 5000 (07-QRX)
Minimum CRLU rate
1.5/sec (approx. 0.15 mR/sec entrance exposure rate),
7/sec (approx. 0.7 mR/sec entrance exposure rate) (07-QRX)
Maximum CRLU rate
2500/sec (approx. 250 mR/sec entrance exposure rate), 25000/sec
(approx. 2500 mR/sec entrance exposure rate) (07-QRX)
Power on/off
Manual switch
Controls
Wireless communications with computer software; Bluetooth
wireless communications (07-CRX only)
Functions
Measures CRLU (AEC#); converts CRLU to CR manufacturers
specific CR plate reader light exposure index value (EI); user
selectable; calculates cassette input exposure values for various
x-ray beam conditions (exposure in mR plus backscatter)
Power requirements
Built-in NiMH rechargeable battery pack (9.6 V)
Typical battery life
between charging
5 hours, 20 hours (07-QRX)
X-ray beam filter
1.5 mm copper (B152-110); 6 in x 6 in complete with velcro straps
to attach to x-ray tube collimator housing
Environmental
requirements
Operating temperature: 15 ºC to 35 ºC (59 ºF to 95 °F)
General information
Electronic cassette
dimensions (WxDxH)
30 cm x 24 cm x 1.3 cm (12 in x 10 in x 0.5 in)
Weight
1.8 kg (3.9 lb)
Computer software
CD-ROM containing Microsoft® Excel program
Computer requirements
Computer capable of running Windows® 98 or higher with
Microsoft Excel, Computer not required to operate (07-QRX).
Software is provided with (07-QRX) to manually enter values if
desired
Optional accessories
07-AEC6 For film/screen applications to assess and calibrate
automatic exposure control (AEC)
– radiographic and mammographic systems
07-AEC6M For film/screen
applications to assess and calibrate automatic exposure control
(AEC) – mammographic systems
Ordering information
07-CRXW Wireless CR
RADCHEX, including PC-based
Excel documentation software
07-QRX Wireless QA RADCHEX,
including PC-based Excel documentation software
30
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-MAS5
mAs Meter
The 07-MAS5 mAs Meter simultaneously provide mAs, exposure time, and mA, as well as
mA waveform information. This intelligent meter
displays three 50-milliseconds mA waveform
samples so radiographic and mammographic
pre-heat circuits can be analyzed and adjusted
without using an oscilloscope. Based on feedback from field service engineers, the 07-MAS5
also features a button that causes the meter to
ignore the first 10-milliseconds of the mA waveform. Featuring a microcontroller to analyze
the digital mA waveform, the 07-MAS5 mAs
Meter accurately display the values essential
for analyzing and calibrating radiographic and
mammographic equipment.
Key features
•An intelligent meter that
measures mAs, exposure time,
and mA all at the same time
•Provides mA waveform
information
•At a button press, the 07-MAS5
meter ignores the first
10 milliseconds of exposure
•AC and DC inputs
•A diagnostic power-up
sequence to indicate operational status
•Auto LCD update
•Optional manual reset
•Automatic power-down
when meter is not used for
more than five minutes
•Displays when an exposure
is detected
•Low battery indication
The four line LCD displays the following:
Line 1 m
As (average tube current (mA) times mA waveform
exposure time)
Line 2 Exposure time (mA waveform exposure time in seconds)
Line 3 mA (average tube current (mA) over the entire mA
waveform)
Line 4 Three sample mA waveform values:
1st waveform value represents the average mA for
the 1st 50 milliseconds of exposure
2nd waveform value represents the average mA for
the 2nd 50 milliseconds of exposure
3rd waveform value represents the average mA for
the 3rd 50 milliseconds of exposure
Specifications
Reset
Auto LCD update; optional manual reset
Dynamic range
10 mA to 2000 mA; 0.1 mAs to 999.9 mAs; 1 ms to 6.535 sec
Accuracy
mAs: ± 0.1 mAs or 1 % (whichever is greater)
mA: ± 1.0 mA or 0.5 % (whichever is greater)
Time: ± 1 ms or 1 % (whichever is greater)
Operating temperature
15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)
Power requirements
One 9 V battery
Typical battery life
> 40 hours
Size
10.16 cm x 16.51 cm x 0.84 cm (4 in x 6.5 in x 0.33 in)
Weight
0.28 kg (0.625 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Ordering information
07-MAS5 mAs Meter
31
06-526
RAD-CHECK® Plus Dosimeter
Key features
•Entrance skin exposure
measurements (ESE)
The 06-526 RAD-CHECK Plus
uses proven technology specifically designed to provide you
with the ultimate in versatility
and cost-effective operation.
Accurate, lightweight, portable; this industry-standard
dosimeter enables you to gain
the critical edge in your QC
program.
Battery operation and builtin detector virtually eliminate
setup time. Just place the meter or external ion chamber on x-ray
table; collimate, shoot, and read the result.
Precision ion chamber and digital display ensure accuracy plus
easy readability.
Specifications
Ranges
0.001 R to 2 R, 0.01 R/min to 20 R/min
Internal chamber
30 cc volume, energy response ± 5 % from 15 keV to 65 keV (30 kVp
to 150 kVp filtered). 20.5 cm2 (5.1 cm Ø) effective measurement
area. Center of chamber 1.03 cm below top of chamber
Standard calibration
At 75 kVp with 4 mm Al filtration at 22 °C and one atmosphere
Reproducibility
Within 2 % short-term over 100 mR to 2 R range (1 mGy to 20 mGy)
Electrometer drift
0.5 to 1 mR/min typical; 6 mR/min maximum
(5 µGy to 10 µGy; 60 µGy/min maximum)
Maximum exposure rate
Minimum 90 % collection efficiency at 20 R/sec
Automatic reset
Resets display to zero; can also be reset manually
Operating temperature
10 °C to 40 °C
Relative humidity
0 to 90 %, non-condensing
Display
3.5 in x 0.5 in LCD, low battery indicator
Controls
Auto or manual reset selector. Display zero reset button. Dose or
dose-rate output selector. Integral or remote ion chamber selector.
On/off switch
Power
9 V alkaline battery, > 100 hours operation (50 hours in manual
reset mode)
Dimensions (WxDxH)
15.25 cm x 15.9 cm x 7 cm (6 in x 6.25 in x 2.75 in)
Weight
0.51 kg (1.125 lb)
Optional external chamber accessories
34
6000-528
30 cm3; Energy response: within 7 % from 30 kVp to 150 kVp
(15 keV to 65 keV); Cable: 4.5 m (15 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 10.2 cm x 10.2 cm x 1.4 cm
(4 in x 4 in x 0.54 in thick)
6000-529
3.3 cm3; Energy response: within 5 % from 0.2 mm to 5.0 mm
Al HVL (16 kVp to 90 kVp); Cable: 4.5 m (15 ft);
Chamber dimensions: 4 cm Ø x 1.5 cm thick.
This chamber meets the needs of the MQSA for an external
transparent chamber.
6000-530B
150 cm3; Energy response: ± 10 % from 1.8 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 3 m (10 ft); Chamber dimensions: 15.9 cm x 20.6 cm x 1.6 cm
(6.26 in x 8 in x 0.63 in)
6000-100
3.2 cm3; Energy response: ± 5 % from 1 mm to 10 mm Al HVL;
Cable: 0.9 m (3 ft); Sensitive length: 10 cm (4 in);
Chamber inside Ø: 6.4 mm (0.25 in)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
•Fluoroscopy exposure
measurements
•Exposure checks;
radiographic (mR/mAs)
Beam
quality; half value
•
layer (HVL)
•mAs reciprocity; mA station
checks, plus many others,
depending on the remote
external chambers used
•The American College of
Radiology (ACR) recommends
this type of product in their
quality-assurance program
•Fast and easy use
•Battery operation and built-in
detector eliminate setup time
•Measures dose up to 2 R;
dose rate up to 20 R/min
•Energy response is ± 5 %
from 30 kVp to 150 kVp for
the RAD-CHECK PLUS internal
chamber
Optional
remote chambers
•
for mammographic and cine
imaging systems
•Extremely compact
15 cm x 15.9 cm x 7 cm
(6 in x 6.25 in x 2.75 in);
weighs only 0.51 kg (1.125 lb)
Optional accessories
6000-528 Radiographic
Ion Chamber
6000-529 Mammographic
Ion Chamber
6000-100 CT Ion Chamber
6000-530B Image Intensifier
Ion Chamber
89-525 Carrying Case,
holds RAD-CHECK Plus and
accessories
Ordering information
06-526 RAD-CHECK Plus
Dosimter
06-526-2200 RAD-CHECK Plus
Dosimeter, SI Units
06-526-5240
RAD-CHECK® MICRO-R
Key features
•Entrance skin exposure
measurements (ESE)
This state-of-the-art electrometer is designed for measuring
dose and rate under high and
low dose-rate conditions. It is
excellent for cardiac cath and
fluoroscopy and the perfect
choice for tight budgets.
RAD-CHECK® MICRO-R technology gives you the ability to
measure dose and rate in fluoroscopy with the accuracy and
reliability of equipment that
costs two or three times more.
With the RAD-CHECK MICRO-R, measurements are easy to
perform and highly accurate. Incorporate RAD-CHECK MICRO-R
into your routine QC program for fluoroscopy now, and accurately
measure what your patient exposures actually are from fluoroscopically-guided procedures. This precision electrometer also features
a tiltstand for convenient adjustment of display visibility.
•Fluoroscopy exposure
examinations
•Exposure checks; radiographic
(mR/mAs)
Beam
quality; half value layer
•
(HVL)
•mAs reciprocity; mA station
checks, plus many others
depending on the remote
external chambers used
•The American College of
Radiology (ACR) recommends
this type of product in their
quality-assurance program
•Fast and easy use
•Dual-range for high and low
dose-rate fluoroscopy
for use with our
•Optimized
100 cm3 Image Intensifier Ion
Chamber (06-524-3000)
•Portable, no ac power cords
Specifications
Ranges
Low: 0.01 mR to 19.99 mR; 0.1 R/min to 199.9 R/min
High: 0.01 R to 19.99 R; 0.1 R/min to 1999 R/min
Standard calibration
At 75 kVp with 4 mm Al filtration at 22 °C and one atmosphere
using 06-524-3000 chamber
Reproducibility
Within 2 % short-term over 100 mR to 2 R range
(1 mGy to 20 mGy)
Maximum exposure rate
Minimum 90 % collection at 20 R/sec
Electrometer drift
Low range: 1 mR/min typical; 6 mR/min maximum
High range: 10 µR/min typical; 60 µR/min maximum
Manual reset
Resets display to zero
Operating temperature
10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)
Relative humidity
0 % to 90 %
Display
3.5 in x 0.5 in LCD, low battery indicator
Optional accessories
Control
Reset button, dose or dose rate output selector, high or low range
selector, on/off switch
Power requirements
9 V alkaline battery, > 50 hour life
89-525 Carrying Case: holds
RAD-CHECK MICRO-R and
accessories
Dimensions (WxDxH)
15.25 cm x 6.25 cm x 7 cm (6 in x 6.25 in x 2.75 in)
Weight
0.51 kg (1.125 lb)
Ordering information
06-526-5240 RAD-CHECK
MICRO-R
(Must have 06-524-3000
chamber and must be
calibrated at the same time)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
35
18-526 Series
Service and Quality Control Kits
18-526-3000 Cardiac Cath/
Special Procedures QC Kit
Contains the essential noninvasive test tools for special
procedures.
18-526-1000 Mammography
QC Kit
Everything you need to make
compliance with ACR and
MQSA regulations easy.
Key features
•Each kit contains the essen-
tial instruments that service
personnel, physicists, and QC
technicians rely on to check
and calibrate today’s most
vital equipment
• Every instrument selected
for inclusion in our Service/QC
kits was selected for reliability, accuracy, and ease of use
• Each Service/QC kit includes
an easy-to-carry, durable,
insulated carrying/storage
case to keep your equipment
safe wherever you go
• Optional mAs meter available
Included accessories
89-426 Carrying Case
18-526-3000
06-526-5240 RAD-CHECK®
MICRO-R
07-494 Wide-Range Digital
kVp Meter
07-453 Digital X-Ray Pulse
Counter/Timer
06-524-3000 Image Intensifier
Ionization Chamber, 100 cm3
18-526-1000
18-526-2000 Radiography/
Fluoroscopy QC Kit
All the test devices necessary
to perform QC in radiographic
and fluoroscopic suites.
06-526 RAD-CHECK PLUS
07-492 Mammographic Digital
kVp Meter
07-453 Digital X-Ray PulseCounter/Timer
6000-529 Mammographic Ion
Chamber, 3.3 cm3
18-526-2000
06-526 RAD-CHECK PLUS
07-494 Wide-Range Digital
kVp Meter
07-453 Digital X-Ray PulseCounter/Timer
6000-528 Radiographic Ion
Chamber, 30 cm3
18-526-4000
18-526-4000 Dental QC Kit
Service and QC are easier and
more cost effective than ever
with this comprehensive kit.
06-526 RAD-CHECK PLUS
07-479 Dental Digital kVp Meter
07-453 Digital X-Ray PulseCounter/Timer
07-453-2000 Remote Sensor
for use with 07-453
6000-528 Radiographic Ion
Chamber, 30 cm3
Ordering information
18-526-3000 Cardiac Cath/
Special Procedures QC Kit
18-526-1000 Mammography
QC Kit
18-526-2000 Radiography/
Fluoroscopy QC Kit
18-526-4000 Dental QC Kit
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
37
07-453
Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter/Timer
Poor or inconsistent quality of
x-ray images is caused by an
inaccurate generator timer. This
results in repeat examinations,
which cost time and money.
A poorly maintained system is
also hazardous to the patient.
When a malfunction in the
timer occurs, the patient may
receive unnecessary radiation
doses. Regular monitoring of
x-ray systems and timers is an
essential part of a good qualityassurance program.
07-453 Digital X-Ray Pulse
Counter/Timer is a non-invasive,
solid-state instrument to measure the exposure time of either ac or dc x-rays as well as the
duration of radiation output produced by a wide variety of medical
and dental x-ray systems. A sensitive x-ray detector in the instrument allows direct measurement of exposure from the x-ray head.
Pulses produced by half-wave and full-wave x-rays are measured
as 60 or 120 pulses per second. For dc, capacitor discharge and
three-phase x-rays, 07-453 measures the exposure time in milliseconds. When testing x-ray timers and controls, the time of relay
contact closure is measured using the ac input feature.
An output connector on the side of 07-453 allows the user to
view a radiation output waveform on an oscilloscope to diagnose
and troubleshoot problems with x-ray generators.
Key features
•Measures duration of
radiation output produced
by x-ray generators
• Measures ac or dc x-rays
• Gives direct readings (time
or pulses)
Can
be used for medical or
•
dental x-ray systems
• Designed specifically to allow
service personnel to accurately and easily assess the
performance of x-ray generators, timers, and controls
• Saves time and money by
reducing repeat examinations
Easy-to-read
digital display
•
Automatic
reset;
holds a read•
ing until the next exposure
• Battery-operated, lightweight;
fits easily into tool box or
pocket
• Output connector (included)
allows a radiation output
waveform to be viewed on an
oscilloscope
For
• added operator convenience, the remote sensor is
available as an option
• The optional remote sensor
can be used when the user
has the unit in their hand.
The remote sensor can also be
used when placement of the
Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter/
Timer in the beam is questionable, such as in a Panorex
dental x-ray unit
Specifications
Accuracy
AC input ± 1 count, dc input 2 %, ± 1 count,
X-ray detection ± 1 count
Sensitivity
AC input: 90 V ac minimum
X-ray input: 50 kVp, 5 mA at 5 cm from top surface of case, pointed
to target on case
Range
9999 pulses; 9999 ms
Display
0.3 inch liquid crystal
Power requirements
9 V battery, alkaline or equivalent, 48 hours minimum;
typically six months of normal use
AC input jacks
130 V ac maximum; 90 V ac minimum; input circuit not affected
by reversed polarity
Output signal
BNC connector for waveform analysis
Connections
None required for direct exposure measurement
Controls/indicators
Three-position switch: Pulse, Off, Milliseconds
Four-digit LCD (0.4 in character)
Low battery indicator
“Low Batt” appears in display when battery voltage reaches
5.3 V ± 0.3 V
Power-on: LED (green); oscilloscope output
38
Dimensions (LxWxH)
14.7 cm x 8 cm x 4 cm (5.8 in x 3.15 in x 1.6 in)
Weight
0.21 kg (0.5 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Optional accessories
07-453-2000 Remote sensor
with 10 ft cable
88-453 Oscilloscope leads
89-453 Carrying case
Ordering information
07-453 Digital X-Ray Pulse
Counter Timer
07-487
Dual-Range Digital mAs Meter
Key features
•Accurately measure x-ray
generator mAs values
The 07-487 Dual-Range Digital
mAs Meter allows service personnel to check and adjust the
mA settings of x-ray generators.
This easy-to-use instrument is
calibrated directly in mAs, thus
eliminating the need for the
calculations typically required
with more complicated and
expensive equipment.
The digital mAs meter is very
sensitive. It can measure increments of 0.1 mAs. It has a low
range of 0 mAs to 199.9 mAs;
push a button and the range
expands to 0 mAs to 1999 mAs.
The greatest use for the
07-487 mAs meter is in
calibrating the high-current,
short-time station where a
conventional mAs meter is
precluded by tube ratings. The instrument can be used (after
verifying the generator accuracy) to set all mA stations and check
that phototiming error does not exceed the limits of good practice. To use, simply connect the cable to the x-ray generator and
make the required exposure. The mAs reading appears instantaneously on the four-digit LCD. A display indicator warns of the
need for battery replacement.
•Meets today’s QC needs for
accuracy and dependability
•Used for calibration of
high current and phototimer
accuracy
•Calibrated directly in mAs;
no calculations required
•Handheld, battery-operated,
and lightweight
Specifications
Ranges
0 mAs to 199.9 mAs (“+” overrange indicator above 160 mAs).
Also 0 mAs to 1999 mAs (“+” overrange indicator above 1600 mAs)
Accuracy
± 2 % of reading
Input
25 mA to 1000 mA
Drift
Zero
Operating temperature
15 °C to 30 °C (50 °F to 100 °F)
Controls
POWER (on/off), RANGE (highlow), and RESET
Power requirements
Single 9 V alkaline battery; typical life 80 hours
Input jack
Uses two banana jacks
Dimensions (WxDxH)
8.9 cm x 16.8 cm x 3.5 cm (3.50 in x 6.63 in x 1.38 in)
Weight
0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Included accessories
177002 24 inch Cable with
banana plugs and insulated alligator clips on opposite ends
Ordering information
07-487 Dual-Range Digital
mAs Meter
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
39
07-469
Wave Precision High-Voltage Divider
Key features
•Replacement for
GE divider
07-469 Wave Precision HighVoltage Divider provides two
ranges that allows it to be
used with a variety of readout
devices. One range of 07-469
is 10,000:1, when operated
into a 1 MΩ load, such as the
direct input of an oscilloscope.
The other mode of operation
provides the 1000:1 ratio into
a 10 MΩ load. In this mode, it
can be used as a replacement
for the GE divider when connected in a similar manner.
It can also be connected to
10 MΩ input impedance dc
digital voltmeters or 10 M 10 X
scope probes. The three anode
connections are individually wired for use on the latest GE CT
Scanners.
07-469 is designed with the same dc resistance values as
the General Electric C1515A and 46-15496681. Those voltage
dividers have a frequency response valid to 1000 Hz. 07-469
performs as a frequency-compensated replacement for those
dividers and is usable at high frequencies as well as short
exposures. With a well-characterized rise time, 07-469 is suitable for use in radiographic, cine, pulsed, and mammographic
applications.
Specifications
40
•Can be used with
oscilloscopes or dc
digital voltmeters
•Three individually-wired
anode connectors
for use with the latest
GE CT scanners
Optional accessories
DC accuracy when operated
into rated load impedance
1%
Divider ratio
Switch selectable 10,000:1 or 1,000:1
Divider resistance
100 megohm
Load impedance
1 megohm @ 10,000:1 or 10 megohm @ 1,000:1
Voltage range
0 kVp to 150 kVp
DC accuracy
1 % or better, 10 kV to 75 kV per side
Frequency response
DC to 1 kHz ± 3 %, to 100 kHz ± 5 %
Insulation
Oil filled, may be operated continuously
HV terminals
Federal standard 3 pin. 4 pin optional for cathode
Output terminals
BNC. Oil tight selector switch
Dimensions (LxH)
25 cm x 30.5 cm (10 in x 12 in)
Weight
14.5 kg (32 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
87-476 Carrying Case
07-478 High-Voltage Cable, 5 ft
Ordering information
07-469 Wave Precision HighVoltage Divider, without cables
07-469-4780 The Wave
Precision High-Voltage Divider,
with two cables
18-116
VeriLUM® Color Dual Mode Pod 5.2
VeriLUM is an innovative tool
for ensuring consistent display monitor performance. It
provides an easy and efficient
way to judge whether a display system is continuing to
function normally or needs
adjustment or replacement.
VeriLUM can be used for
acceptance testing of a CRT or
LCD display system.
It also provides a quick visual
check for the user. A SMPTE
test pattern is displayed on
each monitor. If the gray scale
range and stability is adequate
and if all the monitors have essentially the same look and feel,
then the display system is ready for use. Bitmaps, DICOM® images
(e.g. AAPM TG-18) can be displayed.
VeriLUM makes a rapid set of measurements of the display
luminance for tracking consistent performance over time. These
measurements take less than 30 seconds per monitor and the
history chart can be printed when hard-copy documentation is
needed.
VeriLUM can be used to perform gamma correction in conformance with the DICOM Part 14 Grayscale Standard Display
Function or any other user-defined luminance response model.
VeriLUM provides on-board gamma correction using BARCO/
Metheus, DOME, Image Systems, Matrox, and RealVision
gray scale video boards. If the operating system is Microsoft
Windows® 2000, XP®, ME®, or Vista and if the color video card
supports downloadable gamma ramps, then VeriLUM will use
that capability.
VeriLUM software can be installed on as many workstations
as desired; no additional licenses are required. This allows
the VeriLUM luminance pod to be taken from workstation to
workstation to perform measurements. The VeriLUM luminance
pod supports all CRTs and all LCD panels. It uses a USB port
on the PC, thus a simple extension cable (provided) allows for
simple connection.
Specifications
Key features
•A quality control tool
for ensuring consistent
color and grayscale video
display performance
•Can be used for acceptance
testing
•Calibrates luminance to
conform with DICOM Part
14 Grayscale Standard
Display Function
•Supports Microsoft® Windows
2000, XP, and Vista operating
systems
•Each VeriLUM package
includes: pod and cd-rom
with version 5.2 software
and user guide
•Applicable to CRT and
LCD displays
Ordering information
Minimum computer
requirements
Intel® PC, CD-Rom, Microsoft Windows 2000, Vista, and a video
board capable of 1024 x 768 pixels with a minimum of 256 colors
or a grayscale video board
Calibration
Traceable to a NIST source
Luminance accuracy
±2%
Luminance repeatability
±1%
Luminance range
0.05 cd/sqm to 1000 cd/sqm
Weight
0.45 kg (1 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
18-116 VeriLUM Color Dual
Mode Pod
Complies with European
restrictions on hazardous
substances (RoHS).
(please specify serial or
USB connector)
41
07-621
Precision Photometer
Photometers are required for
medical, scientific, and laboratory applications. The 07-621
Precision Photometer utilizes
a filtered sensor with spectral
response tightly calibrated to
the CIE photopic response. The
illuminance receptors closely
follow the Cosine Law relative
sensitivity versus angle of
illuminance.
The 07-621 is a highly accurate instrument designed to
measure both illuminance (the
amount of light falling on a surface) in lux (lumens per m2) and
luminance (the amount of light
emitted from a surface) in nit (candela per m2).
The 07-621 easily and quickly verifies that an x-ray collimator
light and/or CT system light source used for patient alignment
and localization is in accordance with regulations and guidelines. It also measures the brightness and uniformity of an x-ray
view box, quickly detecting non-uniformity (which may appear
as artifacts, causing misdiagnosis). This battery-operated photometer has a bright LED display and only two operating controls:
“Measure” for taking a reading and “Range” to adjust the meter
display to the light level being measured.
Specifications
Key features
•The luminance of view boxes
for interpretation or QC of
mammography images meets
or exceeds minimum levels
•Ambient illuminance levels
are below prescribed levels
•Viewing conditions have been
optimized
•NIST-traceable
•Performs required ACR (NITS)
measurements
Easy
to read digital display
•
•Small, convenient to carry and
supplied with its own carrying case
•Rugged construction
•Measure button: press it to get
continuously updated readings. Releasing the measure
button freezes the last reading
for convenient reference
•Range button: adjusts the
measurement display for the
resolution desired
•LED display: visible in very
dim light, as well as direct
sunlight. LED displays are
inherently robust in comparison to liquid crystal displays
(LCDs)
•The battery-powered
photometer provides tens of
thousands of readings
Optional accessories
Capabilities
Illuminance measured in lux (foot-candles); or luminance
measured in candela/m2 (nit)
Readout display
Three-digit LED, 0.25 in high
Range
0.1 to 999,000 lux or nits (candela/m2), equivalent to 0.01 to
99,000 foot candles
Accuracy
Within 7 % of full scale range, for light sources between 2500°
and 5400° Kelvin
Electrical accuracy
1 % plus two digits
Sensor
Silicon photodiode with photometric filter
Response curve shape
Close match to CIE photopic response curve
Power requirements
Type A-76 alkaline button cells or silver oxide equivalents
Dimensions (WxDxH)
7 cm x 3 cm x 10 cm (2.8 in x 1.2 in x 4 in)
Weight
0.11 kg (0.25 lb)
07-634 Fiber-optic Probe,
Flexible 12 in (must be
calibrated with meter)
07-634-1000 Fiber-optic Probe,
Rigid 1 inch (must be calibrated
with meter)
07-634-1100 Rotating
Illuminance Receptor (must
be calibrated with meter)
89-621 Carrying Case
Ordering information
07-621 Precision Photometer
07-621-6341 Precision
Photometer with rotating
illuminance receptor
07-621-6342 Precision
Photometer with rigid 1 inch
fiber-optic probe
07-621-6343 Precision
Photometer with flexible
12 inch fiber-optic probe
Factory recalibration available
42
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-661-7662 and 07-644
Collimator/Beam Alignment Test Tool
and Grid Alignment Test Tool
Need new pic
07-661-662 Collimator/Beam Alignment Test Tool
07-644 Grid Alignment Test Tool
07-661-7662 Collimator/
Beam Alignment Test Tool
In radiographic quality control,
it is essential to verify proper
alignment of the collimator light
field with the x-ray field. The
07-661-7662 readily indicates
a 1 % or 2 % misalignment at a
40 in focal-film distance (FFD),
but it may be used at any FFD.
It consists of a flat 8 in x
10 in plate with a 14 cm x
18 cm pattern etched on its
surface. It can also be used to
check fluoroscopy alignment
and collimation.
Improper central-ray alignment will distort a radiographic
image. The 07-661-7662
provides a simple means of
determining if the x-ray beam
is perpendicular to the image
receptor and centered with
respect to the light field. A steel
ball is mounted in the center
of a disc at each end of the 15
cm high clear plastic cylinder.
When the balls are positioned
over one another and at a right
angle to the film, their images
will appear as one if the central
ray is truly perpendicular to the
film. The approximate degree of
improper angulation can also be
determined.
Specifications
07-661-7662
Dimensions beam alignment
15 cm (h) x 006.3 OD cm (5.9 in x 2.5 in)
Weight beam alignment
0.24 kg (0.54 lb)
Weight collimator
0.19 kg (0.41 lb)
Key features
07-661-7662
•Verifies proper alignment of
collimator light field to x-ray
field
• Verifies alignment of central
ray is perpendicular to image
receptor
07-644
•Checks focused grid
alignment with relation to
central ray
Checks
focused grid align•
ment to the center of a film
cassette
07-644 Grid Alignment
Test Tool
Increased patient radiation
dose and reduced image contrast can result from lateral
decentering or tilting of a
focused grid used in a Bucky
apparatus. The 07-644 Grid
Alignment Test Tool is used
to check whether a focused
grid is aligned properly
with the central ray and the
center of the film cassette.
The easy-to-use test tool is
centered on the x-ray table
and fixed in position perpendicular to the grid lines. Five
exposures are made, with the
x-ray beam sequentially centered on each of five holes,
and the optical densities of
the hole images are compared. A properly-centered
and leveled grid will result
in equal density changes in
the hole images on either
side of the central hole.
Unequal density changes
indicate the need for corrective action.
07-644
Lead plates
Three plastic-covered, 0.062 inch thick lead plates
(1) 9.125 in x 3.625 in test plate
(2) 3.56 in x 2.375 in blocker plates
Test plate
(5) 0.375 inch test holes and (5) 0.062 in orientation holes
Weight
0.68 kg (01.5 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Ordering information
07-661-7662 Collimator/Beam
Alignment Test Tool
07-644 Grid Alignment Test Tool,
including three lead plates
43
07-591
Focal Spot Test Tool
The 07-591 Focal Spot Test
Tool provides a simple passfail test to determine if an
x-ray tube focal spot has been
damaged. This tool consists
of a 6-inch-high stand with
a thirteen-group test pattern.
Each group has six bars, three
of which are positioned at right
angles to the adjacent set. The
groups diminish in size from
0.63 line pairs/mm (2 mm) to
2.52 line pairs/mm (0.8 mm).
By observing the radiograph
and using the supplied chart,
showing resolution vs. focal
spot size, the nominal focal
spot dimension (in mm) can
be determined.
Optional accessories
07-800-5007 Flex Film Cassette,
5 in x 7 in
Specifications
Dimensions (stand) (WxH)
6.35 cm x 15.24 cm (2.50 in Ø x 6 in)
Weight
0.11 kg (0.25 lb)
Ordering information
07-591 Focal Spot Test Tool
44
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-501 to 07-555
Test Patterns
X-Ray Test Patterns for measuring resolution
Fluke Biomedical offers a range of patterns for use in a variety of desired
applications. The sector test patterns are 0.4°, and the group test patterns have
varying numbers of line pair groups. Lead thicknesses are limited by the resolution, with a maximum thickness of 0.1 mm for test patterns up to 5 LP/mm.
Radiopaque numbers indicate the resolution (in LP/mm) of each group.
Shown in Model 07-501-2000
Specifications and ordering information
Shown in Model 07-523 1000/2000
Model
Range of
resolution
in LP/mm
Number of
groups
Lead-foil
thickness
in mm
Dimensions
in mm
16
0.1
110 x 40
X-Ray Test Patterns for measuring resolution
Shown in Model 07-527
Shown in Model 07-541-2000
07-501-2000
1.0 to 4.8
07-501-1000
Ultra-High Precision Pattern (same specifications as 07-501-2000)
07-521
2.0 to 10.0
15
0.05
07-525
3.15 to 16.6
15
0.03
94 x 50
07-555
5.0 to 20.0
13
0.02*
25 x 10
07-515
1.0 to 10.0
1
0.05
80 x 40
07-523-2000
0.5 to 5.0
1
0.1
157 x 50
07-523-1000
Ultra-High Precision Pattern (same specifications as 07-523-2000)
94 x 50
07-539
1.5 to 20.0
1
0.025
60 x 30
07-526
0.6 to 10.0
26
0.05
65 x 55
07-527
0.6 to 5.0
20
0.01
50 x 50
07-535
0.6 to 5.0
20
0.05
50 x 50
07-538-2000
0.6 to 5.0
20
0.1
50 x 50
07-538-1000
Ultra-High Precision Pattern (same specifications as 07-538-2000)
07-541-2000
0.6 to 3.4
07-541-1000
Ultra-High Precision Pattern (same specifications as 07-541-2000)
2 x 15
07-548
2.0 to 6.0
2 x 14
0.1
0.08
50 x 50
50 x 50
X-Ray Test Patterns for measuring resolution of image intensifiers and video systems
Shown in Model 07-506
07-506
1.0 to 2.0
2x6
0.1
32
07-507
3.0 to 4.0
2x6
0.1
32
07-511
2.0 to 3.0
2x6
0.1
32
07-519
1.8 to 3.15
2x6
0.1
32
07-529
2.8 to 5.0
2x6
0.1
32
07-532
5.0 to 6.0
2x6
0.05
32
07-537
5.0 to 7.0
2x6
0.05
32
07-526
0.6 to 10.0
26
0.05
65 x 55
Ultra-High Precision Test Pattern for measuring modulation transfer function
The Ultra-High Precision Test Pattern utilizes 22 groups of line pairs. Each
group is indicated by the extended line above the pattern. The resolution of
the individual groups can be taken from the table. Lead thickness is 0.05 mm.
Pattern size is 71 mm x 44 mm.
Shown in Model 07-553
Group
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
LP/mm
0.25
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.85
1
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.4
Group
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
LP/mm
2.9
3.5
4.2
5
6
7
8.5
10
8.5
7
6
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Ordering information
07-553 Ultra-High Precision Test
Pattern
45
07-503 to 07-551, 07-456
Star Patterns
High-Purity Aluminum Step Wedges
Shown in 07-509-2000
Shown in 07-509-2000
Star x-ray test patterns
Focal spot size can be determined by observing the regions of
blurring which occur when the pattern is radiographed by an
x-ray source of finite dimensions. Radiation from different areas
of the focal spot will cause a periodic blurring of the pattern due
to penumbra effects. Knowledge of the geometric factors, and the
distance from the center of the pattern to the region where blurring occurs, will permit the calculation of the focal spot size with
the same accuracy as measurements made with a pinhole camera.
Specifications
Ordering information
07-503-2000
07-503-1000
07-550
07-551
Dimension: 55 mm Ø
For measuring focal spots from 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm
Sectors: (4) 15° patterned sectors with a 0.5° angle of a single line within a sector
Sectors (07-550): (4) 45° patterned sectors, for easier interpretation
Sectors (07-551): (4) 15° patterned sectors with a 0.25° angle
Thickness: Lead-foil thickness 0.03 mm
07-509-2000
07-509-1000
Dimension: 55 mm Ø
For measuring focal spots from 1 mm and up
Sectors: (4) 45° sectors with a 2° angle of a single line within a sector
Thickness: Lead-foil thickness 0.05 mm
07-542-2000
Dimension: 55 mm Ø
07-542-1000 For measuring focal spots from 0.3 mm to 0.6 mm
Sectors: (4) 28° patterned sectors with a 1° angle of a single line within a sector
Thickness: Lead-foil thickness 0.03 mm
07-543-2000
07-543-1000
Dimension: 55 mm Ø
For measuring focal spots from 0.8 mm to 1.5 mm
Sectors: (4) 35° patterned sections with a 1.5° angle of a single line within a sector
Thickness: Lead-foil thickness 0.03 mm
07-510-2000
07-510-1000
Dimension: 55 mm Ø
For measuring focal spots from 1 mm and up
Sectors: (1) 35° 360° pattern sector with a 2° angle of a single line within a sector
Thickness: Lead-foil thickness 0.05 mm
07-456
11 steps
Dimensions
Step wedge: 2.5 in x 5.5 in x 1.375 in
Each step: 0.5 in surface; 3 mm rise
Weight
0.50 kg (1.10 lb)
21 steps
07-456 High-Purity Aluminum
Step Wedges
46
07-456 High-Purity
Aluminum Step Wedges
• Built to US Federal
specification GG-X-635C
• Determines mAs linearity
• Determines contrast vs. kVp
• Used for:
- Darkroom fog testing
- Film and screen
comparison
- Technique chart
development
On these high-purity
aluminum step wedges, evennumbered steps are identified
with lead numerals.
Dimensions
Step wedge: 3 in x 10.3 in x 1.85 in
Each step: 12 mm surface; 2.1 mm rise
Weight
1.45 kg (3.20 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-503-2000 High-Precision
Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-503-1000 Ultra-High
Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-509-2000 High-Precision
Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-509-1000 Ultra-High
Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-542-2000 Precision Star
X-Ray Test Pattern
07-542-1000 Ultra-High
Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-543-2000 High-Precision
Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-543-1000 Ultra-High
Precision Star X-Ray Patterns
07-550 Ultra-High Precision Star
X-Ray Patterns
07-551 Ultra-High Precision Star
X-Ray Pattern
07-510-2000 High-Precision
Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-510-1000 Ultra-High
Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern
07-456 11 Step Wedge,
Type-2024 Aluminum
07-456-1100 11 Step Wedge,
Type-1100 Aluminum
07-456-2100 21 Step Wedge,
Type-2024 Aluminum
07-456-2111 21 Step Wedge,
Type-1100 Aluminum
07-451, 07-608 and 07-706
X-Ray Output Detector, Screen/Film Contact
Mesh, and Phantom/Penetrometer System
07-451
07-451 X-Ray Output Detector
The 07-451 X-Ray Output Detector offers a
dynamic means of demonstrating x-ray generator
performance. It is used with a storage or camera
oscilloscope to display the intensity-time relationship of an x-ray beam. To use, the detector is
placed in the x-ray beam, and the output cable is
connected to the oscilloscope input. The resulting
waveshape patterns are used to calibrate and/or
diagnose malfunctions in the x-ray generator.
The detector supplies a crisp 200 mV signal at
standard diagnostic conditions (80 kVp, 100 mA).
This extremely high output permits the simple
interpretation of oscilloscope displays. Since
the detector rise time is better than 1 ms, no
alteration of the true x-ray output pulse shape is
introduced.
07-608 Screen/Film Contact Mesh
The 07-608 Film/Screen Contact Mesh test tool
determines the clarity of the focused image. This
device allows problems to be identified so that
image clarity can be restored. It consists of a
35.6 cm x 43 cm (14 in x 17 in) copper screen,
with 0.3 cm (0.125 in) mesh, embedded in
durable plastic for long life use. To use, simply
lay the unit over the cassette, radiograph, and
develop the film. Look for screen image clarity
across the film. Blurring or distortion indicates
poor film/screen contact.
07-608
07-706
07-706 Patient Phantom/Penetrometer System
To check the tabletop output of image-intensified
fluoroscopic equipment properly, a simulated
body or phantom should be placed between the
x-ray output meter and the input phosphor. The
07-706 phantom protects the phosphor from
the direct beam and provides the simulated
attenuation needed to check the performance
of image-intensifier systems. A penetrometer
permits the determination of system contrast gradient under simulated operating conditions.
Specifications
07-451: Shock-resistant, solid-state diode detector
Power source
None required
Rise time
Less than 1 μsec
Dimensions (WxDxH)
3.175 cm x 3.175 cm x 1.27 cm (1.25 in x 1.25 in x 0.5 in)
Weight
16.6 g (0.58 oz)
07-706
48
Dimensions (WxDxH)
17.8 cm x 17.8 cm x 4.2 cm (7 in x 7 in x 1.656 in)
Weight
4.3 kg (9.5 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
Key features
•Timer calibration
(single-phase, three-phase
or CP units)
•Loading characteristics
•Rectifier malfunctions
•Contactor problems
•Cable or connector arcing
•Shutter calibration, etc.
Optional accessories
07-451
88-222 Cable, 6 m (20 ft), BNC
to BNC
07-706
07-629-1000 Aluminum Blocks,
two Type-1100 Al 7.125 in x
7.125 in x 0.75 in thick
Included accessories
07-706
(a) Two 7 in x 7 in x 0.75 in
blocks of high-purity aluminum,
which represent the equivalent
absorption of 26 cm of water and
simulate a thick or heavy-set
patient at 90 kVp. A single block
is the equivalent of a child or
adult chest. Aluminum simulates
the scatter characteristics of the
human body.
(b) One 7 in x 7 in x 0.125 in
lead beam-stop plate. When
placed in the beam, this plate
allows automatic brightness-control machines to deliver maximum
output.
(c) One 7 in x 7 in x 0.03125 in
aluminum penetrometer plate
with 0.25 in, 0.176 in, 0.125 in,
0.088 in, and 0.0625 in holes.
Place this plate between the two
aluminum blocks and ascertain
the contrast gradient of the penetrometer on image-amplified
systems.
(d) Two sets of legs: one 1.25 in
long and one 10.375 in long.
Ordering information
07-451 X-Ray Output Detector,
includes BNC Output Connector
07-706 Patient Phantom/
Penetrometer System
07-608 Screen/Film Contact
Mesh
07-622, 07-623, and 07-533
Multipurpose Test Stand, Mammography
Test Stand, and Radiopaque Rulers
07-622 Multipurpose Focal
Spot/HVL Test Stand
The 07-622 Multipurpose Focal
Spot/HVL Test Stand* can
be used for half-value layer
measurements and features
extendible legs that provide the
enlargement factors required
by the NEMA® standard. It’s
designed for both over-table
and under-table x-ray tube
measurements. Long leveling
screws allow the positioning
of a screen-film cassette under
the base.
07-622
07-623 Mammography Focal
Spot Test Stand
It is particularly important to
verify the size of the focal spot
during acceptance testing of
new mammographic equipment or when a new x-ray
tube is installed. The 07-623
Mammography Focal Spot
Measurement Test Stand** test stand is designed to make these
important procedures easy to perform, and ensures accurate
results. The test stand includes a magnification insert, alignment
device, and fluorescent alignment screen.
**Designed by Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, Department of Radiology,
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN 55905. Manufactured under licensing agreement
with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
07-533 Radiopaque Rulers
All versions of the radiopaque rulers provide an anatomic landmark measurement scale on the radiographic image. Other
applications where object firm distance (magnification) corrected
measurement is needed.
Specifications
07-623
07-533
*Designed by Joel E. Gray, Ph.D.,
Professor Emeritus, Department of
Radiology, Mayo Clinic®, Rochester,
MN 55905. Manufactured under
licensing agreement with Mayo
Foundation for Medical Education
and Research.
Optional accessories
07-622
89-622 Carrying Case
07-633 Pinhole Assembly,
0.010 mm
07-617 Pinhole Assembly,
0.075 mm
07-613 Pinhole Assembly,
0.030 mm
07-611 Pinhole Assembly,
0.100 mm
07-623
07-622
Dimensions
12 in x 12 in at base; 6.15 in x 6.15 inch at top
Height
Adjustable from 16.94 in to 31.38 in
Weight
5 kg (11 lb)
89-622 Carrying Case
07-611 Pinhole Assembly,
0.100 mm
07-623
Dimensions
9 in x 11.50 in at base; 4 in x 6 in at top
Height
Adjustable from 9 in to 18 in
Weight
5 kg (11 lb)
Ordering information
07-533
50
Model
07-533
Dimensions
30 cm long,
100 cm long,
110 cm long,
36 cm long,
2 mm divisions 2 mm divisions 2 mm divisions 2 mm divisions
07-533-1000
Weight
0.04 kg
(0.05 lb)
0.24 kg
(0.5 lb)
Diagnostic X-Ray Quality Assurance Instruments
07-533-1100
0.24 kg
(0.5 lb)
07-533-3600
0.04 kg
(0.05 lb)
07-622 Multipurpose Focal
Spot/HVL Test Stand
07-623 Mammography Focal
Spot Test Stand
07-533 Radiopaque Ruler
07-533-1000 Radiopaque Ruler
07-533-1100 Radiopaque Ruler
07-533-3600 Radiopaque Ruler
57-4 Series
CLEAR-Pb® Compensation Filters
Lightweight CLEAR-Pb lead-plastic filter is fully
transparent
CLEAR-Pb Compensation
Filters eliminate the problems
inherent in imaging a wide
range of densities on one
radiograph. Because they are
far superior, they replace the
bulky, heavy aluminum filters
that block the collimator light
field. In addition, CLEAR-Pb filters are only one-fifth as heavy
as aluminum filters. And, they
eliminate the use of gradientspeed intensifying screens.
CLEAR-Pb filters are made
of lightweight plastic that is
30 % lead by weight. A unique
“quick-stik” magnetic mounting
system plus a filter holder that
slides into the collimator tray
ensure that the filter is held
firmly in place. It also permits
instant repositioning as the
area and/or degree of filter
coverage changes.
Key features
•Improve image quality
•Filters are 30 % lead by
weight
•Reduce the need for
multiple exposures
•Ensure a more uniform
image density
Reduce
patient exposure
•
by selectively attenuating
the x-ray beam
•Lightweight, easy to use
•Mounts to any collimator
•Collimator light field is
never blocked
Full-Spine Scoliosis Filter
Tested and proven in FDA and
specialized radiography studies,
enables scoliosis radiography
with more diagnostic detail and
less radiation exposure.
Single-exposure AP view of the foot: radiograph at left
wastaken without a CLEAR-Pb filter. Notice “burnout” at
the toesdue to increased technique needed to properly
expose the dense tarsal bones. The radiograph on the
right was taken with a CLEAR-Pb filter. The image
density is uniform from instep to toes.
Single-exposure spinal radiographs: the
radiograph at left was obtained without
a CLEAR-Pb filter. Notice “burnout” in
cervical and thoracic areas. At right is
radiograph obtained with a CLEARPb AP/PA filter. Note uniform density
throughout the spinal column.
52
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
57-4 Series
CLEAR-Pb® Compensation Filters
Specifications
CLEAR-PB Compensation Filters
Model
Filter
Weight
Length
Width
Filter holder Application
required
Configuration
57-429
Chest
16 oz
5.125 in 5.125 in
No
PA View (72 in FFD)
57-432
2 inch Wedge
Lateral Decubitus
at 40 in FFD
3.4 oz
6.5 in
2 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
• A ll lateral decubitus position
views
• A ngiography of neck and
head (use 2 filters)
57-433
3 inch Wedge
Lateral Decubitus
at 40 in FFD
5.5 oz
6.5 in
3 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
Suggested for children
57-426
(Required for
57-432, 57433, 57-441)
Filter Holder
(set of mounting
plates included)
24 oz
6.5 in
6.5 in
Has two steel rails, (WxD) 1 in x 5.5 in, for
positioning filters and shields. Only one
F lter Holder is needed per x-ray machine.
Comes with a Plexiglas cutter
57-440
Foot and Ankle Filter
3.9 oz
6.5 in
2 in
No
• AP foot
• Podiatric equipment
57-441
2 in Wedge AP Foot
at 40 in FFD
2 oz
6.5 in
2 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
• Lateral and oblique
• Axial view of calcaneus
57-414
Wall Rack
8 oz
12 in
1 in
Can hold a complete filter set plus 3 to 5 extra filters.
Two-sided foam tape holds the rack to the wall.
57-411
Replacement
Mounting Plate
6.5 oz
9 in
9 in
Attaches to filter holder with screws. Easily cut
to fit collimator assembly. Set of two.
57-405*
AP/PA (72 in FFD)
5 oz
6.5 in
2.5 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
Lateral chest
57-415
AP/PA (40 in FFD)
9 oz
6.5 in
4.125 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
Sectional, AP cervical thoracic
57-406*
Lateral Cervical
(72 in FFD)
3.2 oz
6.5 in
1.25 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
• Lateral full spine
(with 57-407 filter)
• Lateral aortic arch
57-407*
Lateral Thoracic
(72 inch FFD)
2.6 oz
6.5 in
1.25 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
• Oblique or AP esophagram
(obese patients)
• Lateral chest tomography
• Routine lateral thoracic
57-430
Thin Buildup
2.5 oz
6.5 in
2.5 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
57-434
Thick Buildup
3.5 oz
6.5 in
1.25 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
57-437**
Thin Wedge;
for conventional
machines
8 oz
6.5 in
4.5 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
AP scanograms, for
determination of long-leg
length discrepancies
57-438**
Thick Wedge;
for conventional
machines
13 oz
6.5 in
4.5 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
• F ull-leg radiography
(under bodyweight load)
• Orthopedic angiographic
• Cross table lateral hips
57-408
Adult Gonad Shield
0.5 oz
6.5 in
1 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
57-444
Pediatric Gonad
Shield (72 inch FFD)
0.25 oz
6.5 in
1 in
Yes
(see 57-426)
57 -402
Basic Full-Spine Filter Set. Includes CLEAR-Pb AP/PA Filter (57-405), CLEAR-Pb Lateral Cervical Filter (57-406), Lateral Thoracic Filter
(57-407), Adult Gonad Shield (57-408), Breast Shield Set (57-409), and Filter Holder (57-426). Weight: 1.4 kg (3 lb)
57-445
Deluxe Full-Spine Filter Set. Includes CLEAR-Pb AP/PA Filter (57-405), CLEAR-Pb Lateral Cervical Filter (57-406), Lateral Thoracic Filter
(57-407), Thin Buildup Filter (57-430), Thick Buildup Filter (57-434), Adult Gonad Shield (57-408), Pediatric Gonad Shield (57-444),
Breast Shield Set (57-409), and Filter Holder (57-426). Weight: 1.4 kg (3 lb)
X-Ray Protection System. Includes Adult Gonad Shield (57-408), Breast Shield Set (57-409), Filter Holder (57-426), and
Pediatric Gonad Shield (57-444).
Lead-Steel Sandwich
Plastic
*These models manufactured under licensing agreement with the Mayo Clinic ® Mayo Foundation.
**These models manufactured under licensing agreement with Alvarado Orthopedic Research Company.
Magnetic Tape
Lead-Plastic
57-404
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
53
57-4 Series
CLEAR-Pb® Compensation Filters
Chest X-Ray
Compensation Filter
For greater diagnostic detail
over entire lung with fewer
repeats. Reveals details that
conventional x-rays usually
miss.
The CLEAR-Pb Chest X-Ray
Filter eliminates a problem
commonly encountered in chest
x-rays: a portion of the lung
field is usually severely underexposed because it is hidden
Thick Buildup Filter (57-434): same as 57-430
filter (above), but for patients whose measurements
behind the hilum. With the
exceed 25 cm.
CLEAR-Pb filter, you can
increase the beam intensity sufficiently so that all details of the
lung and the posterior mediastinal field are clearly revealed. The
CLEAR-Pb filter attenuates the x-ray beam while protecting the
rest of the field from overexposure. You get clear diagnostic detail
of the lungs, heart and spine.
Lateral Decubitus X-Ray Compensation Filter
Excellent diagnostic detail in double-contrast barium enema
examinations. To obtain the optimum diagnostic detail, the AP/PA
Wedge Filter (57-405) should be used when performing fullspine
examinations. First the Breast Shields (57-409) are placed on the
filter holder. The AP/PA Wedge Filter (57-405) is placed on top of
the Breast Shields. The Gonad Shield (57-408) is placed below
the AP/PA Wedge Filter. Buildup filters are used to provide additional filtration in the cervical area to compensate for the added
exposure that may be needed in the lumbar area. Buildup filters
are placed on the AP/PA Wedge Filter.
Reference
1. Gray J.E., Hoffman, A.D., Peterson H.A., Mayo Clinic:
“Dose Reduction in Radiography for Scoliosis.”
J. Bone Joint Surg., (January, 1983), 5-12.
2. “ Patient Exposure Reduction During Scoliosis
Radiography,” FDA Publication: 85-8251, August, 1985.
Request Reprint No. 361B.
3. A merican Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons Bulletin 32:1,
January, 1984.
4. Downey, E.F., Jr., Butler, P. “Less Radiation and Better
Images: a New Scoliosis Radiography System,” Milit.
Med., 149 (September, 1984), 526-528.
5. Butler, P.F., Thomas, A.W., Thompson, W.E., Wollerton,
M.A., Rachlin, J.A., “Simple Methods to
Reduce Patient Exposure During Scoliosis Radiography.”
Radiologic Technology, 57:5 (1986).
6. Petersen, T.D., Rohr, W. “Improved Assessment of
Lower Extremity Alignment Utilizing New Radiographic
Techniques,’’ Clinical Orthopedics, (June, 1987).
7. Feczko PJ, et al. “Compensation Filtration for Decubitus
Radiography During Double-Contrast
Barium Enema Examinations,” Radiology, 149:3
(December, 1983), 848-850.
54
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
Optional accessories
Lead-Plastic Filters
57-409 Breast Shields provides
protection to the radiosensitive
breast and lung parenchyma
adjacent to the spine. Fully
adjustable; may be used on the
Filter Holder Assembly (57-426)
with or without a compensation
filter. Consists of two 3 in x 3 in
steel/lead shields with magnetic
tape on one side.
57-408 Adult Gonad Shield
Shamrock-shaped insert has
three overlapping lead circles
(each 0.50 inch Ø) cemented
to clear plastic.
57-444 Pediatric Gonad Shield
For imaging children and the
sacroiliac joints of adults.
Overlapping lead circles are
0.25 inch Ø.
57-430 Thin Buildup Filter Used
with AP/PA filters for patients
with measurements from 14 cm
to 25 cm. Provides additional
filtration in the cervical area to
compensate for the added exposure that may be needed in the
thoracic/lumbar area.
Included accessories
57-402
57-405
57-406
57-407
57-408
57-409
57-426
AP/PA Filter
Lateral Cervical Filter
Lateral Thoracic Filter
Adult Gonad Shield
Breast Shield Set
Filter Holder
57-445
57-405
57-406
57-407
57-430
57-434
57-408
57-444
57-409
57-426
AP/PA Filter
Lateral Cervical Filter
Lateral Thoracic Filter
Thin Buildup Filter
Thick Buildup Filter
Adult Gonad Shield
Pediatric Gonad Shield
Breast Shield Set
Filter Holder
57-404
57-408
57-409
57-426
57-444
Adult Gonad Shield
Breast Shield Set
Filter Holder
Pediatric Gonad Shield
Ordering information
57-429 Chest Filter
57-432 2-inch Wedge Lateral
Decubitus at 40-inch FFD
57-433 3-inch Wedge Lateral
Decubitus at 40-inch FFD
57-426 Filter Holder (set of
mounting plates included)
57-440 Foot and Ankle Filter
57-441 2-inch Wedge AP Foot at
40-inch FFD
57-414 Wall Rack
57-411 Replacement Mounting
Plate
57-405 AP/PA (72-inch FFD)
57-415 AP/PA (40-inch FFD)
57-406 Lateral Cervical
(72-inch FFD)
57-407 Lateral Thoracic (72inch FFD)
57-430 Thin Buildup
57-434 Thick Buildup
57-437 Thin Wedge for
conventional machines
57-438 Thick Wedge for
conventional machines
57-408 Adult Gonad Shield
57-444 Pediatric Gonan Shield
(72-inch FFD)
57-402 Basic Full-Spine Filter
Set
57-445 Deluxe Full-Spine Filter
Set
57-404 X-Ray Protection System
07-600QC/07-600QCN
Quality Control Kit
Fluke Biomedical’s 07-600QC
Quality Control Kit is ideal for
performing quality-assurance
inspections in conventional
radiography applications. The
07-600QC is best used in conjunction with a dosimeter kit,
enabling the user to measure
and verify the quality of x-ray
tube voltage accuracy, linearity,
and reproducibility of the x-ray
beam, as well as the dose rate.
Originally designed to meet
French regulations. The kit is
ideal for use anywhere comprehensive quality assurance is
needed.
The 07-600QC Quality
Control Kit comes in
two configurations:
The 07-600QC is the standard
quality-control kit and includes
all of the recommended phantoms and test objects for quality
control to meet regulatory requirements. This kit is best paired
with Fluke Biomedical’s 10500AMT TRIAD™ TnT x-ray test
device, allowing users to accurately test the integrity of their
x-ray tube.
The 07-600QCN is also designed to work with Fluke
Biomedical’s 8000 NERO® mAx x-ray test device. This kit version
includes all the components of the 07-600QC, as well as several additional accessories to improve the setup and ease-of-use
while testing with the 8000 NERO mAx.
Both kits come in a rugged carrying case, designed to easily
transport and protect all of the phantoms and test object. The
carrying case also doubles as a safe storage compartment, conveniently holding all of the delicate components.
Key features
•Includes all of the phantoms
and test objects needed for
quality control in conventional
radiography applications
•Ideal for QC measurements of
beam geometry, kilovoltage,
and radiation quality, spatial
resolution, automatic exposure control (AEC) function, and
half-value layer (HVL) to meet
regulatory requirements
•Custom carrying and storage
case with sturdy wheels and
extendable pull handle allows
users to easily transport components from site to site
Included accessories
07-600QC
Al plate (1 mm2 x 100 mm2)
Two Al plates (2 mm2 x 100 mm2)
Two Cu plates (1 mm2 x 200 mm2)
Pb assembly (2 mm2 x 300 mm2
between two pieces of 2 mm
PMMA)
Four PMMA plates
(50 mm2 x 300 mm2 with
four polyethylene spacers)
Leeds TOR 18FG phantom
Leeds TOR Cu plate
07-661-7662 Three-piece
Collimator Alignment Tool
07-533 Radiopaque Ruler
07-523-2000 Test Pattern
07-620 Magnifier
Metric Tape Measure (3 m)
07-600QCN
All components from the
07-600QC kit plus
37596 8000 NERO mAx
stand base
37589 Stand Vertical Rod
37586 HVL Holder
One stand for external ion
chamber
Ordering information
07-600QC Quality Control Kit
07-600QCN Quality Control Kit
for Fluke Biomedical 8000 NERO
mAx system
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
55
07-680
NEMA® Cardiology Phantom
The 07-680 NEMA Cardiology
Phantom was designed by
collaboration with SCA&I to
provide a cardiovascular fluoroscopy benchmark phantom.
It is used to test systems under
conditions simulating normal
clinical use for fluoroscopically-guided invasive and
interventional procedures.
The phantom test ensemble
includes: tests for imaging-field
geometry, spatial resolution,
low-contrast iodine detectability, working thickness
range, motion unsharpness and
phantom entrance dose.
Applications
Test objects are positioned
Figure 1. The NEMA Cardiology phantom
at the center of the NEMA
Cardiology Phantom. This
simulates the location of clinically important organs. The NEMA
Cardiology Phantom, positioned with its center at the x-ray system’s isocenter, simulates clinical imaging geometry. Therefore,
the geometric magnification of the test objects is similar to that
of the clinical target. The receptor blur, focal spot penumbra
blur and x-ray scatter are also similar in test and clinical conditions. The entrance surface of a thick phantom is closer to the
x-ray tube than the entrance surface of a thin phantom. This is
an additional reason why patient (phantom) dose increases with
phantom thickness.
•Visualized field size: A plate is placed on the entrance surface of
the image receptor. The plate is fluorographed to determine the
actual field of view (FOV).
Congruence
of irradiated and visualized fields: This test is not
•
needed if the shutters are fully seen in the FOV under test.
(CAUTION: digitally synthesized shutters may simulate this
effect without actual beam collimation.)
Spatial
resolution: A standard bar pattern insert is included in
•
the central test plate. The test plate is placed with the bars at
45° to the video lines or digital image matrix. This produces
the smallest change in the moiré pattern, resulting from a small
change in angle. See Figures 2 and 3.
Figure 2. Spatial Resolution: the 1.4 and 1.6 line-pair/mm
targets are resolved. The 1.8 and 2 targets are not resolved.
56
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
Key features
•Independent confirmation:
Reassurance of an optimally
working system
•Quick evaluation: The
machine is tested in its
clinical configuration
•Verification: That the system
actually needs to be serviced,
allowing you to save time,
money and avoid more serious
problems later on
•Ease-of-use: Anyone with
technical knowledge can
do the tests to determine if
corrective action is necessary
•Peace of mind: To make sure
that you are getting just what
you paid for
07-680
NEMA® Cardiology Phantom
Air cylinder
Air test pin
Lead test pin
Aluminum cylinder
Figure 3. Photograph and diagram of the central test plate. Note the resolution test plate, iodine
contrast-detail targets, and working thickness range targets.
•Low-contrast detectability: Four sets of holes with diameters of
4 mm, 3 mm, 2 mm, and 1 mm are filled with elemental iodine
dispersed in epoxy. The relative areal concentration of iodine in
the four patterns is 20, 10, 5, 2.5 mg/cm2. The test operator is
required to identify the smallest visible pair of targets in each
pattern. See Figure 4.
•Visibility of moving structures: A rotating spoke target allows
visual evaluation of motion unsharpness and the effects of
temporal averaging. The device contains five steel wires of
different diameters (0.022 in, 0.016 in, 0.012 in, 0.009 in and
0.005 in or 0.56 mm, 0.41 mm, 0.30 mm, 0.23 mm, 0.13 mm).
Two lead dots are used to evaluate lag and recursive filtering.
Rotation speed is 30 revolutions/min. The linear velocity of the
outer lead dot is 200 mm/sec. The rotating disk replaces the
central test plate at the isocenter. See Figure 5.
•Dosimetry tools: The NEMA Cardiology Phantom entrance
exposure rate is measured at a standardized position in front of
the entrance surface of the phantom (25 mm). This position is
considered an acceptable choice for this particular benchmarking phantom. The phantom can also be configured to generate
the FDA measuring point (30 cm in front of the image receptor).
See Figure 6.
•Working thickness range: The ability to image structures
overlaid by bone or air. Systems with inadequate single-image
latitude are unable to do this in bright (air) or dark (bone)
portions of the image. The NEMA Cardiology Phantom contains
eight cylinders composed of different heights of air, aluminum
and plastic. These cylinders are calibrated for a total 20 cm
phantom thickness. A 50 mm deep air challenge target overlaps
the four air cylinders. The bright side dynamic range is determined by how many of these targets are seen. A 5 mm lead
challenge target overlaps the four aluminum cylinders. The dark
side dynamic range is determined by counting these targets.
See Figure 4.
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
Figure 4. Working thickness range.
Three examples of white clipping and
two examples of black clipping
Figure 5. Motion target
Figure 6. Example of typical dosimetry
measurement Geometry. Dosimetry
center is always 25 mm below bottom
of phantom
57
07-680
NEMA® Cardiology Phantom
How does the NEMA Cardiology
Phantom actually work?
The field size plate is placed on top of the phantom. A second
plate with a centered radiopaque dot is placed in the base. The
imaging gantry is adjusted until the cross wires intersect the
approximate center of the disk. See Figure 7.
Fluorographs A and B demonstrate acceptable alignment of the
NEMA phantom.
In fluorograph A, the spatial resolution test plate and several of
the low contrast detectability targets are shown. Both lines cross
at the dot.
Fluorograph B shows both lines crossing at the dot. (The test
plates have been removed.)
Fluorographs C and D demonstrate poor alignment of the NEMA
phantom.
In fluorograph C, the spatial resolution test plate and several of
the low contrast detectability targets are also seen in this image.
The intersection of the two lines is outside the dot.
Fluorograph D shows the intersection of the two lines outside
the dot. (The test plates have been removed.)
B
Figure 7. Alignment Tools
*N EMA Base with both lower (dot)
and upper (cross) alignment plates
in position
A
*N EMA Base with both lower (dot) and upper (cross) alignment plates in position. Note that the grooves on the side
of each plate ensure the correct orientation of the plates
C
NEMA Base with lower alignment plate (dot plate) in position. Note that the leading edge of the plate fully engages
the cutout in the rear leg
D
58
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
07-680
NEMA® Cardiology Phantom
Plate identification and stacking order
Specifications
Material
Thickness tolerance
PMMA plates
± 1 mm
Aluminum
± 0.5 mm
Type-1100
Piano wires
Commercial steel
These are “standard” items
Lead pins
± 1 mm
Lead plate
± 0.1 mm
Copper plate
± 0.1 mm
Iodine
±5%
PC boards
Comments
Reagent grade tolerance is
concentration in epoxy
Solder-covered traces thick
enough to be seen through
30 cm of PMMA
Included accessories
Phantom, rotating target (110 V
or 220 V), test stand, alignment
pins, x-ray test pattern, and carrying case
Ordering information
07-680 NEMA Cardiology
Phantom
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
59
07-649
CDRH Fluoroscopic Phantom
Test Tool: Plastic thickness
= 0.34 in
Aluminum disk
= 0.25 in
2 in dia.
High contrast
lines/inch
12
16
20
24
30
40
50
60
Low contrast holes
in aluminum disk:
Each dia. = 0.375 in
Hole depths:
0.0063 in
0.0091 in
0.0126 in
0.018 in
0.025 in
0.035 in
0.049 in
0.068 in
1 in gap
The Nationwide Evaluation
of X-Ray Trends (NEXT*)
fluoroscopy protocol has been
issued to provide guidelines
for quality control procedures
for diagnostic fluoroscopy. In
order to perform these procedures, a suitable phantom was
developed: the 07-649 CDRH
Fluoroscopic Phantom.
In a survey of fluoroscopic
facilities for the NEXT program, it was determined that
a substantial proportion of
facilities could not visualize
low-contrast test objects; this
strongly suggests image quality
problems. Measurements for
this survey were performed
using the 07-649 CDRH
Fluoroscopic Phantom. In addition to air kerma rate (free in
air) measurements, imaging
performance was assessed
using the Fluoroscopic Image
Quality Test Object (included
with phantom). The phantom
also contains a lead stop plate
and copper attenuation plate.
By using the 07-649 CDRH
Fluoroscopic Phantom, doses
at fluoroscopy can be reduced,
and fluoroscopic image quality
can be improved.
Specifications
This patient-equivalent phantom of uniform thickness consists of a 7 inch thick acrylic block, one
Fluoroscopic Image Quality Test Object, one lead stop plate and one copper attenuation plate.
Base
(2) type-1100 aluminum plates, each 2.3 mm thick
Phantom
(4) lead beads embedded on top, to be used as collimation
orientation points
Lead stop plate
This 3.2 mm (0.125 in) plate simulates maximum attenuation, and
can be used to measure the maximum air kerma rate (free in air)
Copper attenuation plate
This 1.6 mm (0.06 in) copper filter simulates the presence of a
2 mm thick layer of barium sulfate, and can be used to measure
the air kerma rate (free in air).
Fluoroscopic image quality
test object
This is comprised of eight low-contrast test holes (each 0.375 in Ø,
and ranging in depth from 0.0063 in to 0.068 in) and eight wire
meshes (ranging from 12 to 60 lines per inch). The test object is
used for the assessment of spatial resolution, and can easily be
taken on and off the phantom.
Dimensions (LxWxH)
17. 8 cm x 17.8 cm x 19.3 cm (7 in x 7 in x 8 in)
It stands on two legs, approximately 4 inches off the tabletop.
One leg is specially designed as a probe holder.
Weight
60
9.55 kg (21 lb)
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
Key features
•Conforms to Center for
Devices and Radiological
Health (CDRH) specifications
•This phantom is now
required in order to comply
with QC tests recommended
in the ACR’s Barium Enema
QC Manual
•Recommended in AAPM
Report No. 60, “Instrumentation Requirements of
Diagnostic Radiological
Physicists”
•Optimized for both under- and
over-table fluoroscopic tubes
Compact,
and easy to use
•
*T he Conference of Radiation Control
Program Directors (CRCPD), the
professional organization of state
and local radiation control agencies,
along with the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of the federal government, conducts the Nationwide
Evaluation of X-Ray Trends (NEXT)
survey program.
Optional accessories
07-649-1169 Fluoroscopic
Image Quality Test Object
Included accessories
Fluoroscopic image quality test
object, lead stop plate, and
copper attenuation plate
Ordering information
07-649 CDRH Fluoroscopic
Phantom
07-601 and 07-800 Series
Fluoroscopic System Resolution Test Tools
and Flex Film Cassettes
07-601 Fluoroscopic System
Resolution Test Tools
The Fluke Biomedical
Flouroscopic Resolution Tools
are 7.5-inch square, plastic
plates that each have a 7-inch
square area containing eight
groups of copper or brass mesh
screening in the following
mesh-size ranges: 16 to 60
lines/inch, 30 to 100 lines/
inch or 60 to 150 lines/inch.
The screens are arranged in
an irregular rotation to permit
discrete visualization of groups.
They can also be used to optimize television system focus as
well as mirror optics and image
intensifier settings.
07-800 Series Flex Film
Cassettes
The 07-800 Series Flex Film
Cassettes are flexible vinyl
x-ray film holders that provide unsurpassed detail and
resolution. Unlike conventional
cassettes, Flex Film Cassettes
contain no screen, so you get
direct exposure of the x-ray film
and a better image. Flex Film
Cassettes offer an ideal combination of firmness and flexibility for
a variety of medical and industrial applications; that’s why they
are the most widely used flexible film cassettes in the industry.
Flex Film Cassettes are the best choice for QC testing of
imaging equipment. They are ideal for use with such test tools
as: the Mini CT QC Phantom, all X-Ray Test Patterns, and all
Focal Spot Imaging Test Tools, as well as many others.
Specifications
07-601
Dimensions (WxDxH)
19 cm x 19 cm x 0.3 cm (7.5 in x 7.5 in x 0.35 in)
Weight
0.225 kg (0.5 lb)
07-800 Series
Weight
Less than 1 lb
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
Key features
07-601
•For resolution checks of fluoroscopic imaging systems
07-800
•Convenient to use: an align-
ment grid is printed on one
side
Easy-to-load:
they fit easily
•
around contoured items
•Durable: use them again and
again
•Resistant to moisture and dirt:
they’re easy to clean
•Available in custom sizes:
cassettes have been manufactured in sizes up to 68 inches
long. Metric sizes are also
available on special order
Ordering information
07-601 Fluoroscopic Resolution
Tool, 16-60 mesh
07-619 Fluoroscopic Resolution
Tool, 30-100 mesh
07-618 Fluoroscopic Resolution
Tool, 60-150 mesh
07-601-1414 Fluoroscopic
Resolution Tool, 16-60 mesh,
14 in x 14 in
07-800-5007 Flex Film Cassette,
5 in x 7 in
07-800-8010 Flex Film Cassette,
8 in x 10 in
07-800-8012 Flex Film Cassette,
8 in x 12 in
07-800-1012 Flex Film Cassette,
10 in x 12 in
07-800-1417 Flex Film Cassette,
14 in x 17 in
61
07-600 and 07-678+
Fluoroscopic Beam Alignment Device
and DXR Direct X-Ray Ruler
07-600 Fluoroscopic Beam
Alignment Device
In misaligned fluoroscopic
image intensifier systems, the
portion of the field that falls
outside the visible area of
the image receptor does not
contribute to the useful fluoroscopic image and can result in
unnecessary exposure to the
patient.
If corrective measures
are required, the 07-600
Fluoroscopic Beam Alignment Device will provide a measurement
of optimum beam alignment.
It consists of an aluminum plate with four sliding brass strips
set in recessed channels. The strips define the visible area of
the image receptor and are adjustable with respect to the center
of the measurement plate. A transparent plastic overlay on the
aluminum plate prevents the vertical displacement of the brass
strips. Holes drilled at 0.5 inch intervals through the center of
each channel are filled with high density plugs. The visibility of
the plugs in the fluoroscopic image permits their use as a means
of centering the device.
Key features
07-600
•Reduces exposure to
the patient
07-678+
•Fully automatic
•10 ms exposure time
•Auto power on
•Auto power off
•6 years to 8 years
battery life
07-678+ DXR Direct
X-Ray Ruler
The 07-678+ DXR, Direct
X-Ray Ruler, represents the
latest in today’s technology
for alignment of the light and
radiation field.
The 07-678+ DXR is
extremely easy to use as
it is powered on by simply
exposing the meter. Features
include auto reset and auto power off. There is no need to adjust
the light field to a square phantom before making an exposure. No time is wasted waiting for films to be developed. The
pocket-sized DXR gives an objective, reproducible and immediate
read-out.
Specifications
Ordering information
07-600
Dimensions (WxDxH)
23 cm x 23 cm x 1.6 cm (9 in x 9 in x 0.625 in)
Weight
2.27 kg (5 lb)
07-678+
Range (Mammo)
30 kVp, 50 kVp, 70 kVp, 100 kVp
>100 mA, >200 mA, >100 mA, >100 mA
62
Dimensions (WxDxH)
15 mm x 30 mm x 145 mm (0.59 in x 1.18 in x 5.71 in)
Weight
75 gr (2.6 oz)
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
07-600 Fluoroscopic Beam
Alignment Device
07-678+ Direct X-Ray Ruler
76-710
Digital Subtraction
Angiography (DSA) Phantom*
This 76-710 Digital Subtraction Angiography (DSA) Phantom†
conforms to the recommendation in Report No. 15 by the
American Association of Physicists in Medicine (AAPM)—Digital
Radiology/Fluorography Task Group of the Diagnostic X-Ray
Imaging Committee.
Dramatic improvement in the quality of the subtracted image
due to improved phantom stability and increased homogeneity of
bone material in bone blocks.
This phantom eliminates occurrence of mis-registration
artifacts caused by inadvertent movement of the phantom components during image acquisition
Key features
•Conforms to Report #15 by
the American Association of
Physicists in Medicine (AAPM)
•Checks contrast range, resolution, linearity, uniformity,
amplifier dynamic range,
registration accuracy and
subtraction effectiveness
•Provides easy-to-interpret
results
•Quantitatively measures highand low-contrast spatial
resolution
•Retaining hasps ensure a tight
fit between the step blocks,
for reduced motion artifacts
•Specially-designed “stop”
on the end of the slot blocks
improves the positional
accuracy of the insert material
during image acquisition, and
reduces the number of DSA
frames that must be acquired
The
U-block provides a very
•
sturdy support when entrance
exposures are being measured
with a dosimeter ion chamber
Two
artery blocks in two
•
concentrations of iodine:
15 mg/ml and 150 mg/ml, for
increased clinical relevance
•A 300 mg/ml iodine artery
block is available as an option
* Designed by Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, Mayo Graduate School of
Medicine and Jerome P. Taubel, R.T., Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Mayo
Clinic® and Foundation. Manufactured under licensing agreement with Mayo
Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
† T his phantom conforms to the recommendation in Report #15 by the American
Association of Physicists in Medicine (AAPM)-Digital Radiography/Fluoroscopy
Task Group of the Diagnostic X-Ray Imaging Committee.
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
63
76-710
Digital Subtraction
Angiography (DSA) Phantom
Optional accessories
Possible DSA phantom configurations
Bone Block
Registration Plate
Slot Block for use with
Slot Block Inserts
Folded Step Block with
Retaining Hasp
U-Block to support
phantom when using
with dosimeter probe
76-705 Artery Block, with 15 mg
per ML venous concentration
76-705-1150 Artery Block
(from 76-700-1150 phantom),
with 150 mg per ML arterial
concentration
76-705-1300 Artery Block
(from 76-700-1300 phantom),
with 300 mg per ML arterial
concentration
76-711 Step Wedge
76-712 Slot Block
76-713 Bone Block
76-714 Blank Insert
76-715 Low-Contrast Artery
Insert
76-716 Low-Contrast Iodine
Line Pair Insert
76-717 High-Contrast
Resolution Pattern Insert, does
not include test pattern(s)
76-718 Registration Plate
76-719 Linearity Insert
Optional high-contrast
resolution test patterns
07-527 High-Precision Test
Pattern, 0.01 mm thick
07-538-1000 High-Precision
Test Pattern, 0.1 mm thick
07-538-2000 Ultra-High
Precision Test Pattern, 0.1 mm
thick
Unfolded Step Block with
Retaining Hasp removed
Registration Plate
Specifications
Physical
Weight
13.9 kg (30.7 lb)
Included accessories
Registration Plate, 150 mg/ml
Artery Block, Bone Block, U-Block Base, Slot Block,
15 mg/ml Artery Block,
Step Block, Retaining Hasps
Ordering information
76-710 DSA Phantom
64
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
07-652
CDRAD Contrast Detail Digital and
Conventional Radiography Phantom
Key features
• Optimized for evaluation of
digital systems
Most definitions of image
quality in radiology are based
on characterizing the physical
properties of the image chain.
However, medical diagnosis is
not made by the image alone;
observer perception greatly
affects the result.
Digital radiography
The 07-652 CDRAD Phantom is
an excellent tool for evaluating
the imaging characteristics of
digital radiographic systems,
including stimulable phosphor
computed radiography systems
and teleradiography systems.
One of the principle concerns
with the use of digital radiography is the potential reduction in the visibility of detail due to
the blurring introduced at various places within the system, such
as the film digitizers, display monitors, and the sampling of the
image into discrete pixels. Loss of detail is the image characteristic which can have an adverse affect on diagnosis. Resolution
(bar phantom) test objects which are used to evaluate conventional x-ray imaging systems are generally not appropriate for
evaluating digital systems. The 07-652 CDRAD Phantom provides
a reliable and objective evaluation of the loss of detail from blurring at any point within the system.
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
• Improves diagnostic accuracy
• Can also be used for conventional radiography systems
Used to evaluate loss
of detail in:
• Film digitizers
•Computed Radiography (CR)
systems
•Display monitors
•Laser printers
Used to adjust and
optimize:
•Image processing parameters
•Viewing conditions
65
07-652
Detail Diameter (mm)
CDRAD Contrast Detail Digital and
Conventional Radiography Phantom
Image evaluation
• To evaluate the phantom image, the observer
indicates the location of the
second spot in each square.
Correct indication proves
that a contrast is actually
seen.
• At the transition from
visible to invisible, it is
difficult to decide in which
corner the second spot is
located, and the response
equals pure chance.
• The line connecting the
central spots with the
smallest visible diameter
and contrast is called the
Contrast Detail (CD) curve.
Contrast Depth (mm)
• For comparison of the imagContrast detail lines of monitor image ()
ing performance of different
and the hard copy image () from the same
systems, phantom images
digital equipment
are made under identical
conditions and evaluated
by the same observer at the
same
time. The better system will produce an image in which smaller
contrasts and details are visible. This results in a shift of the CD
curve to the lower left part of the image. (See graph)
In
• the detail (vertical) direction, the diameter of the holes
increases step-wise and logarithmically from 0.3 mm to 8 mm.
The image shows 15 rows of spots with increasing detail.
Specifications
Plexiglas® tablet
Cylindrical holes of exact diameter and depth (tolerances: 0.02 mm)
Radiographic image
Provides information about the imaging performance of the whole
system
225 squares: 15 rows and 15 columns
In each square, either one or two spots (the images of the holes)
are present. The first three rows show only one spot, while the
other rows have two identical spots; one in the middle and one in a
randomly chosen corner. (See graph)
The optical densities of the spots are higher than the uniform
background
In the contrast (horizontal) direction, the depth of the holes
increases logarithmically, and the image shows 15 columns of spots
with increasing contrast
66
Performance comparison
Comparison of the performance of several observers is also possible.
The better performing observer produces a CD curve more to the
lower left part of the image
Dimensions (WxDxH)
26.4 cm x 26.4 cm x 0.76 cm (10.4 in x 10.4 in x 0.3 in thick)
Weight
1.34 kg (3 lb)
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
Ordering information
07-652 CDRAD Contrast Detail
Digital and Conventional
Radiography Phantom
07-605-7777
CR/DR DIN Test Tool
The 07-605-7777 CR/DR DIN
Test Tool is a timely and valuable solution to the image
quality maintenance problem.
Technologists, radiologists and
physicists can easily perform
quick and reliable assessments
of their CR/DR systems.
Today’s new image acquisition chains are considerably
more complex than conventional screen/film systems.
Computed Radiography (CR)/
Digital Radiography (DR) systems involve special processing
for each body part. This is
controlled by computers, rather
than chemical processors
and soft copy displays, which are calibrated using light meters
rather than visual inspection. CR/DR systems also incorporate
laser beams, photomultiplier tubes, network gateways and laser
printers. The 07-605-7777 is designed specifically for evaluating
the entire CR/DR image acquisition chain.
Ideal for use as a preventive maintenance quality control test
tool, the 07-605-7777 can also be used to take regularly scheduled measured data points from the image, such as line pair
resolution measurements, ROIs (regions of interest) and geometry
symmetry. Measurements/angle can be used to evaluate monitor,
as well as printed film image quality.
By performing daily quality-control checks, both before the
first patient is examined and at the end of the day, equipment
problems can be accurately and easily pinpointed and corrected.
Equipment downtime is significantly reduced, resulting in
increased patient throughput. Patients no longer need to endure
repeat exams due to poor image quality.
You’ll soon realize a dramatic savings in film costs when you
use the 07-605-7777 as part of your QC program. In addition,
radiological personnel will experience significantly less of the
problems and frustrations associated with equipment maintenance and thank you for it.
Key features
•Quick and easily optimize
images from your CR/DR
system
•Effectively reduces equipment
downtime
Incorporates
the “DIN”
•
standard test pattern, DIN
6868/58
•Dramatically reduces repeat
patient exams; thus preventing unnecessary patient
exposure due to problems
related to the image acquisition chain and poor image
quality
•Lightweight, durable
•Easy-to-use, no moving parts
•Cost-effective
• Quickly verifies important parameters, including
dynamic range, contrast
resolution, homogeneity, and
resolution
Specifications
Dimensions (WxDxH)
35.5 cm x 43.1 cm x 1.5 cm (14 in x 17 in x 0.5 in)
Weight
3.2 kg (7.05 lb)
Ordering information
07-605-7777 CR/DR DIN
Test Tool
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
67
07-647
R/F QC Phantom
The 07-647 R/F QC Phantom
is designed to provide the
diagnostic radiologic technologist with an accurate,
easy-to-use tool for evaluating
the image quality and performance of standard diagnostic
radiographic and fluoroscopic
imaging systems.
For fine-tuning of radiographic and fluoroscopic
imaging systems, it is recommended that the phantom be
imaged at least monthly on all
radiographic and fluoroscopic
equipment. To attain the most
accurate, up-to-date quality
control information, a daily or
weekly frequency is preferable.
When used daily, the R/F QC Phantom will allow the technologist
to quickly determine whether the equipment is functioning correctly. This easy-to-use phantom allows the user to complete the
suggested protocol in approximately five minutes or less, when
used on a standard R/F system. Once the phantom is imaged,
simply graph the results to determine any trends that may indicate
a degradation of imaging system performance, such as a steady
but slow change in the fluoro kVp or in the radiographic mAs.
Dimensions (WxDxH)
17.78 cm x 17.78 cm x 1.42 cm (7 in x 7 in x 0.56 in)
Weight
0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
Key features
•Designed specifically with
the radiologic technologist
in mind
•Provides an accurate overall
evaluation of image quality
consistency
•Ideal for use in determining
subtle degradation in imaging
performance
•Average test time is less than
5 minutes per unit
•Verifies fluoroscopic monitor contrast and brightness
adjustment
•Includes pie-shaped wedges
of varying mesh sizes: 20#,
30#, 40#, 60#, 80#, and
100# L/in, for evaluating
high-contrast performance
•Surrounding the mesh are
four low-contrast “masses” of
different diameters: 2 mm,
4 mm, 6 mm, and 8 mm
•At one edge of the phantom
is a small “density difference” patch, for a measure of
contrast on the films
•At the opposite edge of the
phantom are two monitor
adjustment squares, each
having a low-contrast square
insert
The
phantom contains a
•
1 mm copper attenuator
which allows it to simulate
the attenuation of an
average adult
•At the corners of the test
tool are lines for aligning the
light field
•QC charts are provided for
plotting both the radiographic
and fluoroscopic results
•Along the sides of the test tool
are beads 1 cm inside and
outside of the lines started in
the corners
Ordering information
07-647 R/F QC Phantom
68
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
07-643
Contrast Imaging Phantom
The 07-643 Contrast Imaging
Phantom is an accurate, easyto-use, indispensable tool for
evaluating image quality and
determining that the imaging
system is operating at its full
potential. It will immediately let
you know if there’s a problem.
Key features
•Provides the ability to simul-
taneously check the dynamic
range of the video system
•Allows users to evaluate
during all fluoro modes—
pulsed, non-pulsed, etc.
•Provides the ability to check
film range and density
X-ray image
Diagram
Specifications
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Outside diameter: 23 cm (9.05 in)
Thickness: 1.28 cm (0.5 in)
Weight
1.26 kg (2.8 lb)
Ordering information
07-643 Contrast Imaging
Phantom
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
69
07-653
Fluoroscopic Imaging Test Phantom
Ensure the optimum performance of your fluoroscopic
system with the 07-653
Fluoroscopic Imaging Test
Phantom.
This compact, versatile, and
extremely easy-to-use phantom
is inventively designed to
enable you to evaluate, adjust
and optimize fluoro video cameras, brightness systems and
image processing systems. Its
proven design makes it ideal for
use by x-ray service engineers.
Key features
Provides a test pattern enabling
the precise adjustment of many
critical parameters of the fluoroscopic system:
•Video level, contrast,
peak whites, black level
•Shading or vignetting
correction
•Automatic brightness
•Sweep linearity
•Frequency response,
aperture correction
Substrate:
uniformdensity
plate
Dual grey scale
steps to set
video level,
gamma, peak
whites
Lead disks to set
black level
White dots
to check resolution,
preamp frequency
characteristics,
aperture
correction
Largecircles
to set sweep
linearity
X-ray image
07-653
Two(2) absorber plates (not
shown) to check operation of
automatic brightness system
Y
X
Phantom diagram
Specifications
Outside diameter
22.78 cm (8.97 in)
Thickness
1.28 cm (0.5 in)
Weight
1.86 kg (4.1 lb)
Ordering information
07-653 Fluoroscopic Imaging
Test Phantom
70
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
76-2 Series
Diagnostic X-Ray Phantoms
76-211
76-212
JCAHO requires that x-ray
exposure measurements be
determined for commonly used
projections in all radiographic
suites. In order to provide
this information when using
automatic exposure control
(AEC) or automatic brightness
control (ABC) systems, specially designed phantoms must
be used. Attenuating material must be used between
the source and AEC or ABC
detectors. Since these detectors are energy dependent,
measurement of skin entrance
exposure requires the use of
patient-equivalent phantoms
for meaningful results.
AAPM Report No. 31 recommends the use of four unique
phantoms for use in diagnostic
x-rays. Fluke Biomedical’s
76-2 Series phantoms meet
this need. These acrylic and
aluminum phantoms are
patient-equivalent and are specifically designed to conform to
the AAPM recommendations.
Key features
•Phantoms conform to AAPM
recommendations contained
in Report No. 31, “Standardized Methods for Measuring
Diagnostic X-Ray Exposure”
•Patient-equivalent acrylic and
aluminum phantoms provide
the necessary attenuation
between the source and AEC
or ABC detectors
Helps
you comply with JCAHO
•
requirements for radiographic
exposure measurements
•These phantoms are recommended in AAPM Report
No. 60, “Instrumentation
Requirements of Diagnostic
Radiological Physicists”
76-213
76-214
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
71
76-2 Series
Diagnostic X-Ray Phantoms
Specifications
76-211
Dimensions (WxDxH)
(4) 25 cm x 25 cm x 2.54 cm clear acrylic sheets
(1) sheet of 25 cm x 25 cm x 1 mm type-1100 high-purity aluminum
(1) sheet of 25 cm x 25 cm x 2 mm type-1100 high-purity aluminum
Weight
8 kg (17.5 lb)
76-212
Dimensions (WxDxH)
(5) sheets of 25 cm x 25 cm x 2.54 cm and (1) sheet of 25 cm x
25 cm x 5.08 cm clear acrylic to achieve a 17.78 cm thick
phantom
Weight
17 kg (37 lb)
76-213
The Skull Phantom has the same configuration as the 76-211, but without the air gap.
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Center sheet: 25 cm x 25 cm x 5.08 cm clear acrylic
Weight
12 kg (26.5 lb)
76-214
Dimensions (WxDxH)
(1) 25 cm x 25 cm x 1 mm piece of high-purity alloy aluminum
sandwiched between (2) sheets of 25 cm x 25 cm x 2.54 cm clear
acrylic
Weight
4.5 kg (10 lb)
76-215
This kit contains all the components needed to make any one of the phantoms on this page
Dimensions (WxDxH)
(5) 25 cm x 25 cm x 2.54 cm thick acrylic sheets
(1) 25 cm x 25 cm x 5.08 cm thick acrylic sheet
(1) 25 cm x 25 cm x 1 mm thick aluminum sheet
(1) 25 cm x 25 cm x 2 mm thick aluminum sheet
(1) 7 cm x 25 cm x 4.5 mm thick aluminum sheet
Spacers for a 5.08 cm air gap
Weight
15.3 kg (34 lb)
Included accessories
76-211
Spacers to provide a 5.08 cm
air gap
76-212
In order to provide additional
attenuation in the spinal region,
a 7 cm x 25 cm x 4.5 mm
thick piece of high-purity alloy
aluminum is included.
Ordering information
76-211 Chest X-Ray Phantom
76-212 Abdomen/Lumbar Spine
Phantom
76-213 Skull X-Ray Phantom
76-214 Extremity X-Ray
Phantom
76-215 Make-Your-OwnPhantom Modular Kit
72
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
76-025
CDRH Dental Image
Quality Test Tool
The Nationwide Evaluation of
X-Ray Trends (NEXT*) dental
protocol has been issued to
provide guidelines for quality
control procedures for diagnostic
dental radiography. In order to
perform these procedures, a suitable phantom was developed:
the 07-625 CDRH Dental Image
Quality Test Tool.
The JCAHO requires certain
standards to be met regarding
radiographic quality control. The
07-625 CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool facilitates compliance with these standards, since the standards were compiled
using a prototype of this phantom.
The 07-625 CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool is designed
specifically for testing the functionality of dental x-ray units and
provides a means of evaluating half-value layer, determining
kVp, and assessing overall image quality. It is the only dental
test tool designed with dental service personnel and inspectors in mind. The test tool will significantly improve the ability
of service personnel to quickly and accurately survey the image
quality of the x-ray unit. The 76-025 CDRH Dental Image Quality
Test Tool can also be used as a constancy check for x-ray film
processing, making it the most versatile and cost-effective dental
test tool available today.
Clinical imaging involves diagnosis of tooth pathology. In
order to permit an accurate simulated clinical image evaluation, the test tool contains a human tooth encased in its center.
The 76-025 CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool consists of
a wooden cradle (to hold the test tool body), built-in slots (for
attenuation filters), a film slot, an exposure chamber holder, and
a mounting screw (for use with a tripod). The test tool comes
with an aluminum step wedge that is designed for evaluating
darkroom fog and consistency testing. The step wedge has two
slots, one for exposing a film pack and one for evaluating darkroom fog. The film slot also ensures easy, reproducible placement
of the film for consistent imaging.
To use the 76-025 CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool, it is
necessary to establish an acceptable baseline or standard for the
x-ray unit performance. The test tool should be imaged using the
same technical factors that were used to establish the baseline.
These images, when compared to the baseline, will allow the
user to determine if image quality degradation is occurring so
appropriate corrective action can be taken.
Key features
•Designed to meet the
requirements for the NEXT
dental survey protocol
•Conforms to Center for Devices
and Radiological Health
(CDRH) specifications
•Provides a means of reproducible setup, ensuring a
consistent test protocol
•Reduces the need for
repeat films
•Reduces setup time
•Increases patient safety
•Minimizes chance of
misdiagnosis
•Ideal for dental service
engineers and inspectors
*N EXT (Nationwide Evaluation of X-Ray Trends) is a committee of the Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors (CRCPD) that oversees quality control procedures for diagnostic radiology.
They issue procedure protocols and guidelines for imaging modalities.
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
73
76-025
CDRH Dental Image
Quality Test Tool
Optional accessories
76-025-4000 Aluminum Step
Wedge
CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool
(76-025) set up for half value layer
measurements
Diagram of Aluminum Step Wedge used for darkroom
fog and consistency testing
CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (76-025) set up
for dental exposure measurement protocols
Specifications
Materials
Base: Wood
Test tool: Acrylic
Step wedge: Type-1100 aluminum
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Base: 10 cm x 20 cm x 4.9 cm (3.94 in x 7.87 in x 1.93 in)
Test tool: 7.6 cm Ø x 5.5 cm long (3 cm x 2.17 cm)
Step wedge: 5.1 cm x 12.7 cm x 1.3 cm
Weight
0.88 kg (2.06 lb)
Included accessories
Four different copper wire
meshes that have the following
lines-per-inch ratios: 100, 120,
150, and 200
Four air steps for contrast and
density measurements
One human tooth encased in the
phantom material
One aluminum step wedge
Ordering information
76-025 CDRH Dental Image
Quality Test Tool
76-025-6661 Dental Image
Quality Test Tool with Decayed
Tooth
74
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
76-606DX
ATOM MAX
Diagnostic Head Phantom
The 76-606DX ATOM MAX
Diagnostic Head Phantom is
a standard of reference for
diagnostic radiology of the
head. The phantom is designed
to assist technical and clinical staff in the selection,
monitoring, training and verification of scanning parameters
common to most radiological
procedures requiring fine anatomical details.
The 76-606DX provides a
consistent tool for researchers,
clinicians and technologists.
It is ideal for determining
optimum system settings, commissioning new equipment,
monitoring system performance
and training in dental x-ray,
panoramic x-ray, CT, and cone
beam CT procedures.
The phantom includes an
adjustable stand for positioning within a cone beam CT or panoramic x-ray system. The jaw of the phantom is slightly opened
and front teeth are vertically aligned to replicate correct positioning with a bite guide. Please note that an actual bite guide
can not be positioned in this product.
The phantom is constructed of proprietary tissue equivalent materials. ATOM MAX is made of tissue simulating resins
that mimic the X-ray attenuation properties of human tissue for
both CT and therapy energy ranges (50 keV to 25 MeV). The
76-606DX approximates the average male human head in both
size and structure. The phantom includes detailed 3D anthropomorphic anatomy including brain, bone, larynx, trachea, sinus,
nasal cavities and teeth. The bones contain both cortical and
trabecular separation. The teeth include distinct dentine, enamel
and root structure including the nerve. The sinus cavities are
fully open.
Specifications
Overall size (phantom only)
22.9 cm x 22.9 cm x 29.2 cm (9 in x 9 in x 11.5 in)
Phantom weight
5 kg (11 lb)
Stand weight
3.2 kg (7 lb)
Shipping weight
13.2 kg (29 lb)
Key features
•Our most realistic maxillofa-
cial phantom for dental cone
beam CT and panoramic x-ray
•Includes detailed anatomical
features
•Frankfurt plane identified to
ensure proper alignment
•Tissue equivalent from 50 keV
to 25 MeV
•Positioning stand with six
degrees-of-freedom
Carrying
case included
•
•Four-year warranty
Simple to set up and easy
to use
The 76-606DX stand allows
accurate phantom positioning.
The included stand is adjustable in the x-y-z axes as well
as allowing rotations about
each of these axes. The head
easily screws onto the stand
and locks into place.
Capabilities and
applications
• Commission x-ray, panoramic x-ray, CT, and cone
beam CT systems
• Learn how to properly
position head for optimal
images
• Test reconstruction techniques and algorithms
for implant planning and
maxillofacial reconstruction
• Train and evaluate personnel during implementation
of new equipment and
techniques
• Validate consistency of image quality
Included accessories
Positioning stand with soft sided
carrying case and phantom carrying case
Ordering information
76-606DX ATOM MAX
Diagnostic Head Phantom
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
75
07-645
Fluoro-Test™ Tool*
Key features
•Designed to yield a
quantitative assessment
of fluoroscopic
threshold contrast
The 07-645 Fluoro-Test Tool
is a fluoroscopic contrast resolution device that employs a
target arrangement designed to
reduce ambiguity and difficulty
associated with employing a
sequential array of targets with
small differences in contrast
between adjacent targets.
With the 07-645 Fluoro-Test
target plates, the user focuses
on a subset of three targets at a given time. In each subset or
column, large differences (approx. 3 %) are present between
adjacent targets and it is easy to decide if a target is visualized
or not. The threshold contrast for a plate is the lowest of the
values observed for the three columns of targets, and a contrast
resolution precision of 0.5 % is obtained by the sequential use of
the two plates. When imaged at 80 kVp with 2 mm of Cu beam
attenuation, the targets of Plate A range in contrast from 1 % to
8 % in 1 % increments. Likewise, the targets of Plate B range
from 0.5 % to 7.5 %. Tables of target contrast versus kVp permit
the user to determine target contrast (and therefore threshold
contrast resolution) at other fluoroscopic tube potentials.
Specifications
07-645
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Two 6 in x 6 in x 0.25 in (6.1 mm) thick aluminum plates, with each
plate containing an array of 1.1 cm targets of varying contrast
Three 6 in x 6 in x 1 mm thick copper attenuator sheets
Weight
1.42 kg (3.15 lb)
* Manufactured under licensing agreement with UAB Research Foundation, University of Alabama at
Birmingham, Alabama.
he development of the 07-645 is based on the work of A. J. Wagner, G. T. Barnes and X. Wu,
T
“Assessing Fluoroscopic Contrast Resolution: A Practical and Quantitative Test Tool,” Medical Physics,
18 (1991), 894-899.
Ordering information
07-645 Fluoro-Test Tool
Radiography/Fluoroscopy Phantoms and Accessories
77
07-444
“The Little Genius”
Scanning Densitometer
The 07-444 “Little Genius”
Scanning Densitometer stands
head and shoulders above all
other densitometers when it
comes to performance, reliability and economy. The only
handheld scanning densitometer in the industry with
built-in scanning and singlepoint (spot) measurement
capability, it literally does the work of two densitometers.
The 07-444 measures and stores daily film data for up to 20
different x-ray film processors for 31 days in its own built-in
memory. Use it to generate and print control charts and D-Log-E
curves directly to a printer without using external software and
a computer. Set base-line (target) and tolerance levels for each
control chart parameter either manually or automatically by scanning and averaging up to 9 different film strips.
Key features
•Built-in scanning and single-
point (spot) measurement
capability, it literally does the
work of two densitometers
•Quickly and easily generates
control charts and D-Log-E
curves, without the use of
external software
•Saves time
•Increases accuracy of
readings
•Provides vital information
in seconds
•Includes built-in scanning
and single-point measurement capabilities
•Available with AutoSTPP
X-Ray Film Processor QC
Software
Optional accessories
802013 RS-232 Interface Cable,
2 m (7 ft)
169072 9-Pin Adapter
169071 25-Pin Adapter
88-444 Non-Powered Serial
Parallel Converter
D-Log-E curve generated by “The Little
Genius” without external software
Specifications
Measuring range
0 to 4 OD units
Accuracy
0 to 3 OD ± 0.02 OD units; 3 to 4 OD ± 1 %
Repeatability
± 0.02 OD units
Power requirements
6 AA batteries, 1.5 V alkaline; 110 V ac with ac power converter
Spectral response
Centered at 540 nm
Aperture size
1 mm and 2 mm
Dimensions (WxDxH)
8.1 cm x 7 cm x 18 cm (3.2 in x 7.1 in x 2.75 in)
Weight
1.3 kg (2.8 lb)
Available ac adapters for
(specify with order)
14-301 110 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, USA and Japan
14-399 230 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, Europe
14-415 230 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, UK
14-415 and 14-416 adapter
230 V ac, 9 V dc, 500 mA,
Australia
Included accessories
07-444
802013 RS-232 Interface Cable
169072 9-Pin Adapter
169071 25-Pin Adapter
07-446
07-444-1CD AutoSTPP X-Ray
Film Processor QC Software
802013 RS-232 Interface Cable
169072 9-Pin Adapter
169071 25-Pin Adapter
Ordering information
07-444 “The Little Genius”
Scanning Densitometer
07-446 “The Little Genius”
Scanning Densitometer
80
Film Processor Quality Assurance
07-443
Handheld Deluxe Digital
Clamshell Densitometer
Key features
•Features a self-contained light
source
Get all the benefits of state-ofthe-art features in a compact,
handheld unit. The 07-443
Handheld Deluxe Digital
Clamshell Densitometer has
today’s most-wanted features
for “go-anywhere” quality control testing...from darkroom to
darkroom, and from lab to field.
It’s easy to use. Just lift the
“shell” and insert the test film;
close the “shell” and press the
READ button. The measured
optical density appears on the
three-digit liquid crystal display. The self-contained light
source makes it convenient to
use, anywhere.
•Fast and accurate results
•Lightweight and portable
•Reads grayscale up to 4 OD
• Two aperture choices: 1 mm
and 2 mm
•Easy-touch pads
•Battery operated
•Easy read display
Specifications
Range
0 to 4.0 OD
Accuracy
± 0.02 OD
Reproducibility
± 0.01 OD
Temperature range
10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)
Apertures
1 mm and 2 mm
Measuring length
Throat: 135 mm (5.3 in)
Zero range
Auto zeros to density 0.0
Sensor
High-efficiency silicon photodiode
Controls
Zero pushbutton: zeros unit
Power on/off switch
READ pushbutton: initiates READ sequence
Calibration control: screwdriver adjustable 20-turn
potentiometer used to calibrate against a known step tablet
Display
Three-digit, 0.5 in LCD with a low-battery indicator
Light source
When turned on during measurement, provides extremely long life
with minimum spectral and intensity degradation. Reduces heating
to a minimum
Power requirements
Four 1.5 V AA batteries (approx. 3,000 exposures)
Dimensions (WxDxH)
8.1 cm x 18 cm x 6.1 cm (3.2 in x 7.1 in x 2.4 in)
Weight
0.82 kg (1.81 lb)
Optional accessories
87-443-1000 Battery Charger
87-443-2140 Battery and
Charger Kit, includes four AA
NiCad batteries and one battery
charger
89-443 Carrying Case
Included accessories
010128 Five-Step Density Tablet
89-443 Carrying Case
Ordering information
07-443 Handheld Deluxe Digital
Clamshell Densitometer
Film Processor Quality Assurance
81
07-417
Handheld Dual-Color Sensitometer
Key features
•Helps maintain optimum film
processing conditions
This compact, precision instrument is ideal for maintaining
consistent, high-quality film
processing. By evaluating
control films on a daily basis,
the technologist can identify
processor variations before
they affect clinical radiographs.
Also, processing conditions
in multiprocessor departments may be standardized. In
the past, this was difficult in
departments using varied filmscreen combinations in different
areas. With this sensitometer,
proper exposure of either blue- or green-sensitive x-ray film is
easily accomplished, with no need for internal adjustments.
The Handheld Dual-Color Sensitometer features a 21-step density wedge with 0.15 OD increments. The 21 density-gradient
steps are numbered for convenience. An innovative, dual-color,
electroluminescent light source provides precisely-controlled
repeatable exposures. The desired color is selected with a frontpanel switch.
To make an exposure, the platen is raised and a sheet of film is
inserted beneath it until the film stops are reached. The platen is
lowered and the exposure switch is depressed. An audible buzzer
is activated during the exposure. To prevent double-exposures,
a two-second delay is engaged before the next exposure can
be made. When battery replacement becomes necessary, the
unit will not expose film. Battery life is approximately 10,000
exposures.
Processor variations are monitored by comparing the control
film to previously processed films. Speed, contrast, and baseplus-fog values can be graphically plotted for easier comparison.
Specifications
Light source
Dual-color electroluminescent
Blue 455 nm ±10 nm; green 520 nm ± 10 nm
Repeatability
± 0.04 OD log exposure from unit to unit
Stability
± 0.02 OD log exposure per year at 10 °C to 45 °C
Exposure area
21 steps, each 5 mm x 10 mm
Tablet densities
0.05 OD to 3.05 OD in 0.15 OD increments
Exposure time
Adjustable, 50 ms to 500 ms typical
Exposure adjustment
Separate external screwdriver adjustments ± 0.5 OD on each color
Controls
Push-to-expose button: buzzer monitor and two-second delay to
prevent double exposures
Blue/Green rocker switch
Power switch: none required. Unit draws no power on standby
82
Power requirements
Two 9 V alkaline transistor batteries. Optional ac power converter.
Approximate battery life 10,000 exposures
Dimensions (WxDxH)
13.34 cm x 19.37 cm x 9.21 cm (5.25 in x 7.625 in x 3.625 in)
Weight
1.14 kg (2.5 lb)
Film Processor Quality Assurance
•Easy selection of blue or green
light emission
•Lightweight, portable,
battery-operated
Repeatability:
± 0.04 OD log
•
exposure from unit-to-unit
•Stability: ± 0.02 OD log exposure per year at 10 °C to 45 °C
•Numbered, 21-step density
wedge
Optional accessories
89-417 Carrying Case
Available ac adapters for
(specify with order)
14-301 110 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, USA and Japan
14-399 230 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, Europe
14-415 230 V ac, 9 V dc,
500 mA, UK
14-415 and 14-416 Adapter
230 V ac, 9 V dc, 500 mA,
Australia
Ordering information
07-417 Handheld Dual-Color
Sensitometer
07-402
Portable Digital Thermometer
Key features
•Displays minimum/maximum
readings
This 07-402 Portable Digital
Thermometer is a batterypowered unit with a detachable immersion probe.
Temperature readings appear
in Centigrade or Fahrenheit
with ± 0.5 % accuracy. The
LED display eliminates problems that can result from
the misreading of stem-type
thermometers.
Detachable immersion probes
are time-savers for x-ray
departments that have several
film processors. The use of multiple probes, each remaining in
a specific tank, also eliminates
the possible cross-contamination of chemicals.
The 07-402 includes many convenient features and capabilities. You can quickly and easily display the lowest and highest
temperatures measured by the probe since the unit was turnedon. Our digital thermometer also enables you to “freeze” the
current temperature reading on the display. The thermometer
display can be easily illuminated, making it perfect for use in the
darkroom. You can also program the 07-402 for auto or manual
shut-off.
The 07-402 Portable Digital Thermometer is a shock resistant,
solid-state unit that needs no adjustments to maintain accuracy.
Calibration is traceable to the National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST)*. The unit includes a high-impact plastic
case with a recess for storing one probe, and is equipped with
a power jack that will accept the optional ac power supply. The
jack should be used when the unit will be in use for extended
periods of time (in order to prevent battery failure).
Specifications
•Hold/freeze function
•Auto shut-off
•Battery eliminator jack for a
9 V dc converter
•Checks film processor solution
temperatures quickly and
accurately
•Large, easy-to-read, backlit
digital display of temperature
in Centigrade or Fahrenheit
•Accuracy: ± 0.5 %
•State-of-the-art detachable
immersion probe saves time
and allows use of multiple
probes with one display unit
Optional accessories
Temperature range
-40 °C to 150 °C (-40 °F to 300 °F)
Resolution
0.1 °F
Accuracy
± 0.5 % over entire range
Display
Four-digit LED, plus decimal point
Battery
Standard 9 V alkaline or equivalent
Dimensions
Thermometer (WxDxT): 7.6 cm x 20.3 cm x 2.9 cm
(3 in x 8 in x 1.125 in)
07-403 Immersion Probe
07-401 Waterproof Probe,
will not be damaged in
chemistry or water
Display area: 5.1 cm x 2.4 cm (2 in x 0.94 in)
Probe: 15.3 cm long (6 in long)
Weight
3.38 kg (7.44 lb)
Included accessories
High-impact plastic case
Ordering information
07-402 Portable Digital
Thermometer with one probe
*Factory re-calibration available.
Film Processor Quality Assurance
83
07-424
Key features
Digital Densitometer
The 07-424 Digital Densitometer
is an easy-to-use precision
instrument that quickly measures the optical density of
film. And with its optional
RS-232 interface, you have
the capability to automatically
transfer the data to a computer
for storage and retrieval.
Constructed of rugged steel
and compact enough to fit
on any crowded worktable,
it offers exceptional accuracy
(± 0.02 optical density). The
optical density value is displayed in bright LED numerals
on the detector arm. The sample table is 6.125 in x 10.5 in with
a 4.75 in x 5.5 in illuminated section. It will accommodate film
up to 14 in x 17 in and provides ample room for positioning any
selected area under the detector.
The detector is a hermetically-sealed silicon photodiode. The
detector lamp is at full brilliancy only during the actual measurement, thus preventing heating problems and ensuring very long
lamp life with minimum wavelength shift or other degradation.
When necessary, the lamps are easily replaced. The densitometer
includes a five-step optical density tablet.
Specifications
84
•Large illuminated surface
•Density range is 0 D to 4.5 D
•Three apertures: 1 mm,
2 mm, and 3 mm
RS-232
interface available
•
Includes
a five-step optical
•
density tablet
Optional accessories
Density range
0 D to 4.5 D
Accuracy
± 0.02 density. Reference tablet supplied
Response time
Two seconds at 3 density
Zero drift
Negligible
Apertures supplied
1 mm, 2 mm, and 3 mm D. Anodized aluminum
Throat
21 cm length (8.2 in). Easily measures to center of
35.6 cm x 43 cm (14 in x 17 in) film
Illuminated table
12 cm x 14 cm (4.75 in x 5.50 in)
Diameter of aperture holder
(area obscured) 0.73 in
Spectral response
5000 A to 5500 A peak of bell-shaped curve
Detector illumination
Incandescent lamp with spectral compensation filter.
Lamp is at full brilliancy only during measurement.
Table illumination
Four #37, low voltage, wedge-base lamps
Digital readout
Three 0.4 inch high light-emitting diode (LED) numerals
on detector arm.
Detector
Hermetically-sealed, silicon photodiode.
Zero control
Allows wide range adjustment for different apertures and density
subtraction.
Power
110/220 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions (WxDxH)
16 cm x 34 cm x 12.5 cm (6.3 in x 13.4 in x 4.9 in)
Weight
3.2 kg (7 lb)
Film Processor Quality Assurance
89-424 Carrying Case
07-413 Apertures, set of three
010037 Step Tablet
802013 RS-232 Interface Cable,
2 m (7 ft)
169072 9-Pin Adapter
169071 25-Pin Adapter
Included accessories
010128 Step Tablet
Ordering information
07-424 Digital Densitometer,
07-424-220 Digital
Densitometer, 220 V
07-440 Digital Densitometer
with RS-232 interface
07-440-2200 Digital
Densitometer with
RS-232 interface, 220 V
18-220
Mammographic Accreditation Phantom
The 18-220 Mammographic
Accreditation Phantom will
assist you in complying with
MQSA and the American
College of Radiology (ACR)
Quality Control Programs.
This phantom is intended for
use as an integral part of the
Mammographic Quality Control
Program, and when used to
perform routine mammographic
QC, it will help you quickly,
easily, and accurately evaluate
the overall imaging performance of your mammographic
system. This phantom will
detect imaging changes so you
can make the necessary corrections in order to maintain your system at peak performance.
The 18-220 Mammographic Accreditation Phantom was
designed to test the performance of a mammographic system by
a quantitative evaluation of the system’s ability to image small
structures similar to those found clinically. Objects within the
phantom simulate calcifications, fibrous calcifications in ducts,
and tumor masses.
The phantom is also designed to determine if a mammographic system can detect small structures that are important
in the early detection of breast cancer. Test objects within the
phantom range in size from those that should be visible on any
system, to objects that will be difficult to see even on the best
mammographic system.
Specifications
Key features
•Helps ensure optimum
image quality and peak
performance of the
mammographic system
•Essential for MQSA
compliance
•Complies with ACR
phantom specifications
and QC requirements
•Contains test objects to
simulate indications of
breast cancer; punctuate
calcifications, tissue fibrillar
extensions in adipose tissue,
and tumor like masses
•Ideal for monitoring the
overall performance of your
mammographic imaging
system, x-ray generator,
film processor, and screenfilm combination
•Equivalent in x-ray attenuation to a 4.5 cm compressed
“average” breast
Optional are two 2 cm acrylic plates.
The addition of these two plates,
when combined with the overall 4.4
cm thickness of the phantom,
will allow the system image quality
to be checked in varying thicknesses
of 2 cm to 8.5 cm. Both of these
items are recommended by ACR in
their Mammography Quality Control
Procedure.
Optional accessories
Phantom body
Material
Acrylic
Dimensions
Overall (WxDxH): 10.15 cm x 10.8 cm x 4.4 cm (4 in x 4.25 in x 1.75 in)
18-237 Acrylic Plates, 10 cm x
10 cm x 2 cm thick, set of 2
18-205 Acrylic Contrast Test
Disc, 1 cm Ø x 4 mm
89-220 Carrying Case
Acrylic base: 3.4 cm in thick (1.375 in)
Cover: 3 mm thick (0.128 in)
Acrylic contrast test disk: 1 cm Ø x 4 mm
Weight
0.55 kg (1.2 lb)
Wax insert
Nylon fibers
Al2O3 Specks
Masses (thickness)
1) 1.56 mm
7) 0.54 mm
12) 2 mm
2) 1.12 mm
8) 0.4 mm
13) 1 mm
3) 0.89 mm
9) 0.32 mm
14) 0.75 mm
4) 0.75 mm
10) 0.24 mm
15) 0.5 mm
5) 0.54 mm
11) 0.16 mm
6) 0.4 mm
92
Mammography Quality Assurance
Included accessories
Acrylic contrast test disk,
faxitron x-ray image, and
magnifying glass
Ordering information
18-220 Mammographic
Accreditation Phantom
18-250
Digital Stereotactic Breast
Biopsy Accreditation Phantom*
In the past, there was not an
easy way to compare the image
quality of conventional and
digital biopsy mammography
units because the field of view
on the digital system is typically much smaller than the
24 cm x 30 cm field of view on
conventional mammography
units. In order to image the
Mammographic Accreditation
Phantom specified by the
American College of Radiology
(ACR) on the biopsy units, the
user has to move the phantom
Phantom with image evaluation insert
to various positions in order to
obtain four separate images, to be sure all objects were imaged.
This is a very inconvenient, time consuming task.
The small size of the 18-250 Digital Stereotactic Breast Biopsy
Accreditation Phantom phantom permits fast, easy comparison of
conventional and digital image quality, because you can attain
an image of the entire unit in a single exposure. The objects are
some of the same ones found in the Mammographic Accreditation
Phantom specified by the ACR, so it makes comparison of the two
imaging systems easy.
Key features
•The fast, easy way to test
image quality on digital
biopsy mammography
units and qualify for ACR
accreditation
•Accepted by the ACR for use
in its Stereotactic Breast
Biopsy Accreditation Program
•One exposure is all you need
•The phantom contains test
objects that are similar to
those found in the Mammographic Accreditation
Phantom specified by the ACR
•The extended top edge of
the phantom allows ease of
positioning on recumbent
biopsy units
•The phantom’s small size
allows it to be imaged in its
entirety in a single exposure
when used with a digital
biopsy unit
Enables
you to determine if
•
the images are similar to or
better than screen-film
Specifications
Phantom body
Material
Cast acrylic base block
Dimensions (WxDxH)
6.05 cm x 6.2 cm x 3.71 cm (2.38 in x 2.44 in x 1.46 in)
Weight
1.2 kg (8.7 oz)
Wax insert
Fibers
Al2O3 Specks
Masses
A) 0.93 mm nylon fiber
E) 0.54 mm speck
I) 0.25 mm (thickness) mass
B) 0.74 mm nylon fiber
F) 0.32 mm speck
J) 0.5 mm (thickness) mass
C) 0.54 mm nylon fiber
G) 0.24 mm speck
K) 0.75 mm (thickness) mass
D) 0.32 mm nylon fiber
H) 0.2 mm speck
L) 1 mm (thickness) mass
Digital image demonstrating image
evaluation insert
Ordering information
18-250 Digital Stereotactic
Breast Biopsy Accreditation
Phantom
*Designed by Carol Mount, R.T. (R) (M), and Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Department of Diagnostic Radiology,
Mayo Clinic ®, Rochester, MN 55905. Manufactured under licensing agreement with Mayo
Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
Mammography Quality Assurance
93
18-251-2000
Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom*
The 18-251-2000 Contrast
and Resolution Mammography
Phantom is designed with an
extended top edge to aid the
user in positioning it on recumbent biopsy tables.
On digital mammography
units, this phantom can test
the high contrast spatial resolution of the system with the
results being viewed on the
monitor. The focal spot high
contrast resolution can also
be determined by placing a
conventional mammography
cassette behind the phantom
and making an appropriate
exposure.
It is suggested that a resolution test pattern from 5-20 LP/mm be used to evaluate the
condition of the focal spot. Instead of making focal spot measurements that can be ambiguous, an accurate determination of
the x-ray tube’s resolution ability can be measured by using the
optional Resolution Test Pattern (07-555).
On conventional mammography units, the phantom can be used
to meet the ACR guidelines for testing focal spot resolution. The
ACR suggests placing a resolution target 4.5 cm above the image
receptor and imaging twice: once parallel to the anode-cathode
axis and once rotated 90 degrees. With two resolution targets, this
can be achieved in a single exposure. The grey scale step wedge
can also be used to check the dynamic range of the entire system,
indicate processing problems, and variation in film emulsion.
Specifications
Key features
With a single
exposure you can:
•Measure the contrast and
dynamic range of the
imaging system
•Easily measure the system
resolution of the focal
spot length and width on
mammography units (with
optional Resolution Test
Pattern, 07-555)
Phantom with two 5-20 LP/mm
test patterns (optional) in parallel
and perpendicular orientation. Also
includes an air step wedge with
aluminum attenuator.
Optional accessories
07-555 Resolution Test Pattern
Phantom body
Materials
Cast acrylic block with aluminum plate
Dimensions (WxDxT)
6.66 cm x 6.4 cm x 4.3 cm (2.6 in x 2.5 in x 1.7 in)
Weight without test patterns
8 oz (0.5 lb)
07-555 Optional Resolution Test Pattern
Material
Gold nickel construction (equivalent to 25 microns of lead or
2.6 mm of aluminum)
Dimensions (LxW)
25 mm x 12.5 mm
Thickness
0.0175 mm (0.0152 mm gold, 0.0025 mm nickel)
*Designed by Carol Mount, R.T. (R) (M), and Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Department of Diagnostic Radiology,
Mayo Clinic ®, Rochester, MN 55905. Manufactured under licensing agreement with Mayo
Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
94
Mammography Quality Assurance
Ordering information
18-251 Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom
18-251-1000 Contrast and
Resolution Mammography
Phantom with one resolution test
pattern (07-555)
18-251-2000 Contrast and
Resolution Mammography
Phantom with two resolution
test patterns (07-555)
18-252
Contrast Detail Phantom
for Mammography
The 18-252 Contrast Detail
Phantom for Mammography is
designed to provide a means of
quantitatively testing and monitoring the total performance
of an entire mammographic
imaging chain. Its small size,
as well as the number and
distribution of holes simulating
embedded objects, make this
phantom particularly useful in
evaluating digital spot mammography systems. With 49
holes generating subtle contrast variations, the phantom
makes it possible to detect
small changes in overall
system performance.
The Contrast Detail Phantom
for Mammography contains a 7 x 7 matrix of objects. The
diameter of each row of objects decreases from 0.169 inch to
0.007 inch. In each row, the subject contrast decreases from
approximately 6.6 % to 0.41 % at mammographic energies.
The Contrast Detail Phantom for Mammography is easy to
use. Simply place the phantom on the image receptor surface in
the same position as a breast. Position the x-ray tube and compression device as in a craniocaudal examination. When using
the phantom on prone-position breast biopsy systems, use the
rotating top plate of the phantom and the compression device
to secure the phantom against the image receptor. Choose the
appropriate kV and mAs factors (26 kV and 60 mAs works well
on most systems), or select automatic exposure control.
Key features
•Optimized for digital imaging
•Easy-to-use, compact and
lightweight
•Closely simulates scattering
conditions of the breast
•Rotatable support plate
accommodates prone-position
x-ray units. The plate can be
returned to a position that
does not interfere with placement of the phantom on flat
surfaces
•Geometrically-increasing
hole depths result in linearlyincreasing x-ray transmission
•Geometrically-increasing hole
diameters enable quantitative
measurement of the contrast
threshold of the mammographic system
Rotatable support plate accommodates prone-position x-ray units
Specifications
Row number
Minimum
number of
objects detected
1
6
2
6
3
5
4
4
6.6 %
5
2
4.2 %
6
1
0
Phantom material
Plexiglas®
Dimensions (WxDxH)
6.27 cm x 6.27 cm x 6.27 cm (2.47 in x 2.47 in x 2.47 in)
Weight
0.58 kg (1.2 lb)
Object diameter and contrast
Column number
Object depth
Typical contrast at
mammographic energies
0.853 mm (0.033 in)
1
0.533 mm (0.021 in)
2
3
0.332 mm (0.013 in)
2.6 %
7
4
0.208 mm (0.008 in)
1.7 %
Minimum detectability score: 24/49
5
0.129 mm (0.005 in)
1%
6
0.08 mm (0.003 in)
0.65 %
7
0.05 mm (0.002 in)
0.41 %
Ordering information
18-252 Contrast Detail Phantom
for Mammography
Object diameter
Row number
Object diameter
Row number
Object diameter
1
4.292 mm (0.169 in)
5
0.513 mm (0.02 in)
2
2.524 mm (0.099 in)
6
0.302 mm (0.011 in)
3
1.485 mm (0.058 in)
7
0.177 mm (0.007 in)
4
0.873 mm (0.034 in)
Mammography Quality Assurance
95
18-227
Key features
CDMAM Phantom*
The 18-227 CDMAM (Contrast Detail Mammography) Phantom
was developed to evaluate conventional mammographic x-ray
equipment, film, and cassettes. However, with the increase of
digital imaging in mammography, especially when performing
stereotactic breast needle biopsies and preoperative needle
localizations, the phantom can aid in achieving improved image
quality, processing, display quality, and speed in these new
modalities.
What makes the CDMAM Phantom so special?
The CDMAM Phantom consists of an aluminum base with gold
discs (99.99 % pure gold) of varying thicknesses and diameters,
which is attached to a Plexiglas® cover. The 5 mm thick Plexiglas
cover (PMMA plate) has a 2 mm deep cavity that accommodates
the aluminum base with gold discs. The assembly (PMMA and
aluminum) has a Plexiglas-equivalent thickness of 10 mm, under
standard mammography-exposure conditions.
The aluminum base is 0.05 mm thick Al 1050 (99.5 % pure
aluminum). The base has been polished and anodized black.
Precisely measured gold discs of varying thickness (range =
0.05 µm to 1.6 µm) and diameter (range = 0.1 µm to 3.2 µm)
have been attached to the base by means of evaporization.
Finally, the base has been airbrushed to protect the gold discs.
The “Gold Standard” of Mammographic Phantoms
The discs are arranged in 16 rows and 16 columns. Within a row,
the disc diameter is constant, with logarithmically increasing
diameter. The precision of the disc diameter and thickness makes
the CDMAM Phantom an ideal tool for conducting contrast-detail
and other image quality experiments.
*Developed by M.A.O. Thijssen, Ph.D., K.R. Bijkerk, MSc. and J.M. Lindeyer, BSc., Project: Quality
Assurance in Mammography (QAMAM), Department of Diagnostic Radiology, University Hospital,
St. Radboud, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.
96
Mammography Quality Assurance
•Helps identify objects with
very low contrast and very
small diameter
•Compatible with full-field
analog and digital units
•Compares of image quality with various screen-film
combinations
•Evaluates conventional,
digital, and stereotactic
modalities
•Determines the optimum
exposure technique, e.g., by
variation of tube potential
•Compares image quality at
various object thicknesses,
by variation of the amount of
Plexiglas® at a fixed density
18-227
CDMAM Phantom
A line pattern has been engraved onto the Plexiglas cover and
treated with paint containing aluminum. The x-ray image will
show a number of squares ordered in 16 columns and 16 rows,
with the disc diameter shown for each row, and the disc thickness for each column.
The 18-227 CDMAM Phantom includes a set of four Plexiglas
plates, which are used for the simulation of different breast
thicknesses. The plates are 10 mm thick and the same dimensions as the phantom. The plates are marked in one corner, for
identification of the configuration of Plexiglas and phantom in an
x-ray image. The phantom and Plexiglas plates match the standard mammography film size (18 cm x 24 cm).
Under standard mammography-exposure conditions
(Mo-anode, 30 µm Mo-filtration, 28 kVp), the phantom has a
Plexiglas-equivalent thickness of 10 mm.
The actual attenuation of the CDMAM Phantom depends on the
configuration of the phantom and Plexiglas plates. The effective
energy of the phantom plane will be higher when more Plexiglas
is added to the top and bottom of the phantom.
Application
To make an x-ray image, the CDMAM Phantom should be positioned on the bucky with the smallest disc diameters at the
thorax side, in combination with one or more Plexiglas plates.
The markings on the Plexiglas plates should be aligned at the
thorax side of the bucky. On digital stereotactic systems with
smaller fields of view, specific portions of the phantom can easily
be imaged as well.
The density of the image has to be checked after the film has
been processed. In a series of CD images, all images should
approximately have the same densities in a reference-position on
the film.
Specifications
Dimensions (WxDxT)
Plexiglas plates: 162.5 mm x 240 mm x 10 mm
(6.38 in x 9.45 in x 0.4 in)
Aluminum base: 162.5 mm x 240 mm x 0.5 mm
Weight
2.06 kg (4.54 lb)
Included accessories
Four Plexiglas plates
Ordering information
18-227 CDMAM Phantom
Mammography Quality Assurance
97
18-222
Tissue-Equivalent
Mammography Phantom
Proven simulation technology
enables the use of tissueequivalent, realistically-shaped
phantoms for mammographic
quality control.
The 18-222 TissueEquivalent Mammography
Phantom contains targets
that are engineered to test
the threshold of the new
generation of mammography
machines.
The phantom is 4.5 cm thick, simulates a 50 % glandular tissue
composition and is designed to test the performance of a mammographic system by a quantitative evaluation of the system’s
ability to image small structures similar to those found clinically.
The phantom is designed to determine if your system can detect
small structures that are important in early detection of breast
cancer. Test objects within the phantom range in size from those
that should be visible on any system to objects that will be difficult to see in the best mammographic systems.
The 18-222 includes a 30x hand-held microscope and
mammography QA documents for recording image evaluations
and scores.
Key features
•Breast phantom to test new
generation of mammography
machines
•A refined quality control for
today’s advanced imaging
systems
•Objects within the phantom
simulate calcifications,
fibrous calcifications in ducts,
and tumor masses
Specifications
Line-pair target
1: 20 lp/mm
Calcium carbonate specks
2: 0.13
3: 0.165
4: 0.196
5: 0.23
6: 0.275
7: 0.4
8: 0.23
9: 0.196
10: 0.165
11: 0.23
12: 0.196
13: 0.165
14: 100 % gland
15: 70 % gland
16: 50 % gland
17: 30 % gland
18: 100 % gland
19: 1.25 mm Ø
20: 0.83 mm Ø
22: 0.53 mm Ø
23: 0.3 mm Ø
Hemispheric masses
(75 % glandular/
25 % adipose)
24: 4.76 mm thick
25: 3.16 mm thick
26: 2.38 mm thick
27: 1.98 mm thick
28: 1.59 mm thick
29: 1.19 mm thick
Optical density
31: reference zone
Edge beam
32: localization target
Step wedge (1 cm thick)
Nylon fibers
21: 0.71 mm Ø
30: 0.9 mm thick
General
Material
Epoxy
Dimensions (WxDxH)
18.5 cm x 12.5 cm x 4.5 cm (7.28 in x 4.92 in x 1.77 in)
Weight
1 kg (2.2 lb)
Included accessories
18-222
Handheld microscope and
mammography QA recording
documents
18-223
Tissue-equivalent phantoms
4 cm, 5 cm, and 6 cm thick, and
phototimer compensation plates
from 0.5 cm to 7 cm
Ordering information
References
Skubic S.E., Fatouros P.P., “Absorbed Breast Dose: Dependence on Radiographic Modality and
Technique, and Breast Thickness,” Radiology, 61 (1986), 263-270.
Fatouros P.P., Skubic S.E., Goodman H., “The Development and Use of Realistically Shaped, TissueEquivalent Phantoms for Assessing the Mammographic Process,” Radiology, 32 (1985), 157.
98
Mammography Quality Assurance
18-222 Tissue-Equivalent
Mammography Phantom
18-223 Mammography Phantom
Research Set
18-216
Single-Exposure High Contrast
Resolution Phantom
The 18-216 Single-Exposure
High-Contrast Resolution
Phantom incorporates a 17.5
micrometer-thick gold-nickel
alloy bar pattern. This allows
the assessment of resolution
perpendicular and parallel to
the anode-cathode axis in just
one exposure. This pattern
has segments from 5 lp to
20 lp/mm and is equivalent to
25 micrometers of lead, or
2.6 mm of aluminum at 20 keV.
The bar pattern is permanently
embedded in a thin acrylic
wafer, to protect it from wear and damage.
The phantom body is available in BR-12 or BR50/50. It enables
consistent, reproducible positioning of the bar pattern at 4.5 cm
above the breast support plate at 1 cm from the chest wall,
centered laterally as recommended by the American College of
Radiology.
The bar pattern can also be positioned at a variety of heights
for more thorough evaluations.
Key features
•Perform quality control
inspections of mammography
system resolution with just
one exposure
•Meets ACR guidelines
•Meets MQSA requirements
•Rugged, easy-to-use, and
cost-effective
•The phantom includes a 30x
handheld microscope.
Specifications
Material
BR12 or BR50/50
Dimensions (WxDxH)
100 mm x 125 mm x 20 mm
Weight
0.57 kg (1.3 lb)
Optional accessories
18-216-2555 Acrylic Wafer Test
Pattern
Included accessories
30x handheld microscope
Ordering information
18-216 Single-Exposure High
Contrast Resolution Phantom,
BR-12
18-216-1000 Single-Exposure
High Contrast Resolution
Phantom, BR50/50
Mammography Quality Assurance
99
18-228 and 18-229-1313
Stereotactic Biopsy Phantoms
With the increasing use of
stereotactic breast biopsy
procedures, it is essential
that radiology healthcare providers maintain and increase
their needle biopsy skills.
The 18-228 tissue-equivalent
phantom is a MUST for every
mammography facility.
The automated stereotactic breast biopsy procedure
18-228 Stereotactic Needle Biopsy Tissue-Equivalent
depends on several variables
Training Phantom
for accurate needle placement.
Thus, for patient safety, this system must be properly maintained
and evaluated.
This versatile 18-228 was designed to assist in training technologists and physicians in the use of a stereotactic system, and
for verifying the proper operation of mammographic stereotactic
biopsy systems.
Because the phantom closely mimics properties of the human
breast, it is also an ideal teaching tool and practice medium for
mammographic needle biopsy procedures. It should also be used
whenever a new system is installed or repaired, to ensure accurate needle placement.
This training phantom is also an excellent research and development/demonstration tool for manufacturers of mammography
equipment.
The phantom should be stored in a cool place. The phantom
should be discarded after all the tumors have been aspirated.
Key features
18-228
•Compressible
•Contains cysts, dense masses
and calcifications
•Proprietary gel simulates
physical density and mass
attenuation of BR-12
Gel
• will not dry out after
initial needle punctures, thus
extending storage life
•Physical consistency similar
to human tissue, combined
with an elastic, skin-like
membrane, enables palpation
of embedded structures and
accurately simulates needle
resistance
•Anthropomorphic shape
allows for accurate simulation
of breast compression
18-229-1313
•The most cost-effective and
economical phantom for
teaching, training, and QC
Specifications
18-228
Targets
Color
Dimensions
Cystic masses
green
5 mm to 12 mm 6
Quantity
Random
Dense masses
black
5 mm to 12 mm 6
Random
Microcalcifications
orange
0.3 mm to
0.35 mm
Mid-plane
on right and
left sides
two clusters
Position
General
Dimensions (LxH)
10 cm x 5 cm; 1500 cc
Weight
0.91 kg (2 lb)
18-229-1313 Mammo-Cube Stereotactic Core Biopsy Phantom
100
Embedded lesions
Six dense masses, 5 to 12 mm Ø
Proprietary gel
Simulates the physical density and mass attenuation of
BR-12. The gel will not dry out after initial needle punctures,
thus extending storage life
Physical consistency
Similar to human tissue and combined with an elastic, skin-like
membrane which enables palpation of embedded structures and
accurately simulates needle resistance
Care
The phantom should be stored in a cool place, and discarded
after all lesions have been biopsied
Dimensions (WxDxH)
6.5 cm x 7 cm x 4.5 cm
Weight
5 oz (Individual cube dimensions and weights may vary by 10 %)
Mammography Quality Assurance
18-228 Mammo-Cube Stereotactic
Core Biopsy Phantom
Ordering information
18-228 Stereotactic Needle
Biopsy Tissue-Equivalent
Training Phantom
18-229-1313 Mammo-Cube
Stereotactic Core Biopsy
Phantom
18-229
Triple-Modality Biopsy
Training Phantom
Key features
•Tissue-equivalent under
x-ray, ultrasound, and MRI
Suspect lesions discovered
in x-ray mammography must
often be evaluated under
ultrasound to aid diagnosis
and in some cases, use of MRI
may be indicated. The 18-229
Triple-Modality Biopsy Training
Phantom is an ideal training
device because it can be
imaged under three modalities
and was designed specifically
for needle biopsy.
The 18-229 Triple-Modality
Biopsy Training Phantom is a
disposable phantom that was
designed to closely mimic the properties of the human breast,
making it an extremely useful accessory for training technologists and physicians, as well as for verifying the proper operation
of a mammographic biopsy system.
•Compressible
•Ideal for physician and tech-
nologist training, and quality
control
Physical
density and attenua•
tion characteristics accurately
simulate that of an average
50 % glandular breast (BR-12
equivalent)
•Flesh-like consistency allows
for the palpation of embedded lesions while accurately
simulating needle resistance
found in human tissue
•Anthropomorphic shape is
suitable for compression
mammography, ultrasound or
MRI examinations
•The American College of
Radiology recommends this
type of product in their quality assurance program
Training
With the increasing use of breast biopsy procedures, it is essential that radiology healthcare providers maintain and increase
their needle biopsy skills. This training phantom is a must for
every mammography facility.
Quality control
The breast biopsy procedure depends on several variables for
accurate needle placement. Thus, for patient safety, the system
must be properly maintained and evaluated. A comprehensive
mammography quality control program must provide assurances
that all aspects of the mammography equipment are operating
at optimum levels. The Triple-Modality Biopsy Training Phantom
is the ideal tool for such a program. Additionally, the phantom
can and should be used whenever a new system is installed or
repaired, to ensure accurate needle placement.
Research and development
This cost-effective phantom is also an excellent research and
development/demonstration tool for manufacturers of mammography equipment.
X-ray mammography
MRI
Specifications
Material
Zerdine®1
Targets
Dense masses: 2 mm and 8 mm Ø for core biopsy
Cystic masses: 3 mm to 10 mm Ø for needle aspiration
Volume
500 cc
Dimensions (WxDxH)
10 cm x 12 cm x 9 cm (3.94 in x 4.72 in x 3.54 in)
Weight
0.44 kg (1 lb)
Ultrasound
Ordering information
18-229 Triple-Modality Biopsy
Training Phantom
US Patent #5196343
1
Mammography Quality Assurance
101
18-203 and 18-224
Mammography Phototimer Consistency Test
Tool and Mammography Phantom Material
Key features
18-203
•Available in either acrylic
18-203
18-224
18-203 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency
Test Tool
The mammographic unit’s automatic exposure control should
be capable of maintaining
optical density within ± 0.15 OD
as the voltage is varied from
25 kVp to 35 kVp, and as breast
thickness is varied from 2 cm to
8 cm for each technique. Test
images taken of uniform phantoms of varying thicknesses should
not differ by more than 0.3 OD from each other. These tests should
be carried out over the kVp range customarily used by the mammography center.
The 18-203 Phototimer Consistency Test Tool is available in two
materials: acrylic; and, for more accurate results, breast-tissueequivalent BR-12 material. Both are supplied in uniform 2 cm
slabs to produce thicknesses of 2 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, and 8 cm.
18-224 Mammography
Phantom Material
The American College of
Radiology’s Committee on
Quality Assurance in
Mammography (Medical
Physicist’s Manual) recommends, as part of the required
test equipment, the 18-224
Mammography Phantom Material. This material is best suited for
testing automatic exposure control (AEC), collimator assessment,
and artifact evaluation.
Specifications
18-203
Material: Acrylic
Weight: 1.34 kg (3 lb)
Material: BR-12
Dimensions (WxDxH): 10 cm x 12.5 cm x 2 cm thick
Weight: 1 kg (2.2 lb)
18-238
Material: BR-12
Dimensions (WxDxH): (3) 10 cm x 12.5 cm x 2 cm;
(2) 10 cm x 12.5 cm x 1 cm thick;
(1) 10 cm x 12.5 cm x 0.5 cm thick
Weight: 1.2 kg (2.6 lb)
18-238-3070
Material: Tissue-equivalent, 30 % gland/70 % adipose
18-238-5050
Material: tissue-equivalent, 50 % gland/50 % adipose
18-238-7030
Material: tissue-equivalent, 70 % gland/30 % adipose
18-224
Material: Acrylic
Dimensions (WxDxH): 10 cm x 12.5 cm x 2 cm thick
Weight: 0.92 kg (2 lb)
18-225
18-224
•Available in either acrylic
or tissue-equivalent BR-12
material*
*BR-12 is a designation (D.R. White,
et al.) of certain epoxy resin
formulations which react to x-ray
in the mammographic energy
range (15 keV to 30 keV) in the
same manner as human tissue.
The tissue-simulation properties
for these slabs are maximized at
20 keV (28 kVp ±). The glandular
equivalency of this material is 45 %
in the mammographic range.
Ordering information
Dimensions (WxDxH): 10 cm x 12.5 cm x 2 cm thick
18-204
or tissue-equivalent BR-12
material*
•Should be used to test
thickness tracking
•The American College of
Radiology recommends this
type of product in their
quality assurance program
•Meets MQSA requirements
Material: BR-12
18-203 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency Test Tool
set of four acrylic slabs
18-204 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency Test Tool
set of four BR-12 slabs
18-238 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency Test Tool
Research, set of six BR-12 slabs
18-238-3070 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency Test
Tool, set of six slabs
18-238-5050 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency Test
Tool, set of six slabs,
18-238-7030 Mammography
Phototimer Consistency Test
Tool, set of six slabs
18-224 Mammographic Phantom
Material
18-225 Mammographic Phantom
Material
Dimensions (WxDxH): (2) 18 cm x 24 cm x 2 cm thick
Weight: 1.7 kg (3.8 lb)
Mammography Quality Assurance
103
18-303
Mammography Collimation
Assessment Test Tool*
The 18-303 Mammography
Collimation Assessment Test
Tool is a self-contained precise
QA tool that gives you instant
measurements by simply
viewing the image. The 18-303
Mammography Collimation
Assessment Test Tool is simple
to use. Just follow the exact
instructions contained in the
ACR Mammography QC Manual
for the Collimation Assessment.
However, instead of using all
those hard-to-find coins, you
use the 18-303. The “0” point of the metal ruler is placed at the
edge of the light field. The compression paddle rests on top of
the appropriate size plastic peg (1.7 mm and 2.2 cm pegs are
included to accommodate different cassette thicknesses) and the
alignment ruler (generously sized at 3 cm in both directions) fits
snugly against the edge of the paddle. It couldn’t be much simpler or much quicker.
Key features
•Reduces setup time by half
•Simple to use
•Complies with MQSA testing
requirements as contained in
the ACR Mammography QC
Manual
Measurement
can be quickly
•
and easily repeated
•Compression paddle rests on
peg exactly 4.2 cm above the
bucky—no measurement of
compression paddle height
needed
•Stays firmly in place
•Adaptable for 18 cm x 24 cm,
24 cm x 30 cm and
magnification stand testing
Image of test tool on top of bucky
Image of test tool in bucky
Mammography Collimation Assessment Test Tool shown in position
Specifications
Dimensions (WxH)
24 cm x 30 cm (9.45 in x 11.81 in)
Weight
0.57 kg (1.25 lb)
*Designed by Carol Mount, R.T. (R) (M), Supervisor of Mammography, Mayo Clinic ®, Rochester, MN
55905. Manufactured under licensing agreement with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and
Research.
104
Mammography Quality Assurance
Ordering information
18-303 Mammography
Collimation Assessment Test
Tool, includes one 1.7 cm peg
and one 2.2 cm peg
18-210-8000
View Markers
for Mammography
As stated in the American
College of Radiology
Mammography Quality Control
Manual, it is required that
all mammography films are
labeled to prevent misinterpretation. The 18-210-8000 View
Markers provide the optimal
solution to comply with ACR
requirements.
The markers are radiopaque,
and each is equipped with an
attached “super hold” suction
cup. Firm, gentle pressure will
hold the suction cup in place
on the side of the mammography unit.
Specifications
Labeling codes for positioning*
Labeling code
Purpose
Laterally
Right
R**
Left
L**
Key features
•Meets all requirements for
standardized terminology set
forth by the MQSA and American College of Radiology
•Standardized labeling of
mammography films is essential to ensure that films are
not misinterpreted
Choose from the
following kits:
•Standard Kit (normal
requirement) Consists of
eight markers for the most
frequently used positions.
Weight is 0.24 kg (0.5 lb)
Specialty
Kit Consists of
•
14 specialty markers.
Weight is 0.5 kg (1 lb).
Full-Service
Kit Consists of
•
22 markers (Standard Kit
plus 14 specialty markers)
for use with all possible
positions. Weight is 0.78 kg
(1.75 lb).
Projection position
Mediolateral oblique
MLO
Standard view
Craniocaudal
CC
Standard view
Mediolateral
ML
Localize, define
Lateromedial
LM
Localize, define
Spot compression
SPOT
Define
Magnification
M**
Define
Exaggerated craniocaudal
XCCL
Localize
Cleavage
CV
Localize
Axillary tail
AT
Localize, define
Tangential
TAN
Localize, define
Rolled lateral
RL (rolled lateral)†
Localize, define
Rolled medial
RM (rolled medial)†
Localize, define
Caudocranial
FB (from below)
Define
Lateromedial oblique
LMO
Define
Superolateral to infermedial
oblique
SIO
Define
Implant displaced
ID
Augmented breast
90° Lateral
†Used as a suffix after the projection. For example, LCCRL equals Left Craniocaudal Upper Breast
Tissue Rolled Laterally.
*Taken from ACR Mammography Quality Control Radiologic Technologist Manual.
**Used as a prefix before the projection. For example, RMMLO equals Right Magnification
Mediolateral Oblique.
Mammography Quality Assurance
Included accessories
Suction cup
Each set includes a holder (the
small set gets a small holder, the
larger sets get a larger holder).
Ordering information
18-210-8000 Standard Kit of 8
View Markers
18-210-1400 Specialty Kit of 14
View Markers
18-210-2200 Full-Service Kit of
22 View Markers
105
76-410-4130
AAPM CT Performance Phantom
The increasing use of computed
tomography (CT) as a diagnostic
tool creates the need for an
efficient means of evaluating
the performance of the CT scanners now in use. Recognizing
this requirement, the American
Association of Physicists in
Medicine established the AAPM
Task Force on CT Scanner
Phantoms. Its goals are to
define CT scanner performance
and present practical methods
of performance testing through
the utilization of special phantoms. This phantom design is based on the guidelines presented
in Report #1 of the Task Force and approved by the AAPM.
The modular 76-410-4130 AAPM CT Performance Phantom
offers the CT user a single system with which to measure nine
performance parameters. This phantom permits the routine
standardization of alignment, beam width, spatial uniformity,
linearity/contrast, spatial resolution, linespread, noise, size independence, and absorbed dose. All components of the phantom
are housed in a compact, transparent tank that holds the system
together in the correct orientation.
The phantom consists of an 8.5-inch diameter acrylic tank containing a beam-width insert, a spatial resolution and linespread
block, a high-contrast insert, and a means for inserting alignment pins and/or TLD holders. Additionally, a 0.25-inch thick
Teflon® band, positioned at the base of the tank and concentric
to the 8-inch internal diameter, simulates human bone. Attached
to the base of the tank is a low-contrast section with resealable cavities (from 1 in to 0.125 in diameter) which can be filled
with a diluted dextrose or other appropriate solution to provide a
low-contrast media. The optional external resolution and noise
ring slides snugly over the outside diameter of the tank, allowing
whole-body scanner systems to be evaluated.
Specifications
Watertank
Material
Made of acrylic
Dimensions (ODxIDxL)
(8.5 in x 8 in x 12.75 in)
Resealable with fill and drain ports. Low-contrast detectability block is attached to base
Linearity and contrast insert
Dimensions (ODxL)
(7.5 in x 2.5 in)
Contains 1 inch diameter contrast pins of polyethylene, acrylic, polycarbonate, polystyrene
and nylon. Density values: polyethylene, 0.95 gm/cc; polystyrene, 1.05 gm/cc; nylon, 1.1 gm/cc;
acrylic, 1.19 gm/cc; polycarbonate, 1.2 gm/cc
Note: The contrast pins in each AAPM CT Performance Phantom are identical in density to the
contrast pins of similar material in every other Fluke Biomedical CT Phantom. For example, the
nylon pin in every CT Phantom we manufacture has the same density.
This uniform density among all Fluke Biomedical phantoms provides the user with a standard for
comparing the performance of different scanners
106
CT Quality Assurance
Key features
•Meets guidelines in AAPM
Report No. 1 for Performance
Evaluation and QC of CT
Scanners
•Single system measures nine
performance parameters
This ONE phantom evaluates:
•Noise
•Spatial resolution
•Sensitivity (low contrast
resolution)
•Absorbed dose
•Size dependence
•Contrast scale
•Slice thickness
•Alignment
•Linearity
•Beamwidth
76-410-4130
AAPM CT Performance Phantom
Specifications
Resolution insert
Dimensions (ODxL)
(7.5 in x 2.5 in) with 6 inch diameter solid acrylic block
76-410-4130
Block has eight sets of five holes: 1.75 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.25 mm,
1.00 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.61 mm, 0.5 mm, and 0.4 mm round
76-410-4132
Block has nine sets of five holes: 1.75 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.25 mm,
1.00 mm, 0.75 mm, 0.61 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.4 mm, and 0.2 mm round
In both phantom inserts, the holes are spaced longitudinally on 5 mm centers and vertically
on centers equal to twice the hole width. All cavities are filled with air. The 6 inch block is sectored
1.25 inch out on radius. The insert contains 0.014 inch stainless steel wire positioned longitudinally
to the insert plates. The wire allows simple computation of linespread functions. A sectored 1.25 inch
portion of the main 6 inch block permits an edge gradient to be measured.
Beam width insert
Dimensions (ODxL)
(7.5 in x 3.5 in)
Contains three 0.020 in x 1.00 in aluminum strips angled at 45°, positioned on the center line and
displayed vertically. A simple, direct calculation permits the accurate measurement of beam width.
Adjacency is determined merely by a double exposure of two adjacent frames.
Low-contrast extension
Dimensions (ODxL)
(8.5 in x 2.75 in) solid acrylic block
Has two each of the following 2.25 inch deep cavities: 1 in, 0.75 in, 0.5 in, 0.375 in, 0.25 in, and
0.125 in diameter, spaced twice the appropriate diameter apart, one row of cavities on each side of
the center line. Cavities with screw-locking sealing ports are easily filled with dextrose or sodium
chloride solutions of various densities. The user may adjust densities to any value suitable for the
scanner. Typically, 2 % or 3 % differentials in density between cavities are used
Alignment pin
Dimensions (ODxL)
(0.25 in x 3 in) aluminum with tapped hole, allowing pin to be
secured to cover plate
TLD insert
Dimensions (ODxL)
(0.5 in x 3.5 in) polystyrene rod drilled 3 inch deep
to accept TLD inserts
Resealable cavity. Tapped on other end to allow mounting to cover plate.
External (whole-body) resolution and noise ring (76-411)
Annulus 12 in OD x 8.5 in ID x 2.5 in long contains the same hole pattern as the Resolution Insert, at
two locations 90° apart. Permits whole-body resolution and noise measurements when positioned on
the main tank. Inner and outer resolution values are easily determined.
CT-SSP insert (76-412)
The CT-SSP (Slice Sensitivity Profile) Point Response Phantom can be used as a stand-alone phantom
or as an insert with the AAPM CT Performance Phantom. The AAPM CT Performance Phantom meets
the guidelines in AAPM Report #1 for Performance Evaluation and QC of CT Scanners. The AAPM CT
Performance Phantom is described in the report by the AAPM Task Force on CT Scanner Phantoms.
The acrylic and closed-cell foam ball bearing size is 0.01 in, diameter is 7.5 in, width is 3.5 in, and
weight is 0.825 lb.
Low-Contrast CT Resolution Insert (76-421)
The insert consists of an almost-water-equivalent plastic disc, 201 mm Ø x 25 mm thick, protected
on both sides by clear plastic. The resolution targets are a series of water-filled holes from 2.5 mm
to 7.5 mm in Ø, in 0.5 mm steps. For each target size, the center-to-center distance between holes
is twice the hole diameter to ensure meaningful resolution testing. The insert’s 25 mm thickness
eliminates alignment problems. Dimensions are 201.6 cm x 32.5 cm thick. Weight is 1 lb.
Dimensions (ØxD)
21.59 cm x 39.37 cm (8.5 in x 15.5 in)
Weight
7.84 kg (17.25 lb)
Optional accessories
76-411 External (Whole-Body)
Resolution and Noise Ring
76-412 CT-SSP Point Response
Phantom
76-421 Low-Contrast CT
Resolution Insert
Ordering information
76-410-4130 AAPM CT
Performance Phantom with
Resolution Insert (to 0.4 mm)
76-410-4132 AAPM CT
Performance Phantom with
Resolution Insert (to 0.2 mm)
CT Quality Assurance
107
76-409
Spiral/Helical CT Lesion
Detectability Phantom
The 76-409 CT Lesion
Detectability Phantom is particularly useful to physicians,
CT technologists, and medical
physicists who design scanning protocols for abdominal,
pelvic, and brain CT. It allows
users to test various scanning
protocols to verify that small
low contrast lesions will be
detected. This is the only way
to be sure that a CT scanner is
“seeing” tumors that are known
to be present. The use of this
phantom removes any doubt
as to the limit of low contrast
spherical lesion detectability
for various scan protocols.
The phantom is designed to permit complete testing of low
contrast lesion detection when various scan or image reconstruction parameters are varied. These include: collimation,
pitch, reconstructed field of view, reconstruction algorithm, z-axis
(patient’s long axis) interpolators, kVp, mA, and rotation time. This
lesion detectability testing can be applied to protocols designed
for imaging of the liver, spleen, pancreas, kidneys, and adrenal
glands. It can also be used for mass detection in the brain.
Key features
•Incorporates clinically
relevant lesion shape
(spherical) and size
•Provides clinically relevant
absolute HU values for soft
tissue
•Provides a clinically relevant
HU differential (i.e. tumors
have a slightly lower HU than
background)
•Designed for use on all
conventional and spiral
(helical) CT scanners
•Compact, rugged
•Features three cylindrical
reference plugs made of the
same material as the spherical
lesions
•Valid for x-ray energies from
80 kVp to 140 kVp
•Background Hounsfield Units
(HU) approximate liver tissue
•Contains clinically relevant
sphere sizes of 2.4 mm,
3.2 mm, 4 mm, 4.8 mm,
6.3 mm, and 9.5 mm in
diameter
•Spheres are 5 HU, 10 HU, and
20 HU below background HU
•Carrying case is designed
for use as a phantom support
during scanning procedure
Specifications
Low-contrast sphere
diameters
2.4 mm, 3.2 mm, 4 mm, 4.8 mm, 6.3 mm and 9.5 mm
Disk dimensions
18 cm Ø x 4 cm thick
Phantom dimensions
20 cm long x 18 cm Ø
Weight
5.4 kg (11.9 lb)
Note: The CT Lesion Detectability Phantom is a tissue-equivalent test object that consists of an
18 cm diameter right circular cylinder with a CT value of 50 HU at 120 kVp. Within the phantom is
an 18 cm diameter, 4 cm deep right circular void in which a soft-tissue-equivalent disk (containing
low contrast spheres) can be placed. The cylindrical void is in a plane containing the z-axis of the
scanner. The soft-tissue-equivalent disk also has a background CT value of 50 HU.
Embedded within the disk are three sets of simulated spherical lesions. One set is 5 HU below
background, a second set is 10 HU below background, and the last set is 20 HU below background.
Each set contains one sphere each of the following diameters: 2.4 mm, 3.2 mm, 4 mm, 4.8 mm,
6.3 mm, and 9.5 mm. These diameters were chosen to encompass the full range of clinically
significant lesions. The disk can also be placed at the end of the phantom when axial scanning
detectability testing is desired.
Disk with embedded targets
Ordering information
76-409 Spiral/Helical CT Lesion
Detectability Phantom
108
CT Quality Assurance
76-424-4156
Nested CT Dose Phantom Kit for
Pediatric/Adult Head and Body
The innovative nested CT Dose
Phantom can be used with
any computed tomography (CT)
system designed to image pediatric and adult head and body.
Each phantom segment can provide separate dose information.
When performing dose profile
measurements, the dose phantoms allow the user to collect
information for the maximum,
minimum, and mid-range value
of the nominal tomographic section thickness.
This essential phantom kit consists of three parts: an adult body
phantom, an adult head phantom
that doubles as a pediatric body
phantom, and the new pediatric
head phantom, nested together
for easy storage and convenient
transport. All are made of solid acrylic with diameters of 32 cm, 16
cm and 10 cm, respectively. Each part contains four probe holes
around the perimeter, 90° apart and 1 cm from the edge and the
pediatric head (center insert) has one probe hole in its center. The
inside diameter of the holes is 1.31 cm. Each part includes five
acrylic rods for plugging all the holes in the phantom. A sturdy
storage and carrying case with wheels and pull handle that holds
all three phantoms is included. An optional smaller case without
wheels is available.
The CT Dose Phantoms were designed in accordance with
the Food and Drug Administration’s performance standard for
diagnostic x-ray systems, which includes regulations specifically
applicable to CT systems (21 CFR 1020.33).
Key features
•Uniquely designed for pedi-
atric and adult computed
tomography dose index (CTDI)
in a lightweight 20 kg (44 lb)
total package
•Can be used with new multidetector (MDCT) units
•Meets requirements of FDA
performance standards
•All new carrying case with
wheels and pull handle
•Case includes space for CT
Ion Chambers (purchased
separately)
76-424-4156 Kit: Adult body phantom, adult head phantom, pediatric
head phantom, and acrylic rods
Optional accessories
89-419 Carrying Case with
wheels and pull handle for
76-419-4150
89-414 Carrying Case for
76-414-4150
Ordering information
Specifications
76-424-4156
Adult body phantom
Dimensions: (LxØ): 15.5 cm x 32 cm
Weight: 11.3 kg (25 lb)
Adult head/pediatric body
phantom
Dimensions: (LxØ) 15.5 cm x 16 cm
Pediatric head phantom
Dimensions: (LxØ) 15 cm x 10 cm
Weight: 2.3 kg (5 lb)
Weight: 1.3 kg (3 lb)
3 nested phantoms
Weight: 15 kg (33 lb)
76-419-4150
Weight
Body phantom: 14.5 kg (32 lb)
Head phantom: 3.6 kg (8 lb)
76-414-4150
Weight
Body phantom: 14.5 kg (32 lb)
Head phantom: 3.6 kg (8 lb)
Pediatric head phantom: 1.3 kg (2.85 lb)
CT Quality Assurance
76-424-4156 Nested CT Dose
Phantom Kit for Pediatric/Adult
Head and Body including
carrying case with wheels and
pull handle
76-424-4150 Nested CT Dose
Phantom Kit for Pediatric/Adult
Head and Body including
carrying case without wheels
and pull handle
76-414-4150 CT Dose Phantom
Kit for Adult Head and Body
including carrying case
76-419-4150 CT Dose Phantom
Kit for Pediatric/Adult Head and
Body including carrying case
with wheels and pull handle
76-419 CT Pediatric Head Dose
Phantom with five plugs
76-414 CT Head Dose Phantom
with five plugs
76-415 CT Body Dose Phantom
with five plugs
109
CT Ion Chambers
CT Ion Chambers
Specifications
10 cc high sensitivity
Detector type
Vented air ion chamber
Volume
10.1 cc
Sensitive length
10 cm
Chamber material
Acrylic (PMMA)
Chamber outside diameter
12.7 mm ± 0.4 mm (0.5 in ± 0.015 in)
Chamber inside diameter
11.44 mm (0.45 in)
Chamber wall thickness
77 mg/cm2
Electrode material
Aluminum, 1100
Sensitivity
3.2 R•cm/nC (nominal) or 0.3/nC
Standard calibration
100 kVCP, 5.5 mm Al HVL (NIST Tech. M100)
Response uniformity along
axis
± 3 % over central 90 % of active length
Beam orientation
Normal to chamber axis
Leakage current
(300 V collection potential) Less than 10 -14 A at 10 min
polarization time
Intensity limits
Continuous beam: 31.6 R/sec, (1 % recombination loss)
Pulsed beam
15.8 mR/pulse (1 % recombination loss)
Collection time
0.478 mSec
Cable length
0.9 m (3 ft)
Operating voltage
-300 V
10 cc high sensitivity ion chamber
3.2 cc ion chamber
3.2 cc
110
Detector type
Vented air ion chamber
Volume
3.2 cc
Sensitive length
10 cm
Chamber material
Polystyrene
Chamber inside diameter
6.4 mm
Chamber wall thickness
54 mg/cm2
Electrode material
Aluminum
Sensitivity
10 R•cm/nC (nominal)
Standard calibration
100 kVCP, 5.5 mm Al HVL (NIST Tech. M100)
Response uniformity
along axis
± 3 % over central 90 % of active length
Beam orientation
Normal to chamber axis
Phantom adapter OD
1.27 ± 0.04 cm (0.5 ± 0.015 in)
Leakage current (300 V
collection potential)
Less than 1013 A at 10 min polarization time, less than 1014 A
at 2 hour polarization time
Intensity limits
Continuous beam: 4.86 kR/min (1 % recombination loss)
Pulsed beam
51.5 mR/pulse (1 % recombination loss)
Maximum pulse repetition
rate
3.3 kHz
Cable length
0.9 m (3 ft)
Operating voltage
-300 V
CT Quality Assurance
Ordering information
660-6 CT Ion Chamber, 3.2 cm3,
with UHF termination: used with
the 660 Electrometer
500-100 CT Ion Chamber,
3.2 cm3, with triax BNC: used
with the 35040 (ATD), TRIAD™
and TRIAD™ TnT
500-200 CT Ion Chamber High
Sensitivity, 10 cm3 for multislice
CT, with triax BNC: used with
the 35040 ATD and other electrometer/dosimeters, including
TRIAD and TRIAD TnT
6000-100 CT Ion Chamber,
3.2 cm3, with coax BNC for signal and banana plug for bias:
used with the 4000, 8000 and
RAD-CHECK® Plus Dosimeter
6000-200 CT Ion Chamber High
Sensitivity, 10 cm3, for multislice
CT, with coax BNC for signal and
banana plug for bias: used with
the 4000, 8000 and RAD-CHECK
Plus Dosimeter
84-357
Interventional Triple-Modality
3D Abdominal Phantom
Key features
•Mimics human tissue for MRI,
ultrasound and CT
Needle not included
The 84-357 Interventional
Triple-Modality 3D Abdominal
Phantom is made from proprietary materials which accurately
mimic human tissues under
magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI), ultrasound, and computed
tomography (CT). It is designed
for image-guided interventional
procedures.
The 84-357 contains simulated
lungs, liver, hepatic vessels, ribs,
vertebra, kidneys, abdominal
aorta, inferior vena cava, muscle
fat and interstitial tissues.
Embedded within the lung and
liver are simulated lesions available in a range of sizes and relative contrasts.
Each phantom is protected by a fat-equivalent urethane
membrane and ABS end-caps. These features make the phantom
durable enough for extended scanning sessions and enable
insertion of various surgical instruments, as needed.
•Designed for training, quality
control and demonstrating
scan techniques
•Improve performance of freehand abdominal biopsies
•Test new equipment
•Validate automated biopsy
systems
•Demonstrate CT, ultrasound
and MRI scan techniques
•Optimize imaging protocols
Specifications
Material
Zerdine®1, urethane, epoxy, and ABS
Dimensions (WxDxH)
28 cm x 12.5 cm x 20 cm
Weight
5.5 kg (12 lb)
US Patent #5196343
1
Ordering information
84-357 Interventional TripleModality 3D Abdominal Phantom
CT Quality Assurance
113
76-907 and 76-908
Uniformity/Linearity Phantom (AAPM) and
MR 3D Slice Thickness Resolution Phantom
76-907 MR Uniformity/
Linearity Phantom (AAPM)
The 76-907 Uniformity/
Linearity Phantom was
designed to conform to AAPM
MRI specifications. This large,
flat-flood phantom can be filled
with an MR signal-producing
solution. The orthogonal array
holes contain orientation reference markers, and the flood
section has an image artifact
cylinder.
76-907
76-908 MR 3D Slice
Thickness/High Contrast
Resolution Phantom (AAPM)
Various sections are arranged
within a cubical shape to
make the 76-908 truly
three-dimensional. The 76-908
3D Slice Thickness Resolution
Phantom contains slice thickness measuring sections, and
a void between the inserts to
allow for a signal-producing
solution. Slice thickness and
resolution information can be
obtained in all three directions (transaxial, coronal, and
sagittal) without moving the
phantom.
76-908
Key features
76-907
Accurately evaluates:
•Spatial linearity
•Image artifact
•Signal-to-noise
•Resonance frequency
•Quadrature error
76-908
Accurately evaluates:
•High-contrast resolution
•Slice thickness
•Gradient strength
•Slice position/separation
•Resonance frequency
•Designed to conform to
AAPM MRI specifications*
*These phantoms conform to the AAPM
Specifications contained in the report:
“Quality Assurance Methods and
Phantoms for Magnetic Resonance Imaging,” issued by the AAPM NMR Task
Group No. 1 (article appeared in Medical Physics, 17:2 (Mar/Apr 1990). This
report has also been co-sponsored by
the American College of Radiology MR
Committee on Imaging Technology
and Equipment.
Specifications
76-907
Dimensions (WxDxH)
33.02 cm x 33.02 cm x 10.16 cm (13 in x 13 in x 4 in)
Weight
5.3 kg (11.68 lb)
76-908
Dimensions (WxDxH)
15.24 cm x 15.24 cm x 12.7 cm (6 in x 6 in x 5 in)
Weight
1.56 kg (3.46 lb)
Optional accessories
76-903-7000 Copper Sulfate,
1 gm/l
Phantom configuration
Resolution section
Six sections
Square holes: 0.5 mm, 0.75 mm, 1 mm and 2 mm
Hole depth: 0.5 in
Slice thickness
1 mm or 2 mm gap
Slice position/separation
Gradient strength
Slice thickness ramp section
Four sections
2 with 1 mm gap
2 with 2 mm gap
114
MRI Quality Assurance
Ordering information
76-907 Uniformity/Linearity
Phantom (AAPM)
76-908 3D Slice Thickness/High
Contrast Resolution Phantom
(AAPM)
76-904
MRI Surface Coil Phantom*
The use of surface coils in
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(MRI) has become an important
part of the clinical operations
in most MR facilities. Surface
coils are preferred in some
MR studies, in part, because
their use can minimize motion
artifacts, obtain high signal-tonoise ratio in the areas closer
to the surface, and obtain high
resolution images of smaller
areas of interest.
The 76-904 MRI Surface
Coil Phantom was specifically
designed for acceptance testing
and routine QC of surface coils.
It provides the proper geometry
not found in conventional head
or body phantoms.
The 76-904 is constructed of
non-magnetic Plexiglas®. It is
rectangular in shape, contains
three inserts, and is designed
to be filled with an MRI signalproducing solution. The void
between the inserts provides a
fully flooded area.
Five-section insert
Key features
•Provides proper geometry
not found in conventional
head or body phantoms
Accurately evaluates:
•High spatial resolution
•RF signal brightness profile
•Slice thickness
•Slice to slice gap
•MTF evaluation
•Magnetic field uniformity
•Gradient linearity
•Image artifacts
•And more!
Specifications
Outer dimensions (WxDxH)
33.02 cm x 15.24 cm x 17.46 cm (13 in x 6 in x 6.875 in)
Inner dimensions (WxDxH)
30.49 cm x 12.7 cm x 15.24 cm (12 in x 5 in x 6 in)
Weight
3.61 kg (7.96 lb)
*Developed by Seong Ki Mun, Ph.D., Department of Radiology, Georgetown University Hospital,
Washington, DC.
MRI Quality Assurance
115
76-904
MRI Surface Coil Phantom
Specifications
A wide range of tests are provided by individual phantom sections
High-resolution hole pattern
Five holes: 2 mm x 2 mm
Seven holes: 1 mm x 1 mm
Nine holes: 0.75 mm x 0.75 mm
Eleven holes: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm
Hole depth: 9 mm
Folded step ramps
• Slice thickness, profile
• Interslice gap
• Slice orientation evaluation
Step interval: 1 mm
Range: 30 mm
Step size: 10 x 10 mm
• Precision slice definition
evaluation
160 mm run, 40 mm rise
(4:1 ratio). 0.5 in thick
• Qualitative MTF evaluation
• Resolution
• Asymmetric resolution
• Image artifacts
Thirty 3° wedges
(60 mm x 30 mm) covering
a 180° fan shape. 0.785 mm
gap at narrow end, 3 mm gap
on wide end
• RF intensity profile
• Magnetic field uniformity
• Gradient linearity
• Aspect ratio
Dimensions 0.5 x 0.5 gird of
12 in x 6 in x 0.375 in thick
• RF signal uniformity
• Single T1 and T2 values
Dimensions 12 in x 5 in x 6 in
Matching pair of ramps
Star pattern
Square grid
Flood section
Optional accessories
76-903-7000 Copper Sulfate,
1 gm/l
Ordering information
76-904 MRI Surface Coil
Phantom
116
MRI Quality Assurance
76-903
MRI Multipurpose Phantom*
The 76-903 MRI Multipurpose
Phantom monitors the overall
performance of an MRI system.
The parameters that can be
measured include: slice thickness, slice orientation, interslice
gap, magnetic field homogeneity, radio frequency signal
uniformity, spatial resolution
in positive and negative contrast, and modulation transfer
function (MTF). The phantom
can also be used to evaluate
quadrature setting, baseline
correction, aspect ratio, and
single T1 and T2 values.
The 76-903 is constructed
of non-magnetic materials. It
is 9 inches in diameter, with
two inserts, and is designed to
be filled with an MRI signalproducing solution. One insert
is a series of concentric conic
sections. The other insert is
made up of five sections: one
for positive contrast, two for
slice evaluation, one for MTF
evaluation, one for T1 and T2
evaluations.
A void between the sections
provides a fully flooded area for
signal uniformity.
Five-section insert
Key features
Provides a comprehensive
range of tests in one
compact unit
•Slice thickness
•MTF evaluation
•Spatial resolution
•RF signal uniformity
•Magnetic field homogeneity
Specifications
Sections
Segments provided
Folded step ramps
two 60°
Star pattern
one 120°
T1, T2 solution insert
one 60°
High-resolution hole pattern
one 60°
Flood section
one 360°
Concentric conic section
one 360°
General
Phantom dimensions (WxH)
OD is (9 in x 4.5 in)
Weight
3.09 kg (6.82 lb)
*Developed by Seong Ki Mun, Ph.D., Department of Radiology, Georgetown University Hospital,
Washington, DC.
MRI Quality Assurance
117
76-903
MRI Multipurpose Phantom
Specifications
Individual phantom inserts and sections permit a wide range of tests
Folded step ramps
• Slice thickness
• Slice orientation
• Interslice gap
Step Interval: 1 mm
Range: 36 mm
T1 and T2 solution insert
Six 5 cc refillable glass vials
with caps 15 mm Ø x 47 mm (h)
Flood section
Diameter 9 in
Depth 1.25 in
Star pattern
• MTF evaluation
• Horizontal and vertical spatial
resolution
• Quadrature setting
• Baseline correction
Wedge angle: 3°
Number of wedges: 20
Fan angle: 60°
Wedge length: 60 mm
Height: 30 mm
High-resolution hole pattern
Four holes: 2 mm x 2 mm,
1 mm x 1 mm,
0.75 mm x 0.75 mm,
0.5 mm x 0.5 mm
Hole depth: 9 mm
Concentric conic section
Outside diameter: 8 in
Number of segments: 4
Optional accessories
76-903-7000 Copper Sulfate,
1 gm/l
Ordering information
76-903 MRI Multipurpose
Phantom
118
MRI Quality Assurance
84-349
Ultrasound Elasticity
QA Phantom
Key features
•Provide users with targets of
known hardness
The 84-349 Ultrasound
Elasticity QA Phantom contains
10 mm and 20 mm diameter
spheres of varying hardness
relative to the background
material. The spheres are
located at depths of 15 mm
and 35 mm respectively and
will appear isoechoic to the
background using standard
B-mode imaging. All materials
are tested and a certification
is provided listing the acoustic
and elastic properties of each
tissue.
Housed in a durable ABS
housing with flexible scanning surface, 84-349 is manufactured
from Zerdine®1—a solid-elastic polymer whose elastic properties can be controlled independently of its acoustic properties.
The phantom is a reliable and consistent elasticity reference tool
useful for researchers, sales demonstrations and quality assurance testing.
•10 mm and 20 mm diameter
spheres
•15 mm and 30 mm depth
placements
4
• separate hardnesses
•Spheres appear isoechoic on
standard B-mode imaging
US Patent #5196343.
1
Specifications
Background
Material: Zerdine, solid elastic water-based polymer.
Freezing point: 0 °C (32 °F), Melting point: above 100 °C (212 ºF)
Speed of sound: 1540 m/s ± 6 m/s
Attenuation coefficient: 0.5 dB/cm/MHz ± 0.05 dB/cm/MHz
Contrast: 90 db with respect to reference
Lesions
Material: Zerdine, solid elastic water-based polymer.
Freezing point: 0 °C (32 °F), Melting point: above 100 °C (212 ºF)
Speed of sound: 1545 m/s ± 6 m/s
Attenuation coefficient: 0.5 dB/cm/MHz ± 0.05 dB/cm/MHz
Contrast: 90 db with respect to reference
Elasticity
Lesion Type I 16 kPa ± 8 %
Lesion Type II 25 kPa ± 8 %
Lesion Type III 44 kPa ± 8 %
Lesion Type IV 56 kPa ± 8 %
Diameter
Qty. 4, 10 mm at 15 mm depth one of each hardness
Qty. 4, 20 mm at 30 mm depth one of each hardness
Ordering information
84-349 Ultrasound Elasticity QA
Phantom
Elastograph image courtesy of C. Wu at the University of Rochester
122
Ultrasound Quality Assurance
84-317
Multipurpose Tissue-Cyst
Ultrasound Phantom
Key features
•Complies with the AIUM standard for quality assurance
The 84-317 Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst
Ultrasound Phantom helps provide
both quantitative and qualitative
information on the performance of
all diagnostic ultrasound imaging
systems. When used on a regular
basis, it promotes uniform system
performance, better patient data,
and more productive work schedules.
Imaging equipment can be evaluated for axial and lateral resolution,
vertical and horizontal distance calibration and linearity, and ring down.
This updated and improved
phantom is filled with Zerdine®, a
solid-elastic, water-based polymer
that exhibits echogenic patterns
similar to those encountered in
human liver parenchyma. Unlike other phantom
materials, Zerdine is elastic and is not damaged by heavier scanning pressures. It is also highly-resistant to damage by extreme
temperatures.
Specifications
•The best-performing
phantom in the industry,
for evaluating system and
transducer performance
•Includes cyst-like and solid
structures in various sizes
•Simulates liver tissue scattering and attenuation
Now
available with 0.5 or
•
0.7 dB/cm/MHz attenuation
coefficients
•Provides resolution targets at
several depths
Compatible
with all types of
•
imaging equipment, including
small parts scanners
•Withstands extreme temperatures, making it ideal for
service and quality control
use
•Three large scanning surfaces
Optional accessories
Phantom body
Phantom material
Zerdine1; solid-elastic water-based polymer
Freezing point
0 °C
Melting point above
100 °C
Storage temperature
0 °C to 66 °C (32 °F to 150 °F)
Speed of sound
1540 m/s ± 6 m/s
Attenuation coefficient
0.5 dB/cm/MHz or 0.7 dB/cm/MHz
Scatter
Mimics healthy liver parenchyma
Positional tolerance of wires
(monofilaments)
Stated distance ± 0.1 mm
Diameter of cylindrical
targets
Stated Diameter ± 5 %
Base material
Cork
Phantom dimensions (WxHxT)
20 cm x 2 cm x 8 cm (7.87 in x 8.26 in x 3.15 in)
Weight
3.36 kg (7.4 lb)
84-318 Scanning Trough: for Oil
and Water
89-317 Carrying Case: insulated
for phantom and trough
84-325-1000 Acoustic Standoff,
1.0 cm
84-325-2000 Acoustic Standoff,
2.0 cm
84-325-3000 Acoustic Standoff,
3.0 cm
84-325 Acoustic Standoff,
4.0 cm
84-325-1234 Acoustic Standoff
Set, includes all four: 1 cm,
2 cm, 3 cm and 4 cm
Optional scanning trough
For scanning with a liquid coupling agent (water or coupling oil)
Optional carrying case
This insulated case is large enough to hold the phantom and trough and also protects the phantom
from extreme heat or cold
Optional acoustic standoffs
A fast, easy, accurate way to bring the focal zone closer to the surface, for enhanced diagnostic detail
during ultrasound examinations
Material
Sonolucent gel
Dimensions
10 cm x 15 cm
Weight
0.42 kg (1 lb)
Ordering information
84-317 Multipurpose Tissue/
Cyst Ultrasound Phantom,
0.5 dB/cm/MHz
84-314 Multipurpose Tissue/
Cyst Ultrasound Phantom Kit,
consists of phantom (either
0.5 dB/cm/MHz or 0.7 dB/cm/
MHz), scanning trough, carrying case, and the “AIUM Quality
Assurance Manual”
US Patent #5196343.
1
Ultrasound Quality Assurance
123
84-340
General Purpose Mulit-Tissue
Ultrasound Phantom
Key features
•Complies with the AIUM Standard for Quality Assurance
The 84-340 General Purpose
Multi-tissue Ultrasound Phantom
is constructed from a patented
solid elastic material called
Zerdine®. Unlike other phantom
materials, it is not affected
by changes in temperature.
It can be subjected to boiling
or freezing conditions without
sustaining significant damage.
It is also more elastic than other
materials and allows more
pressure to be applied to the
scanning surface without subsequent damage to the material.
At normal room temperature,
Zerdine will accurately simulate the ultrasound characteristics found in human liver tissue. It
contains dense and cystic masses in a range of sizes, one highdensity target, and an assortment of nylon monofilament target
groups. It was designed to allow for assessment of linearity, axial
and lateral resolution, depth calibration, dead zone measurement,
and registration within two different backgrounds of 0.5 dB/cm/
MHz and 0.7 dB/cm/MHz. The phantom is protected by an acrylic
case and plastic membrane to facilitate scanning and minimize
desiccation.
Attenuation coefficient
Speed of sound
Scanning well
Scanning membrane
Targets
Vertical and horizontal
plane target
Resolution targets
Low contrast targets
High contrast targets
Phantom dimensions (WxDxH)
Weight
Carrying case (WxDxH)
124
Ultrasound Quality Assurance
found in human liver tissue
•Ensures patient’s safety and
doctor’s confidence
Perfect
for QC/service use
•
since phantom is not affected
by changes in temperature
•Promotes uniform system
performance for all types of
imaging equipment, including
small parts scanners
•Supplied with insulated,
rugged storage/carrying case
Quick
scanning can
•
be performed without
removing phantom from
the airtight case
Tolerances
Specifications
Material
•Simulates characteristics
Distance between any two wires
equals stated ± 0.38 mm
Zerdine1
Type: Solid elastic water-based polymer
Freezing point: 0 °C
Melting point: Above 100 °C
0.5 dB/cm/MHz; 0.7 dB/cm/MHz
1540 m/s
1 cm deep
Saran
Material: Monofilament nylon wire
Diameter: 0.1 mm
Number of groups: 1
Number of targets: 7
Depth range: 9 cm
Spacing: 2 cm
Number of arrays: 3
Depths: 3 cm and 10 cm
Axial intervals: 0.5 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, and 5 mm
Horizontal intervals: 1 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, and 5 mm
Number of targets: 4
Diameter of targets: 2 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, and 8 mm
Depth of targets: 2 cm, 4 cm, 6 cm, and 8 cm
Contrast of targets: -15 dB relative to background
Number of targets: 4
Diameter of targets: 2 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, and 8 mm
Depth of targets: 2 cm, 4 cm, 6 cm, and 8 cm
Contrast of targets: 15 dB relative to background
19 cm x 20 cm x 14 cm (7.5 in x 8 in x 5.5 in)
9.1 kg (20 lb) with case
46 cm x 38 cm x 43 cm (18 in x 15 in x 17 in)
Cylinder diameters equal state
±5%
Accuracy of measured parameters
Speed of sound equals stated
± 3 m/s
Attenuation coefficient equals
stated ± 0.02 dB/cm/MHz
Temperature at time of
measurement
Recorded on certification document
Ordering information
84-340 General Purpose Multitissue Ultrasound Phantom
84-342
General Purpose Urethane
Ultrasound Phantom
The 84-342 General Purpose
Urethane Ultrasound Phantom
offers a reliable medium which
contains specific, known
test objects, making it more
accurate than random scannable materials. The phantom
enables repeatable, qualitative assessment of ultrasound
scanner performance over time.
The phantom is constructed
from a proprietary urethane
matrix, housed within a rigid
PVC container with three
separate scanning windows.
It allows for depth of penetration, uniformity, distance calibration, resolution and lesion detectability assessment. The three
scanning surfaces also provide the user with the ultimate in
versatility, simplicity and ease of use. The scanning wells permit
either water or gel to be used as an acoustic coupling agent.
Key features
•Features three scan-surfaces
•Complies with the AIUM standard for quality assurance
•Rugged, durable
•Ideal for service use
•Performs a wide variety
of tests needed to meet
AIUM and ACR ultrasound
QC guidelines
•Includes an in-house
certification traceable to
NIST standards
Specifications
Phantom material
Proprietary urethane matrix
Attenuation coefficient
0.5 dB/cm/MHz ± 0.05 dB/cm/MHz at 5 MHz
Speed of sound
1430 m/s ± 10 m/s at 20 °C
Scanning surfaces
Number: 3
Depth of scanning wells: 2 cm
Housing material
White PVC
Vertical plane targets
Number of groups: 1
Number of targets per group: 10
Depth of visualization: 1 cm and 19 cm
Visualized spacing: 20 ± 0.38 mm
Material: Nylon monofilament, 0.10 mm Ø
Horizontal plane targets
Number of groups: 1
(Note: This target group is also Number of targets per group: 10
the Vertical Plane Target Group) Depth of visualization: 3 cm and 10 cm
Visualized spacing: 20 ± 0.35 mm
Material: Nylon monofilament, 0.1 mm Ø
Axial resolution targets
Number of groups: 2
Number of targets per group: 12
Depths of visualization: 2 cm, 5 cm, 8 cm, and 11 cm
Axial resolution test range: 0.5 mm, 1 mm to 5 mm,
in 1 mm increments
Material: Nylon monofilament, 0.1 mm Ø
Lateral resolution targets
Number of groups: 2
Number of targets per group: 6
Depths of visualization: 2 cm, 5 cm, 8 cm, and 11 cm
Lateral resolution test range: 1 mm to 5 mm, in 1 mm increments
Material: Nylon monofilament, 0.1 Ø
Anechoic targets
Number of targets: 2
Diameter: 8 mm to 2 mm, in 2 mm increments
Depths of visualization 2 cm, 5 cm, 8 cm, 11 cm,
13 cm, and 16 cm
Phantom dimensions (WxDxT)
17 cm x 25.5 cm x 7 cm (6 in x 10 in x 2.75 in)
Weight
5.45 kg (12 lb)
Ultrasound Quality Assurance
Diagram showing internal targets
Ordering information
84-342 General Purpose
Urethane Ultrasound Phantom,
includes carrying case
125
Service and Calibration
World-class facility. World-class service.
Fluke Biomedical’s Global
Calibration Lab is NVLAP Lab
Code 200566-0 accredited,
adheres to ISO 17025:2005, ANSI
Z540, Mammography MQSA,
and CNSC, and is traceable to
national and international standards.
Fluke Biomedical offers
one-stop, bulk contracts for
managing larger instrument
pools, including various assetmanagement
alternatives for pools larger than
150 units. Fluke Biomedical’s
asset-management program
takes over your grueling task of
instrument tracking and allows
you to use your time more
productively.
If you have a large number of instruments that require service, you can
greatly benefit from this quality service. Proper protocols are strictly followed,
eliminating the problems with inspectors and audits that can result when other
less-qualified labs perform the calibrations. Instrumentation includes Fluke
Biomedical as well as other industry models.
Calibration Beam Specifications
Fluke Biomedical’s Global
Calibration Laboratory is
equipped to calibrate and
repair the following types of
instruments:
•Area Monitors
•Barometers
•Blood Pressure Simulators
•Defibrillators/External Pace
Maker Analyzers
•Densitometers
•Diode Detectors
•Dosimeters
•Electrical Safety Analyzers
•Incubator Analyzers
•Ion Chambers
•IV Pump Analyzers
•kVp Meters
•mAs Meters
•Electrical Multimeters
•Oscilloscopes
•Patient Simulators
•Pressure Meters/Parameter
Testers
•Radiation Multimeters
•Sensitometers
•SpO2 Simulators/Analyzers
•Thermometers
•Test Lungs
•Ultra Sound Analyzers
•Velometers
•Ventilators/Gas flow
Analyzers
Tungsten Anode
PTB-Traceable Techinques
NIST-Traceable Techniques
Equivalent
Beam Code
126
Potential
(kV)
Filtration
mm
Al
mm
Cu
mm
Sn
mm
Pb
HVL
mm
Al
Equivalent
Beam Code
Potential
(kV)
Filtration
mm
Al
mm
Cu
mm
Sn
mm
Pb
HVL
mm
Al
L20
20
0.07
DV30
30
2.5
0.98
L100
100
1.98
2.75
DV40
40
2.5
1.44
M30
30
0.50
0.33
DV50
50
2.5
1.81
M50
50
1.00
0.98
DV60
60
2.5
2.13
M60
60
1.50
1.68
DV70
70
2.5
2.45
M80
80
2.6
2.98
DV80
80
2.5
2.78
M100
100
5.0
5.1
DV90
90
2.5
3.1
M150
150
5.0
0.25
10.2
DV100
100
2.5
3.48
M200
200
4.1
1.12
14.9
DV120
120
2.5
4.15
M250
250
5.0
3.2
18.5
DV150
150
2.5
5.36
H50
50
4.0
4.4
DH40
40
4
2.2
H60
60
4.0
6
DH50
50
10
3.75
0.12
0.6
H100
100
4.0
5
H150
150
4.0
4
1.5
H200
200
4
0.6
4
H250
250
4
0.6
1
Service and Calibration
13.5
DH60
60
16
5.35
16.8
DH70
70
21
6.77
0.7
19.5
DH80
80
26.0
8.12
2.7
21.5
DH90
90
30.0
9.26
DH100
100
34.0
10.15
DH120
120
40.0
11.67
DH150
150
45.0
13.36
Service and Calibration
World-class facility. World-class service.
Calibration Beam Specifications
Molybdenum/Rhodium Anode
NIST-Traceable Techniques
Filtration
Equivalent
Beam Code
Potential
(kV)
mm Mo
Mo/Mo 28
28
0.032
0.33
Mo/Mo 35
35
0.032
0.39
Mo/Rh 28
28
0.029
Rh/Rh 25
25
Rh/Rh 40
40
Mo/Mo28x
28
Rh/Rh/35x
35
mm Rh
mm Al
HVL
mm Al
0.41
0.029
0.35
0.029
0.030
0.029
0.56
2
0.63
2
0.898
mm Al
HVL
mm Al
PTB-Traceable Techinques
Filtration
Equivalent
Beam Code
Potential
(kV)
mm Mo
MV20
20
0.030
0.223
MV25
25
0.030
0.282
MV30
30
0.030
0.337
MV35
35
0.030
0.374
MV40
40
0.030
0.402
MV50
50
0.030
MV20
20
0.030
2
0.450
MV25
25
0.030
2
0.580
MV30
30
0.030
2
0.670
MV35
35
0.030
2
0.749
MV40
40
0.030
2
0.825
MV50
50
0.030
2
0.968
mm Rh
0.440
Service Center/Repair/Calibration US
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road, Cleveland OH 44139-3303
Tel: 440-498-2560
Toll free: 800-850-4608 ext 2564
Email: [email protected]
Service Center/Repair/Calibration Europe
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110, 5692EC Son, The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (40) 267 5435
Fax: +31 (40) 267 5436
Email: [email protected]
www.flukebiomedical.com/service
Service and Calibration
127
Publications
The following Fluke Biomedical
catalogs are also available
Fluke Biomedical Radiation Oncology QA
The Radiation Oncology QA catalog provides a full range of QA
solutions for the Radiation Oncology Physicist, Therapist, and
Dosimetrist. The catalog contains information about the linear
accelerator QA instruments, radiation oncology chambers, phantoms,
and accessories needed to manage radiation oncology QA and
maintain a safe, regulatory-compliant facility.
For more information, contact [email protected]
Fluke Biomedical Radiation Safety
The Radiation Safety catalog highlights devices used to measure
radiation levels, manage regulatory QA requirements, and aide in
radiation emergencies. These devices are intended for Radiation
Safety Officers (RSOs), Health Physicists, Emergency Responders
and other radiation-minded professionals. The catalog contains
information about a variety of survey meters and probes, area
monitors, and other radiation-monitoring accessories.
For more information, contact [email protected]
Fluke Biomedical Test
The Biomedical Test catalog emphasizes the complete line of
biomedical test and simulation products for Biomedical/Clinical Engineers and Technicians. The catalog contains information
about Fluke Biomedical’s test and simulation products, including standalone electrical safety testers, patient simulators, and
performance analyzers, as well as fully integrated and automated
performance-testing and documentation systems.
For more information, contact [email protected]
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
Your authorized Fluke Biomedical distributor
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland, OH 44139-3303 U.S.A.
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
For more information, contact us:
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa +31 40 267 5435 or
Fax +31 40 267 5436
From other countries +1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email: [email protected]
Web access: www.flukebiomedical.com
©2008-2009 Fluke Biomedical. All OEM company trademarks
are implied. Specifications subjectto change without notice.
Printed in U.S.A. 6/2009 3077923B C-EN-N
Radiation Oncology
Product Catalog
2009/2010
7600 Double Check® Pro
Daily Check Device
35040 Advanced
Therapy Dosimeter
05-433 PRIMALERT® 10
Teletherapy Radiation Monitor
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
37-705 VeriDose®
PDMQC System
Radiation Oncology
Product Catalog
2009/2010
Providing solutions, not just products
Today, biomeds, physicists, RSO’s, other medical personnel must
meet increasing regulatory pressures, higher quality standards,
and rapid technological growth, while performing their work
faster and more efficiently than ever. Fluke Biomedical provides
a diverse range of software and hardware tools to meet today’s
challenges.
Service
Fluke Biomedical is dedicated to providing the best service
within the healthcare industry. Equipped with the bestcredentialed facilities, onsite experts, and full asset-management
capabilities, Fluke Biomedical’s service team is always on call
to take care of its customers. Fluke Biomedical’s world-class
staff leads the industry in post- and pre-sale support, including
helping customers choose the best products and accessories for
their needs, technical support, product calibration, and repairs.
Regulatory compliance
Fluke Biomedical’s benchmark quality operates to the most rigorous standards in the industry, including compliance with ISO
9001:2000, ISO 13485:2003, FDA/QSR as applicable, and NRC/
Part 50, Appendix B/Part 21 and adheres to ISO 17025:2005,
ANSI Z540, Mammography MQSA and CNSC. Many of the Fluke
Biomedical products are CE-marked and CSA-certified. In addition, the Global Calibration Laboratory holds its NVLAP Lab Code
200566-0 certification and is traceable to both the NIST & PTB.
Legacy
You may be familiar with some of our legacy brand names,
including:
•Metron
•Victoreen®
•DNI Nevada
•Nuclear Associates
•Bio-Tek Instruments
•Keithley
Fluke Biomedical has taken the best elements and products of
these former brands and have incorporated them into the Fluke
Biomedical culture and product line available today.
Our newest catalog
Thank you for requesting our Radiation Oncology catalog. Within
these pages, you will find solutions to manage your quality
assurance and maintain a safe, regulatory-compliant facility in
the radiation oncology physics field.
If you are interested in receiving catalogs or information
about any of Fluke Biomedical’s other product-lines, please visit
www.flukebiomedical.com/catalog.
Catalogs are available for the following product lines:
•Radiation Safety
•Biomedical Test
•Service
•Diagnostic Imaging QA
2
About Fluke
Biomedical
Fluke
Biomedical leads
the world in the manu
facture of biomedical test
and simulation products,
including
standalone
electrical safety testers
to fully integrated and
automated performance
testing and documentation
systems. Fluke Biomedical
also provides some of the
most trusted and accurate
radiation safety, medical
imaging,
and oncology
quality-assurance
solutions
for regulatory
compliance.
About Fluke
Corporation
Fluke Biomedical is a division of Fluke Corporation.
Fluke Corporation is
the world leader in the
manufacture, distribution,
and service of electronic
test tools and software
and is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Danaher
Corporation (NYSE:DHR).
Radiation Oncology
Product Catalog
Contents
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
35040 Advanced Therapy Dosimeter......................................................................................5
37-705 VeriDose® PDMQC System.........................................................................................11
30-471 VeriDose® Solid-State Diode Detectors...................................................................12
37-720 Dual-Diode Dosimeter Patient Dose Monitor..........................................................13
37-105 mobileMOSFET Wireless Dose Verification System..............................................14
05-433 PRIMALERT® 10 Teletherapy Radiation Monitor..................................................16
37-731 Precision Isocentric QC Beam-Checker II...............................................................17
37-001 TEL-ALIGN™ Teletherapy Alignment Gauge..........................................................18
37-013 GARD™ Geometric Accuracy Radiotherapy Device..............................................19
Radiation Oncology Chambers
30-351 Farmer-Type Ionization Chamber, 0.6 cm3, waterproof......................................21
30-344 Semiflex™ Ionization Chamber, 0.125 cm3, waterproof..................................... 23
30-329 Markus™ Electron Ionization Chamber, 0.055 cm3, waterproof........................31
30-355 Extension Cable Reel for Ionization Chambers................................................... 33
Phantoms and Accessories
74-0 Series IMRT Phantoms: Thorax, Homogeneous, Advanced Pelvic 3D,
and Head and Neck ................................................................................................................ 35
76-417 CT Simulation Phantom............................................................................................ 40
76-462 Electron Density Phantom........................................................................................41
37-020 Oakton® Temperature Compensated Barometers.................................................42
Service and Calibration
Service Info.............................................................................................................................. 43
Calibration Info....................................................................................................................... 43
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland, OH 44139-3303 U.S.A.
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
For more information, contact us
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa
+31 40 267 5435 or
Fax +31 40 267 5436
From other countries
+1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email:
[email protected]
Web access:
www.flukebiomedical.com
Service Center/Repair/
Calibration US
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland OH 44139-3303
Tel: 440-498-2560
Toll free: 800-850-4608 ext 2564
Email:
[email protected]
Service Center/Repair/
Calibration Europe
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (40) 267 5435
Fax: +31 (40) 267 5436
Email: [email protected]
3
35040
Advanced Therapy
Dosimeter
The 35040 Advanced Therapy Dosimeter (ATD) is a reference
grade instrument used to measure the charge and current from
ion chambers in radiation therapy, and provides bias voltage
for all commonly-used chambers. Front panel controls select
ion-chamber calibration factors, facilitate entry of temperature and pressure values for air density correction, allow bias
voltage selection, threshold level, timer control, and choice
of display screens. The user-customized display screens can
simultaneously show dose, exposure time, dose rate, effective exposure time, average current/rate, accumulated charge/
dose, bias voltage, leakage, and other important information
that ensures the validity of the instrument. The customization
software allows design of 16 screens that display conditions, parameters, values and text. Up to 32 chamber factors,
11 bias voltages can be programmed. It is PC compatible and
connects via a RS-232 cable. The user can customize the
display for basic use or for specialized applications such as
brachy therapy. The Advanced Therapy Dosimeter exceeds
the recommendations of calibration laboratories for leakage,
linearity, and stability by a wide margin. This instrument
raises the standard of radiation therapy measurements.
Key features
•Wide measurement range,
up to 1.000 μA and 19.999
mC for HDR Brachy therapy
applications
•Automatic reset and hold of
measured values between
exposures
•Front panel adjustment of
exposure threshold and user
disable of threshold to permit
manual operation
•Thirty-two ion chamber
calibration factors
•Automatic power-down after
user specified time period,
when operating from battery
supply
•Annunciators warn of
low battery, low bias, and
operational errors
•Large capacity battery
provides eight hours of
continuous operation; fast
recharge in less than three
hours, even during operation
•AC line operation over the
range 100 V ac to 240 V ac
and 47 Hz to 63 Hz without
operator intervention
•Charge and current calibration factors entered by
calibration laboratories at
user’s option
Included accessories
Remote probe, test leads, alligator clips, K-type thermocouple
(1587 only), hard case and user
documentation.
Ordering information
Fluke-1577 Insulation Multimeter
Fluke-1587 Insulation Multimeter
Fluke-1587/ET Advanced
Electrical Troubleshooting Kit
Fluke-1587/MDT
Advanced Motor and Drive
Troubleshooting Kit
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
5
35040
Advanced Therapy
Dosimeter
Optional accessories
Specifications
Charge full scale
Charge sensitivity
Current* full scale
Current* sensitivity
200.00 pC
0.01 pC
200.0 pA
0.1 pA
2.0000 nC
0.0001 nC
2.000 nA
0.001 nA
20.000 nC
0.001 nC
20.00 nA
0.01 nA
200.00 nC
0.01 nC
200.0 nA
0.1 nA
2.0000 µC
0.0001 µC
1.000 µA
0.001 µA
20.000 µC
0.001 µC
200.00 µC
0.01 µC
2.0000 mC
0.0001 mC
20.000 mC
0.001 mC
*Average current is displayed with ten times greater resolution.
86120 Extension Cable, 20 ft,
Triax BNC to BNC
30-356 BNC to TNC Converter
External chamber accessories
30-344 Semiflex™ Ionization
Chamber, 0.125 cm3, Waterproof
30-316 Semiflex™ Ionization
Chamber, 0.3 cm3, Waterproof
30-353 PinPoint™ Ionization
Chamber, 0.015 cm3, Waterproof
30-332 Roos™ Electron
Ionization Chamber, 0.35 cm3,
Waterproof
30-353 Advanced Markus™
Electron Ionization Chamber,
0.02 cm3, Waterproof
Effective exposure time ranges
Full scale range
Display resolution
59.99 s
0.01 s
5 hr 33 min 19.9 s
0.1 s
Stability
Designed for ultra long-term stability error of approximately
0.1 % per five years
Leakage
Virtually removes effects of total system leakage during
measurement. Uncorrected leakage < 10 fA over temperature
range
Linearity
Maximum non-linearity variation from straight line of 0.1 % of
all charge and current ranges
Resolution
0.005 % of range (4.5 digits) for charge, dose, average rate and
average current; 0.05 % of range (3.5 digits) for current and rate
Warm-up
Fully meets specifications within five minutes of applying power
Measurement accuracy
18 °C to 28 °C (64 ºF to 82 ºF); charge ± (0.20 % reading plus
two counts); current ± (0.20 % reading plus two counts)
Bias
Eleven user-programmable steps from -500 to +500 V in
0.1 volt increments; accuracy ± 0.3 V for loads < 0.2 mA;
front panel selectable
Ion chamber calibration
factors
Thirty-two user-programmable calibration factors; front panel
selectable
Display units
All practical radiation and electrical units
RS-232 computer
configuration
For customizing and data transfer
Power requirements
Internal lead acid battery; integral charger operates
100 V ac to 240 V ac (47 Hz to 63 Hz)
Connectors
Triax BNC front/rear 35040; Triax TNC front/rear 35040TNC
Dimensions (wxdxh)
21.6 cm x 26 cm x 8.9 cm (9.4 in x 10 in x 4 in)
Weight
4.6 kg (10 lb)
Ordering information
35040 Advanced Therapy
Dosimeter
35040TNC Advanced Therapy
Dosimeter, TNC option
6
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
37-705
VeriDose®
PDMQC System
Key features
•Measures beam constancy,
flatness, and symmetry
Our innovation and leading-edge
technology combines the powerful performance capabilities
of patient dose monitoring and
linear-accelerator quality-control
into one compact, easy-to-use
product. We give you this powerful combination of technology
and versatility for a lower price
than you would expect to pay for
one unit alone.
Use VeriDose PDMQC as a patient dose monitor and when needed,
simply plug in the VeriDose QC Module and VeriDose PDMQC is transformed into a precision linear-accelerator quality-control device.
Specifications
Electrometer
Input circuitry
Five electrometer channels with digital zeroing and gain control;
bi-polar
Rate range
1 to 1000 cGy/min
Dose range
0.1 to 1000 cGy
Sensitivity adjustment
0.1 to 10 nC/cGy
Display
240 x 64 dot LCD. 8 lines x 40 characters, with CCF backlight
Clock
Real-time clock, battery operated, US or European format
Alarm
User-selectable level for each channel
User controls
On-Off switch, 5-column select soft-keys for control functions, scrollup, scroll-down, and enter key for data entry
User setup parameters
Stored in nonvolatile, battery-backup RAM
Computer interface
RS-232, 19.2 BAUD, 8, N, 1
Data format: standard decimal points or Euro-commas
Printer interface
Parallel, selectable drivers for LaserJet in ASCII format only
Environmental
Storage temperature: 0 °C to 70 °C (32 ºF to 158 ºF)
•Two systems in one
•Accurate to within 1 % or
better
•Measurements and updates
are provided in real time.
Automatically
adjusts the
•
proper offset voltage for
each detector, resulting in
up to ten times less drift
than other products
•VeriDose PDMQC stores up
to 25 separate calibration
sets. (A calibration set can
be created for up to five
diodes at a time.)
•In vivo measurements with
the VeriDose PDMQC as a
patient dose monitor are
reimbursable under CPT-4
Section 77331 Special
Dosimetry
•Ability to print patient treatment dose reports, date and
time of the procedure, diode
detector group and serial
number
Operating temperature: 10 °C to 30 °C (50 ºF to 86 ºF)
Relative humidity: 5 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Power requirements
120 V ac, 60 Hz or 230 V ac, 50 Hz to 12 V dc @ 1A
AC adapter, UL, CSA, CE
Dimensions (wxdxh)
22.9 cm x 21.6 cm x 6.4 cm (9 in x 8.5 in x 2.5 in) (EMI shielded)
Weight
1.2 kg (2.5 lb)
Phantom
Detector
Five diode detectors
Energy range
Photon: 4 MV to 25 MV
Electron: 5 MeV to 25 MeV
Sensitive volume
0.25 mm3
Sensitivity
1.5 nC/cGy
Diode polarity
Negative
Rad damage at 10 kGy
< 15 %
Detector configuration
Flatness/Symmetry One central axis. Four orthogonally-positioned at
8 cm off central axis in the transverse and radial dimensions.
Off-axis detectors are positioned at 80 % of field size for flatness and
symmetry measurements
Energy constancy Detector depth positions: 4.5, 12.5 and 20.5 cm
Interface cable
15 m (50 ft)
Buildup
1.9 cm acrylic (2.3 g/cm2)
Dimensions (wxdxh)
25 cm x 25 cm x 3.8 cm (9.85 in x 9.85 in x 1.5 in)
Weight
11.6 kg (5.25 lb)
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
11
30-471
VeriDose® Solid-State
Diode Detectors
Using the VeriDose Patient
Dose Monitor Quality Control
(PDMQC) System or the
VeriDose V Patient Dose
Monitor in conjunction with
VeriDose Solid-State Diode
Detectors, you can verify the
given dose quickly and accurately during treatment, thus
avoiding potential misadministration of radiation.
VeriDose Solid-State Diode Detectors are silicon-based radiation detectors that utilize a p-n junction. These rugged diodes
are encased within a biocompatible polystyrene material. A lownoise coaxial cable with BNC connectors connects the diode to
an electrometer. When attached to an electrometer, these diodes
provide enhanced sensitivity and instantaneous response time.
•Optimized for use with all Fluke Biomedical Patient Dose Monitors and high-quality medical-grade ionization chamber electrometers
•All diodes are supplied with a noncrimp repairable cable with a
coax BNC connector
Specifications
12
1.5 nC/cGy
Sensitivity volume
0.25 mm3
Output polarity
Positive/Negative
Linearity
< 0.1 % for dose ranges from 0.01 to 10 Gy;
< 0.1 % for dose rates 3 to 5 Gy/min
Reproducibility
0.2 %
Angular dependence
< 2 % ± 60° for lower energy diodes (30-471 and 30-472);
< 2 % ± 10°; < 5 % ± 60° (for higher energy photon diodes
and electron diodes)
Sensitivity loss at 10 kGy
< 15 %
Cable length
3 m (10 ft)
Dimensions
8 mm Ø
Weight
42 gm
30-471
30-471-8000
response, reliability, and
performance
diodes. Tested
•Long-lifetime
to 2 x 106 cGy in a highenergy electron beam, the
most damaging radiation
•Very low dose rate and
temperature dependence
•Hemispherical shape improves
isotropic response and
reduces angular and field-size
dependencies
•Waterproof design with
appropriate buildup for all
clinical photon and electron
energies
•Flat bottom permits secure,
easy placement on the patient
•Dose rate independent
•Responds to photons and
electrons
•Responds to dose rates of
1.0 to 1000 cGy/min
Can
• 60 be used on continuous
( Co) x-ray beams, pulsed
(linear-accelerator) x-ray
beams, and electron beams
88-490 Diode Extension Cable,
9 m (30 ft)
88-490-1000 Diode Extension
Cable, 3 m (10 ft)
Nominal sensitivity
Range
•Designed to provide superior
Optional accessories
Photon and electron diode detectors
Model
Key features
Polarity/Color
Buildup
Buildup
(g/cm2)
1 mV to 4 mV
Positive/Blue
Cu
0.732
1 mV to 4 mV
Negative/Blue
30-472
5 mV to 11 mV
Positive/Yellow
30-472-8000
5 mV to 11 mV
Negative/Yellow
30-473
12 mV to 17 mV
Positive/Red
30-473-8000
12 mV to 17 mV
Negative/Red
30-474
18 mV to 25 mV
Positive/Green
30-474-8000
18 mV to 25 mV
Negative/Green
30-475
5 mV to 25 MeV
Positive/Grey
30-475-8000
5 mV to 25 MeV
Negative/Grey
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
Ordering information
Electrometer
37-720
37-705
Cu
1.359
37-720
37-705
W
2.606
37-720
37-705
W
3.574
37-720
37-705
0.284
37-720
37-705
30-471 VeriDose Diode, 1-4 mV
Photons, Positive Polarity, Blue
30-471-8000 VeriDose Diode,
1-4 mV Photons, Negative
Polarity, Blue
30-472 VeriDose Diode, 5-11 mV
Photons, Positive Polarity, Yellow
30-472-8000 VeriDose Diode,
5-11 mV Photons, Negative
Polarity, Yellow
30-473 VeriDose Diode, 12-17 mV
Photons, Positive Polarity, Red
30-473-8000 VeriDose Diode,
12-17 mV Photons, Negative
Polarity, Red
30-474 VeriDose Diode, 18-25
mV Photons, Positive Polarity,
Green
30-474-8000 VeriDose Diode,
18-25 mV Photons, Negative
Polarity, Green
30-475 VeriDose Diode, 5-25 MeV
Electrons, Positive Polarity, Grey
30-475 VeriDose Diode, 5-25 MeV
Electrons, Negative Polarity, Grey
37-720
Dual-Diode Dosimeter
Patient Dose Monitor
Key features
•Provides instant patient data
on radiation exposure to
sensitive organs and rapid
checks of equipment output
•Prevents the potential for
misadministration
•Battery operated
•Provides instantaneous readings on the radiation dose
being delivered to the patient
Designed
for use with positive
•
polarity diodes only
Excessive radiation exposure (misadministration) to the patient is
always a matter of concern in radiation therapy. The Dual-Diode
Dosimeter eliminates this concern by providing a dosimetry
system specifically designed to verify the amount of radiation
received by the patient during treatment.
Measurements are presented on a large digital display with a
range of 0 to 2000 Rad or Rad/minute. The electrometer accepts
either one or two diode detectors, which are selected using a
front-panel switch. Calibration and zero adjustments, as well
as dose or dose rate selection, are all readily accessible on the
front panel. While the Dual-Diode Dosimeter is not intended as
a primary calibration device, it can also be used to accurately
determine therapy machine output.
Specifications
Accuracy
±5%
Reproducibility
±5%
Range
0 to 2000 Rad or Rad/minute
Readout
0.5 inch high digits on display
Front controls
On/Off, Dose/Rate, Detector A/Detector B, reset, Trimpots for Zero,
and Calibration for Detectors A and B
Rear connections
Detector A and B input
Power requirements
9 V battery or equivalent
Dimensions (wxdxh)
15.24 cm x 16.51 cm x 7 cm (6 in x 6.5 in x 2.75 in)
Weight
0.9 kg (2 lb)
Optional accessories
30-492 Diode Detector
Holder; 7 in x 7 in x 0.5 in thick
clear acrylic plate routed to
hold six diodes in a level, reproducible position during field
measurements
Ordering information
37-720 Dual-Diode Dosimeter
Patient Dose Monitor
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
13
37-105
mobileMOSFET Wireless Dose
Verification System
Key features
•Small, isotropic, direct read
dose verification system
•One to five dosimeters or one
linear array
•Accurate, non-shielding
•Brachytherapy, IMRT
•Radiosurgery, TBI (total body
irradiation), diagnostic x-ray
•Reader houses wireless
transceiver
•Bluetooth technology
•IMRT QA and phantom work
•Brachytherapy
•IGRT/tomotherapy
•Intracavitary measurement
®
37-105 mobileMOSFET Dose Verification System takes MOSFET Dosimetry to the
next level. The mobileMOSFET is a portable, easy-to-use, seamlessly-integrated
system that simplifies dosimetry and minimizes QA time, making it ideal for
a busy radiotherapy center. For example, one Reader Module can be easily
shared between multiple treatment rooms (with LAN connections and additional
transceivers).
This new wireless system is entirely software driven, allowing for remote
control of one or more systems from a PC. The system consists of Remote
Monitoring Dose Verification Software, wall-mounted Bluetooth Wireless
Transceiver, and a small Reader Module that acts as a channel between the
MOSFET and software and provides a final dose report for patient records. Up
to five MOSFETs or one Linear 5ive Array can be plugged into one module. This
provides easy mobility within the treatment room. The PC is online with the
Reader Module and dose is obtained in real-time.
Specifications
MOSFET Sensitivity
Under full build-up
1 mV/cGy on standard bias
2.7 mV/cGy on high sensitivity bias (Higher sensitivities available)
Under x-ray energies
9 mV/R on high sensitivity bias
Dose
Bias supply
Standard
High
200 cGy
<2%
< 0.8 %
100 cGy
<3%
< 1.2 %
20 cGy
<8%
<3%
System dose-to-dose reproducibility at 1σ
14
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
37-105
mobileMOSFET Wireless Dose
Verification System
Specifications
Software
Interactive, 2-way on-line communication between a PC and the reader module
Dose obtained in real time
Able to perform all dose data measurements with a few mouse clicks
Calibration feature enables quick and easy calibration of the MOSFETs
Capability to assign Calibration Factors, Correction Factors and Target Dose to
each MOSFET
Final dose and percent deviation from target are automatically calculated
Export to MS Excel and MS Word
Set interval read times to sample multiple doses during treatment (automatic or
manual control)
With multiple systems and transceivers, one PC can read MOSFETs in multiple
treatment rooms simultaneously
Patient records can be saved, imported, and printed
Final dose report provided
Hardware
Wireless transceiver: Bluetooth transceiver (wall mounted)
Reader module: Small size (17.8 cm x 15.9 cm x 4.2 cm)
Wireless (up to 10 m), portable and mobile
Contains reader, Bluetooth transceiver, dual bias supply settings (high and
standard), ports for 5 MOSFETs and 1 linear array
One reader module can be used for 1 to 5 MOSFETs or one linear array
Battery operated (rechargeable; > 20 hours of typical use)
Built-in smart charger (< 3 hours)
Up to 40 MOSFETs can be read on-line with additional systems and transceivers
Portability between multiple treatment rooms
The MOSFET dosimeter
One dosimeter/ calibration factor for all photon and electron modalities
Isotropic ( ± 2 % for 360°)
Active region of 0.2 mm x 0.2 mm
Permits pinpoint measurement without patient shielding
Dose-rate and temperature independent
Unobtrusive in procedures
Lightweight and flexible
Multiple dosimeter capability with one reader
Standard MOSFET is 2 mm wide
microMOSFET is 1 mm wide
Linear 5ive Array: 5 dose points on one flex
Included accessories
37-105-1000 Wireless Transceiver Bluetooth wall mount
37-105-2000 Cable, RS-232, 15 m (50 ft)
37-105-3000 Software License for mobileMOSFET Remote
Monitoring Dose Verification
37-100-1005 MOSFET Dosimeters with Radiopaque Marker,
package of five
Optional accessories
37-100-1003 MOSFET Dosimeters with
Reinforcement, package of five
37-100-1004 MOSFET Dosimeters with
Reinforcement, package of two
37-100-1005 MOSFET Dosimeters with
Radiopaque Marker, package of five
37-100-1006 MOSFET Dosimeters with
Radiopaque Marker, package of two
37-102-1003 High Sensitivity MOSFET Dosimeters
with Reinforcement, package of five
37-102-1004 High Sensitivity MOSFET Dosimeters
with Reinforcement, package of two
37-102-1005 High Sensitivity MOSFET Dosimeters
with Radiopaque Marker, package of five
37-102-1006 High Sensitivity MOSFET Dosimeters
with Radiopaque Marker, package of two
37-103-1003 microMOSFET Dosimeters with
Reinforcement, package of five
37-103-1004 microMOSFET Dosimeters with
Reinforcement, package of two
37-103-1005 microMOSFET Dosimeters with
Radiopaque Marker, package of five
37-103-1006 microMOSFET Dosimeters with
Radiopaque Marker, package of two
37-103-1007 MOSFET Dosimeters (5 pack) customized with 10 ft cables
37-104-1003 High Sensitivity microMOSFET
Dosimeters with Reinforcement, package of five
37-104-1004 High Sensitivity microMOSFET
Dosimeters with Reinforcement, package of two
37-104-1005 High Sensitivity microMOSFET
Dosimeters with Radiopaque Marker, package
of five
37-104-1006 High Sensitivity microMOSFET
Dosimeters with Radiopaque Marker, package
of two
37-105-1000 Wireless Transceiver Blue Tooth
wall mount
37-105-1001 (LAN) Local Area Network adapter
for the 37-105-100
37-105-1002 LAN and Blue Tooth Wireless
Transceiver Package
37-100-3012 Build-up Cap, 1 cm, package of one
37-100-3002 Build-up Cap, 1 cm, package of five
37-100-3009 Build-up Cap, 1.5 cm, package
of one
37-100-3004 Build-up Cap, 1.5 cm, package
of five
37-100-3011 Build-up Cap, 2 cm, package of one
37-100-3006 Build-up Cap, 2 cm, package of five
37-100-3007 Build-up Caps, 3 pack: 1, 1.5 and
2 cm
37-100-4000 XWU-IMRT Phantom, for a minimum of 9 dose points and film (only to be used
with the MOSFET System)
37-105-4000 Linear 5ive MOSFET Array
(5 MOSFETS on one flex array)
Ordering information
37-105 mobileMOSFET Wireless Dose Verification System
37-105-LA5 mobileMOSFET Wireless Dose Verification System
with Linear 5ive MOSFET Array
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
15
05-433
PRIMALERT® 10
Teletherapy Radiation Monitor
Key features
•Flashing lights indicate
source is exposed
The 05-433 PRIMALERT® 10
Teletherapy Radiation Monitor
is a compact monitor that
responds to scatter radiation
and can be mounted anywhere in the treatment room.
A pair of bright red lamps on
the instrument face flash a
warning when the source is
exposed, and continues until
safe conditions are re-established. The flashing green Operation
Indicator light indicates continuous monitoring of background
radiation and provides visible indication that the instrument
is functioning. PRIMALERT® 10 comes with a self-stick wallmounting bracket and an ac adaptor/power converter.
Primalert
10
Therapy
Unit
Console
Primalarm
Door
Specifications
05-433 Primalert® 10 Teletherapy Radiation Monitor
Detector
Energy-compensated GM tube
Accuracy
± 20 % from 60 keV to 2 MeV
Alarm trip level
Switch-selectable at 2.5 or 20 mR/hr
Alarm
Two flashing red lamps with a 180º field of view. Alarm ceases
when radiation falls below trip level
Power requirements
Line-operated with UL-listed converter (105 to 125 V ac, 60 Hz to
12 V dc). Also can be powered by Primapak II
Dimensions (hxwxt)
15.24 cm x 8.89 cm x 3.81 cm (6 in x 3.5 in x 1.5 in)
Weight
0.91 kg (2 lb)
05-434 Primalarm™ Remote Alarm
Alarm trip level
Controlled by Primalert 10
Alarms
Two flashing red lamps with a 180° field of view.
The aural alarm is switch-selectable.
Power requirements
Line-operated with UL-listed converter. Also can be powered by
Primapak II (05-441). 220 V with optional converter
Dimensions (hxwxt)
15.24 cm x 8.89 cm x 3.81 cm (6 in x 3.5 in x 1.5 in)
Weight
0.45 kg (1 lb)
05-441 Primapak II Backup Battery Pack
16
Dimensions (hxwxt)
15.24 cm x 11.43 cm x 7 cm (6 in x 4.5 in x 2.75 in)
Weight
1.8 kg (4.5 lb)
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
•Line-operated
•Optimized for use with
Primapak II Backup
Battery Pack
Optional accessories
62-103 Check Source, 137Cs,
10 µCi. Flat Disc, 1 inch diameter
05-441 Primapak II Backup
Battery Pack, 110 V
05-434 Primalarm Remote Alarm
Available ac adapters for
05-441 (specify with order)
14-102 110 V ac, 12 V dc
500 mA, USA, Japan
14-103 230 V ac, 12 V dc
500 mA, Europe
14-104 230 V ac, 12 V dc
580 mA, UK
14-105 230 V ac, 12 V dc
580 mA, Australia
Available ac adapters for
05-434 (specify with order)
14-314 110 V ac 12 V dc,
500 mA, USA, Japan
14-400 230 V ac 12 V dc,
500 mA, Europe
14-417 230 V ac 12 V dc,
580 mA, UK
14-436 230 V ac 12 V dc,
580 mA Australia
Ordering information
05-433 PRIMALERT 10
Teletherapy Radiation Monitor
Available ac adapters for
05-433 (specify with order)
14-314 110 V ac, 12 V dc
500 mA, USA, Japan
14-400 230 V ac, 12 V dc
500 mA, Europe
14-417 230 V ac, 12 V dc
580 mA, UK
14-436 230 V ac, 12 V dc
580 mA, Australia
37-731
Precision Iscentric
QC Beam-Checker II
This precision quality-control
tool is ideal for daily, weekly
and monthly assessments of all
mechanical and geometrical
parameters of linear accelerators
or teletherapy units.
The Precision Isocentric Beam
Checker II consists of a large
opaque acrylic screen backed
by a secondary plate, both supported by two uprights. The
screen is inscribed with lines
precisely defining the corners,
edges and center of the screen’s
10 cm x 10 cm and 20 cm x
20 cm fields. Intersecting center lines are inscribed with short
lines spaced 1 cm apart. The screen can rotate about its axis in
increments of 45°. Tungsten markers of 2 mm in diameter are
embedded in the center and corners of the fields.
A 10 in x 12 in ready-pack film can be sandwiched between
the two plates. When exposed, the tungsten markers project a
sharp image on the film, thus eliminating the inaccuracy and
need to prick holes into the film.
The device’s acrylic base-plate has an attached bubble level
and non-slip leveling legs that allow it to be quickly and conveniently set up for use.
Key features
For checks of:
• Radiation and light-field
congruence
• Collimator isocentricity
• Collimator field-size accuracy
• Gantry isocentricity
• Table isocentricity
• ODI accuracy
• Isocenter rotational stability
• Laser alignments
Specifications
Material
White and clear acrylics
Markers
Tungsten spheres; 2 mm Ø
Screen dimensions
30.5 cm x 30.5 cm (12 in x 12 in)
Overall dimensions (wxdxh)
15.2 cm x 45.7 cm x 33 cm (6 in x 18 in x 13 in)
Weight
2.7 kg (6.1 lb)
Ordering information
37-731 Precision Isocentric QC
Beam-Checker II
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
17
37-001
TEL-ALIGN™ Teletherapy
Alignment Gauge*
Accuracy begins with beam
alignment. It is impossible to
deliver the carefully-calculated
plan if the beam position is
not verified. TEL-ALIGN verifies the coincidence of the light
and radiation fields and checks
the isocenter variation and the
optical back pointer when the
gantry is rotated ± 90º.
TEL-ALIGN consists of a
rectangular plastic base with
a removable vertical scale. The
top surface of the base contains lead markers that form
a square (10 cm x 10 cm) for visualization on film. A crosshair
in the center of the square lines up with two additional sets of
crosshairs, one on each outer edge of the base.
The vertical scale is placed on the base to check the optical
distance indicator, or a film can be placed under the base to
check the light field versus the radiation field. By rotating the
gantry angle at ± 90°, the isocenter variation and optical back
pointer are also checked. If adjustment of machine geometry is
needed, it can be done quickly and easily, with the TEL-ALIGN
Teletherapy Alignment Gauge in place.
Key features
Permits checks of:
•Optical distance indicator
(over a 15 cm range)
•Collimator and central
crosshair
•Head rotation and pitch
•Isocenter variation
•Side lights and optical back
pointer
•Light field vs. radiation field
Specifications
Dimensions (wxdxh)
Base: 14 cm x 18 cm x 2 cm (5.51 in x 7.09 in x 0.79 in)
Vertical scale: 18 cm (7.09 in)
Weight
0.91 kg (2 lb)
Ordering information
37-001 TEL-ALIGN Teletherapy
Alignment Gauge
*D
esigned and developed by the Medical Physics Department,
Memorial Sloan Kettering Hospital, New York, NY 10021.
18
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
37-013
GARD™ (Geometric Accuracy
Radiotherapy Device)
Key features
•Geometric accuracy reproducibility device
The GARD* (geometric accuracy radiotherapy device) is
designed to fit into the shadow
tray of the therapy machine,
providing a fixed reference
point for all measurements.
This helps to eliminate errors
associated with using independent devices for each geometric
parameter.
The GARD very precisely
measures gantry and collimator angle indicators; light and
radiation field coincidence;
optical distance indicator and
laser alignment.
Specifications
•Designed to verify geometric
accuracy of linear accelerators
and simulators
•Provides quick visual
verifications
•Helps eliminate errors
•Custom manufactured to fit
any machine
Optional accessories
Goniometer accuracy/
resolution
0.1°
Optical distance indicator
resolution
1.0 mm
Field size indicators
5 cm x 5 cm, 10 cm x 10 cm, 15 cm x 15 cm, 20 cm x 20 cm
Dimensions (wxdxh)
13.5 cm x 13.5 cm x 14.5 cm
Weight
4.3 kg (9.5 lb)
37-013-2000 Film Cassette,
8 in x 10 in
37-013-1300 Optical Distance
Verification and Alignment Tool
Alignment Tool
Optical distances
5 cm steps to 40 cm
Material
White plastic w/mat finish and black dots
Ball pointer
12 inch L with 1/16 inch Ø ball
Rod clamp base
13 cm x 10 cm x 0.50 inch zinc plated steel with rubber feet
Height
43 cm (17 in)
Weight
1.8 kg (4 lb)
Included accessories
One 8 x 10 inch film cassette
Ordering information
*D
esigned by A. Kalend, Ph.D., and L. Reinstein, Ph.D.,
State University of New York at Stony Brook.
Linear Accelerator Quality Assurance Instruments
37-013 GARD. Custommanufactured to fit the shadow
tray of any therapy machine.
Specify manufacturer’s model
number when ordering.
19
30-351
Farmer-Type Ionization Chamber,6
0.6 cc3, Waterproof
Diagram (Approximate dimensions in mm, drawing not to scale)
Thimble
Buildup cap, PMMA
13
25.9
Chart will be redrawn
132.6
23.6
21.2
01.1
06.1
4.7
016.4
06.95
93.9
13
Energy dependence
1.05
Dose/Reading
1.03
4
Absorbed dose to water
Air kerma
1.01
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
40
60
100
150
Co-60
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.97
0.95
Photon Energy, kV
90º
Directional dependence
in Air
Reading/
Dose, %
6°
12°
18°
24°
30°
60°
90°
120°
150°
162°
174°
180°
70 kV
20
48
69
81
88
99
100
100
98
96
91
88
140 kV
36
66
82
90
94
100
100
100
100
98
96
94
280 kV
57
80
90
94
96
100
100
100
100
99
98
97
Co-60
67
85
91
95
97
100
100
100
100
99
99
98
6°
12°
18°
24°
30°
60°
90°
120°
150°
162°
174°
180°
22
180º
Included accessories
BNC Triax connector and PMMA
buildup cap
Ordering information
in PMMA
Reading/
Dose, %
0º
70 kV
78
88
96
100
101
100
100
100
100
101
102
102
140 kV
90
97
101
102
103
101
100
100
99
100
102
102
280 kV
100
102
103
103
103
101
100
100
100
101
102
102
Co-60
102
101
101
101
101
100
100
100
101
102
102
102
Radiation Oncology Chambers
30-351 Farmer-Type Ionization
Chamber, 0.6 cm3, Waterproof
Other types of triaxial cable
connectors available
30-344
Semiflex™ Ionization Chamber,
0.125 cc3, Wateproof
The 0.125 cc ionization
chamber type is designed for
measurements in the beam
of high energy photon and
electron fields. The waterproof
chamber is used mainly for relative measurements in a water
phantom or air scanner. The
measuring volume is approximately spherical, resulting in
a flat energy response over an
angle of 160° and a uniform
spatial resolution in all three
axes during measurements in a
phantom. The chamber includes a 1.3 m (4.3 ft) cable, BNC Triax
connector, PMMA buildup cap, and a short 36 mm rigid stem for
easy mounting.
Key features
•Suitable for use in water
phantoms or solid-state
phantoms
•Measuring volume is fully
vented via the connector
•Fully guarded up to measuring volume
•Touchable parts free of high
voltage
•Extension cables up to
100 meters in length available
Specifications
Volume
0.125 cm3
Response
4 • 10 -9 C/Gy
Leakage
± 4 • 10 -15 A
Polarizing voltage
Maximum 500 V
Cable length
1.3 m (4.3 ft)
Cable leakage
10 -12 C/(Gy • cm)
Wall material
PMMA (C5H8O2), Graphite (C)
Wall density
1.19 gm/cm3 (PMMA), 0.82 gm/cm3 (C)
Wall thickness
0.55 mm PMMA, 0.15 mm C
Area density
78 mg/cm2
Electrode
Aluminum, 1.0 mm Ø, 5.0 mm long
Nominal useful range
30 keV to 50 MeV
Range of temperature
10 °C to 40 °C
Range of relative humidity
10 % to 80 %
Ion collection time
300 V 0.14 ms
400 V 0.10 ms
500 V 0.08 ms
Saturation behavior
Polarizing voltage
99.0 % saturation
99.5 % saturation
Maximum dose rate at
continuous irradiation
300 V
5.6 Gy/s
2.8 Gy/s
400 V
10.0 Gy/s
5.0 Gy/s
500 V
15.0 Gy/s
7.5 Gy/s
300 V
0.7 mGy
0.4 mGy
400 V
1.0 mGy
0.5 mGy
500 V
1.2 mGy
0.6 mGy
Maximum dose rate per
irradiation pulse
Radiation Oncology Chambers
23
30-344
Semiflex™ Ionization Chamber,
0.125 cc3, Wateproof
Diagram (Approximate dimensions in mm, drawing not to scale)
7.25
Thimble
6.5
Ø 1.0
Ø 6.9
5.0
49.75
Ø 5.5
Ø 7.2
4.5
Ø 13.2
Build up cap, PMMA
Energy dependence
1.10
Absorbed dose to water
Air kerma
Dose/Reading
1.05
1.00
1.00
0.97
1.00
0.96
0.97
0.97
0.95
0.96
0.96
0.90
60
100
150
Co-60
Photon Energy, kV
90º
Directional dependence
in Air
Reading/
Dose, %
6°
12°
18°
24°
30°
60°
90°
120°
150°
162°
174°
180°
100 kV
3
20
44
67
80
97
100
99
96
95
94
93
180º
140 kV
10
32
55
76
87
99
100
99
97
97
96
96
280 kV
33
62
78
87
93
99
100
101
101
101
100
100
Co-60
79
89
93
95
97
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Reading/
Dose, %
6°
12°
18°
24°
30°
60°
90°
120°
150°
162°
174°
180°
Ordering information
100 kV
56
63
71
81
88
98
100
100
100
100
100
100
140 kV
58
68
77
87
93
99
100
100
100
100
100
100
30-344 Semiflex Ionization
Chamber, 0.125 cm3, Waterproof
Other types of triaxial cable
connectors available
280 kV
67
83
91
95
97
99
100
101
101
101
101
100
Co-60
85
95
99
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
in PMMA
100 kV, 0.17 mm Cu HVL; 140 kV, 0.49 mm Cu HVL; 280 kV, 3,4 mm Cu HVL
24
0º
Radiation Oncology Chambers
Included accessories
BNC Triax connector, PMMA
buildup cap, and 36 mm rigid
stem for mounting
30-329
Markus™ Electron Ionization Chamber,
0.055 cc3, Waterproof
The Markus chamber is the
very first chamber specifically
designed for electron dosimetry. The chamber may be used
for measurements in water
phantoms or solid-state phantoms. A PMMA waterproofing
cap, 0.87 mm thick (equivalent to 1 mm of water), and an
annulus for solid-state phantom
measurements are included.
The chamber’s small measuring
volume makes it ideal for
electron measurements when
very high spatial resolution is
required. The diaphragm front
allows measurements in the buildup region of electron fields to
a depth of virtually zero. Markus includes a 1.05 m (3.4 ft) cable
and BNC Triax connector.
Key features
•Suitable for use in
solid-state phantoms and
water phantoms
•Vented measuring volume
•Fully guarded up to
measuring volume
All
• touchable parts fully
insulated from high voltage
•Extension cables up to
100 meters in length available
Specifications
Volume
0.055 cm3
Response
2 • 10 -9 C/Gy
Leakage
± 2 • 10 -16 A
Polarizing voltage
300 V recommended, 400 V maximum
Cable length
1.05 m (3.4 ft)
Cable leakage
3.5 • 10 -12 C/(Gy • cm)
Wall material
Polyethylene CH2
Membrane thickness
0.03 mm
Area thickness
2.5 mg/cm2
Electrode
Acrylic, graphite coated, 5.3 mm Ø
Nominal useful range
2 to 45 MeV
Range of temperature
10 ºC to 40 ºC
Range of relative humidity
10 % to 80 %
Ion collection time
150 V: 0.20 ms
300 V: 0.09 ms
400 V: 0.07 ms
Saturation behavior
Polarizing voltage
99 % saturation
99.5 % saturation
Maximum dose rate at
continuous irradiation
100 V
5.9 Gy/s
2.9 Gy/s
200 V
24 Gy/s
12 Gy/s
400 V
42 Gy/s
21 Gy/s
100 V
0.7 mGy
0.4 mGy
200 V
1.4 mGy
0.7 mGy
400 V
1.9 mGy
0.9 mGy
Maximum dose rate
per irradiation pulse
Radiation Oncology Chambers
31
30-329
Markus™ Electron Ionization Chamber,
0.055 cc3, Waterproof
Diagram dependence (The values given in the diagrams are typical for the construction)
Eo = 15 MeV, Er = 2.7 MeV
Eo = 9.7 MeV, Er = 2.7 MeV
Eo = 15 MeV, Er = 10.2 MeV
270°
Reading/Dose [%]
0°
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
110
90°
105
100
95
90
85
80
75
0
90
180
270
360
Angle [degrees]
in PMMA
Eo = 15 MeV, Er = 2.7 MeV
Eo = 9.7 MeV, Er = 2.7 MeV
Eo = 15 MeV, Er = 10.2 MeV
180°
Diagram (Approximate dimensions in mm, drawing not to scale)
Protection/Waterproofing
cap, PMMA
0.03
Ø 5.3
Ø 6.0
4.0
2.0
14.0
Ø 30.0
Ø 30.0
Included accessories
BNC Triax connector and PMMA
buildup cap
Ordering information
30-329 Markus Electron
Ionization Chamber,
0.055 cm3, Waterproof
Other types of triaxial cable
connectors available
32
Radiation Oncology Chambers
30-355
Extension Cable Reel
for Ionization Chambers
The 30-355 cable reel offers a
great convenience in winding
and storage of extension
cables. This cable reel significantly extends the life of a
cable by eliminating kinks and
providing protection during
storage. Only as much cable as
needed need be reeled out at
any time. A cable reel accommodates a white extension
cable up to 12 meters in length;
optional grey cable also available. Either gender may be
specified at the hub, depending
on whether the cable reel will be kept at the electrometer (male
connector at the hub) or inside the treatment room (female connector at the hub).
Key features
•Prevents tangled, loose, or
misplaced triaxial-connector
cables
•A must for every therapy
department
Specifications
Dimensions (Ø x h)
21.5 cm x 7.5 cm (8.5 in x 3.0 in)
Weight
1 lb to 3 lb (depending on the cable length)
Ordering information
30-355 Extension Cable Reel for
Ionization Chambers
Radiation Oncology Chambers
33
74-007, 74-008 and 74-034
Key features
IMRT Phantoms
•Check 2D or 3D dose
distributions
• Point dose measurements
74-034
The IMRT (Intensity-Modulated
Radiotherapy) Phantom for Film
and Ion Chamber Dosimetry
is designed to address the
complex issues surrounding
commissioning and comparison
of treatment planning systems
while providing a simple yet
reliable method for verification
of individual patient plans and
delivery. The phantoms are
elliptical in shape. They are a
reasonable representation of
human anatomy in size and
proportion. The phantoms are
manufactured from a unique
proprietary material that faithfully mimics water within
1 % from 50 keV to 25 MeV.
The phantoms also support
radiographic or GAFCHROMIC®
film at mid-plane in the
phantom for analysis of dose
distributions. Optional inserts
are available to support a
variety of other detectors
including TLD’s, MOSFET, and
diodes. The surfaces of the
phantoms are etched for ease
of laser alignment, and CT
markers ensure accurate film
to plan registration.
Homogeneous
Electron density reference inserts
Advanced Pelvic 3D
74-008
in multiple planes
• Calibrate film with ion
chamber
• Quickly verify individual
patient treatment plans
• Correlate CT units to
electron density
Density
Electron density
per cc x 1023
Electron density
relative to H2O
H 20
1.00
3.34
1.000
Lung
0.21
0.69
0.207
Bone
1.60
5.03
1.506
Muscle
1.06
3.48
1.042
Adipose
0.96
3.17
0.949
Plastic Water®
—diagnostic/
therapy range
1.04
3.35
1.003
Ordering information
Thorax
74-007
Phantoms and Accessories
74-008 IMRT Phantom,
Homogeneous
74-007 IMRT Phantom, Thorax
74-034 IMRT Phantom,
Advanced Pelvic 3D
35
74-007, 74-008 and 74-034
IMRT Phantoms
Specifications Homogeneous (74-008)
Front view
Fr n
Side view
30 cm
2
20 cm
4 cm
fiducials (markers) locations
15 cm
15 cm
Specifications Thorax (74-007)
Specifications Advanced Pelvic 3D (74-034)
1 Holes plugged with rods (diameter 2.5 cm) 2 Holes for electron density inserts 3 Spacers
4 Film stack (cube 2.5 inches) 5 Bone core (diameter 1 cm in water background)
36
Phantoms and Accessories
74-007, 74-008 and 74-034
IMRT Phantoms
Rod with ion chamber cavities
Rods with chamber cavities are included with each phantom. See specific
phantom description for details. The rods are 1 inch in diameter and are 15
cm long. They are available in water, bone, or lung equivalent material. Should
your chamber not be listed below, contact Fluke Biomedical for assistance.
When ordering, specify part number and cavity code. (Example: 74-024-501)
Cavity code
Accommodates
501
0.6 cm3 Farmer-type Chambers without buildup cap, PTW, Nuclear
Enterprise (NE)
502
0.6 cm3 Farmer-type chambers with buildup cap, PTW, Nuclear
Enterprise (NE)
506
Capintec PR-06G with buildup cap
507
Capintec PR-06C without buildup cap
511A
Nuclear Enterprise (NE) 2533 without buildup cap
511B
PTW N31003 0.3 cm3 without buildup cap
511C
PTW N31002 0.125 cm3 without buildup cap
513
Exradin A-12
515
Exradin T-14 Microchamber
517
0.2 cm3 Farmer-type Chamber without buildup cap
518
PTW 31006 without buildup cap
520
PTW 23331 without buildup cap
521
Wellhöfer IC3
522
Nuclear Enterprise (NE) 2611A without buildup cap
523
Fluke Biomedical 550-6A Ion Chamber with buildup cap (X-10)
524
Fluke Biomedical 550-6A Ion Chamber without buildup cap
525
Wellhöfer IC15 Ion Chamber without buildup cap
526
Capintec PR-06G without buildup cap
527
Wellhöfer IC70 with buildup cap
528
Exradin 14SL
531
Exradin 1SL
532
Wellhöfer CC13/IC10
533
Wellhöfer CC01
Optional accessories
74-012 Single Breast
Attachment
89-002 Foam Lined
Carrying Case
74-015 CT to Film Fiducial
Markers
74-028 Electron Density
Reference Plugs (set of 4:
lung, bone, muscle, adipose)
74-013 Film Stack for
Small Volume 3D Image
Reconstruction
74-014 Gel Dosimetry
Cassette
74-017 Homogeneous
Section that accommodates
74-013 or 74-014 cassettes
Phantoms and Accessories
74-018 Thorax Region
Section that accommodates
74-013 or 74-014 cassettes
74-019 Pelvic Region
Section that accommodates
74-013 or 74-014 cassettes
74-020 Bone Equivalent
Rod Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
74-022 Lung Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
74-024 Water Equivalent
Rod Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
74-011 Water Equivalent
Rod Inserts (5 cm) for TLD’s
(set of 5)
74-016 Holding Device
74-010 Alignment Device
Custom accessories are available for diodes, MOSFET,
and other detectors. Contact
Fluke Biomedical for more
information.
Ordering information
Homogeneous includes (74-008)
(2) Tissue Equivalent Sections, one
drilled to accommodate rod inserts,
15 cm thick
(5) 74-015 CT to Film Fiducial
Markers
(5) Water Equivalent Rod Inserts,
15 cm long
(1) 74-024 Water Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(1) 74-010 Alignment Device
(1) 74-016 Holding Device
Thorax includes (74-007)
(1) Thorax Region Section drilled
to accommodate rod inserts, 15 cm
thick
(12) Thorax Region Sections, 1 cm
thick
(1) End Section, approx. 2 cm thick
(1) 74-024 Water Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(1) 74-010 Alignment Device
(1) 74-016 Holding Device
(1) 74-020 Bone Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(1) 74-022 Lung Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(5) Water Equivalent Rod Inserts,
15 cm long
(1) Bone Equivalent Rod Insert,
15 cm long
(4) Lung Equivalent Rod Inserts,
15 cm long
Advanced Pelvic 3D includes
(74-034)
(1) Tissue Equivalent Electron
Density Reference Section with
interchangeable inserts, 5 cm thick
(10) Contiguous 3D Pelvic Sections
each drilled to accommodate rod
inserts, 1 cm thick
(1) 74-017 Homogeneous Section
that accommodates 74-013 or
74-014 cassettes
(1) 74-024 Water Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(5) Water Equivalent Rod Inserts,
2.5 cm Ø x 5 cm long
(1) 74-010 Alignment Device
(1) 74-016 Holding Device
(4) Electron Density Reference Plugs
(set of 4: lung, bone, muscle,
adipose)
(1) Section for Electron Density
Reference plugs, 5 cm thick
37
74-001
IMRT Phantom Head and Neck
Key features
•Verify heterogeneity
corrections
The 74-001 IMRT phantom
is designed to address the
complex issues surrounding
commissioning and comparison
of treatment planning systems
and verification of individual
patient plans and delivery.
The phantom is circular in
shape, approximates the size
of an average patient, and is
manufactured from unique
proprietary materials that
faithfully mimic bone and
water within 1 % from
50 keV to 25 MeV. This enables
thorough analysis of both
the treatment planning and
delivery systems.
Tissue-equivalent interchangeable rod inserts for ionization
chambers allow for point-dose measurements in multiple planes
in the phantom and film calibration. The phantom also supports
film dosimetry with not only standard radiographic films but also
GAFCHROMIC® media. Optional inserts are available to support a
variety of other detectors including TLD’s, MOSFET, and diodes.
The 74-001 accommodates one Ready Pack 10 in x 12 in
film in transverse orientation, two radiochromic or radiographic
10 cm x 10 cm films in transverse orientation and/or a stack
or thirteen radiochromic pre-cut to 63.5 mm x 63.5 mm in three
different orientations.
The 74-001 includes five different Electron Density reference
plugs that can be interchanged in five separate locations within
the phantom. The surface of the phantom is etched with grooves
to ensure proper orientation of the CT slices and accurate film to
plan registration. An optional cranial bone ring is also available.
Electron density reference inserts
38
Density
Electron density
per cc x 1023
Electron density
relative to H2O
H 20
1.00
3.34
1.000
Lung
0.21
0.69
0.207
Bone
1.60
5.03
1.506
Muscle
1.06
3.48
1.042
Adipose
0.96
3.17
0.949
Plastic Water®
- diagnostic/
therapy range
1.04
3.35
1.003
Phantoms and Accessories
•Correlate CT units to
electron density
•Check dose distributions
in sensitive areas
Check
depth doses and
•
absolute dose
•Measure 2D and 3D isodoses
•Verify individual patient
treatment plans
•Calibrate film with ion
chamber
74-001
IMRT Phantom Head and Neck
Optional accessories
Specifications
Phantom front view
Film dosimetry slab front view
Cavity slab front view
74-011 Water Equivalent Rod
Inserts (5 cm) for TLD’s (set of 5)
74-014 Gel Dosimetry Cassette
74-028 Electron Density
Reference Plugs (set of 4: lung,
bone, muscle, adipose)
Side view
Included accessories
Phomtom side view
1 Film stack or gel cassette 2 Fiducial markers 3 Two 1 cm slabs for film dosimetry
4 Cavity slab 5 1 and 2 cm spacers for film stack positioning 6 2 and 1 cm spacer slabs
(1) Water Equivalent
Homogeneous Section drilled
to accommodate rod inserts,
15 cm thick
(1) Cavity Slab to accommodate
Film Stack or Gel Cassette,
6.4 cm
(2) Film Slabs, 1 cm,
Film Cavity 10 x 10 cm
(1) 74-013 Film Stack for
Small Volume 3-D Image
Reconstruction
(2) 74-015 CT to Film Fiducial
Markers in Film Slabs
(2 Spacer Slabs, 1 cm
(1) Spacer Slab, 2 cm
(1) 74-020 Bone Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(1) 74-024 Water Equivalent Rod
Insert with Ion Chamber Cavity,
15 cm long
(2) End Slabs
(5) Water Equivalent Rod Inserts,
15 cm long
(1) Bone Equivalent Rod Insert,
15 cm long
(1) 74-010 Alignment Device
(1) 74-016 Holding Device
Rod with ion chamber cavities
See page 40 for ordering details.
Ordering information
74-001 IMRT Phantom;
Head and Neck
Phantoms and Accessories
39
76-417
CT Simulation
Phantom
A CT simulator consists of a
dedicated, fast CT scanner
(often a spiral scanner), a
virtual simulator (a set of
computer software), and
a laser marking device to
mark the center of target
volume. Therefore, methods of
designing and implementing
quality control procedures must
include quality control on each
segment of the process.
Quality control of a virtual
simulator is a very complex
issue and difficult to verify,
due to the nature of software
quality. Since geometrical
planning is the core of CT simulation, periodic quality control
is essential for maintaining
optimum image quality and patient care. Hence, the quality control of a virtual simulator consists of testing every segment of
the software for possible flaws. The test should include imaging
parameters such as low contrast resolution and high contrast
detect ability of a DRR.
Various 3D treatment planning systems can also generate
DRR. Hence, the quality control of DRR generation needs to be
addressed. This versatile phantom provides essential qualitycontrol tools for geometrical 3D treatment planning systems and
imaging tools for CT-simulation as well, which are capable of
generating DRR for portal design.
Key features
•Designed for use with spiral
CT scanners and may be used
with conventional scanners
•Simplifies quality control for
the radiology physicist and
radiation oncology physicist
•Verifies the accuracy of the
digitally reconstructed
radiograph (DRR) reconstruction for 3D treatment planning
systems
References
1. K.P., McGee, I.J. Das,
“Commissioning Acceptance
Testing and Quality Assurance
of a CT Simulator,” in A Practical
Guide to CT Simulation,” L.R. Coia,
T.E. Schultheiss, and G.E. Hanks,
eds. (Madison, WI.: Advanced
Medical Publishing, 1995), 39-50.
2. K.P., McGee, I.J. Das, C.
Sims, “Evaluation of Digitally
Reconstructed Radiographs (DRRs)
Used for Clinical Radiotherapy: A
Phantom Study,” Medical Physics,
22 (1995),1815-1827.
Phantom sections
Material
Acrylic
Dimensions
15 cm x 15 cm (5.906 in x 5.906 in)
Weight
4.19 kg (9.24 lb)
Schematic representation of the phantom developed to evaluate DRRs: (a) Top face of the DRR
phantom showing the contrast-detail, MTF, ray line divergence (RLD), and spatial linearity (SL) test
patterns. (b) Side face of the phantom showing the MTF and SL test pattern. (c) shows the third face
of the phantom containing the RLD pattern. The two lines represent the rods embedded at distances
of 5.38 cm and 6.25 cm from the central axis of the phantom.
40
Phantoms and Accessories
Ordering information
76-417 CT Simulation Phantom
76-462
Electron
Density Phantom
Key features
•Can be configured to simulate
head or abdomen
The Electron Density Phantom
(76-462) is used in CT (computed tomography) treatment
planning. The accuracy of
radiation oncology treatment
planning systems is heavily
dependent upon precise CT
analysis of the patient anatomy
which is to be irradiated.
Physicists performing treatment planning need accurate
tools to evaluate CT scan data,
correct for inhomogeneities and
to document the relationship
between CT number and tissue
electron density. The Electron
Density Phantom is designed
to meet this requirement.
•Manufactured from durable
epoxy
•Tissue-equivalent plugs can
be positioned at 17 different
locations within the scan field
•Special marker plugs enable
quick assessment of distance
registration
All
• material accurately simulates indicated tissue within
the diagnostic energy range
•Includes a rugged carrying
case
Specifications
Electron density
phantom
components
Head insert
components
Phantom head
1
1
Phantom body
(water equivalent)
1
0
Physical
density
Electron density
per cc x 1023
Electron density
relative to H2O
Inserts
Syringe H2O
1
1
1
3.34
1
Lung (inhale)
2
1
0.195
0.634
0.19
Lung (exhale)
2
1
0.495
1.632
0.489
Breast (50/50)
2
1
0.991
3.261
0.976
Dense bone, 800
mg/cc HA H2O with
10 mm dia rod
2
1
1.609
5.052
1.512
Trabecular bone
2
1
1.161
3.73
1.117
Liver
2
1
1.071
3.516
1.052
Muscle
2
1
1.062
3.483
1.043
Adipose
2
1
0.967
3.18
0.952
Distance Marker
2
2
1.007
Material
Epoxy resin
Weight
6.8 kg (15 lb)
Included accessories
Carrying case
Ordering information
76-462 Electron Density Phantom
Phantoms and Accessories
41
Service and Calibration
World-class facility. World-class service.
Fluke Biomedical’s Global
Calibration Lab is NVLAP Lab
Code 200566-0 accredited,
adheres to ISO 17025:2005,
ANSI Z540, Mammography
MQSA, and CNSC, and is
traceable to national and international standards.
Fluke Biomedical offers
one-stop, bulk contracts for
managing larger instrument
pools, including various assetmanagement
alternatives for pools larger
than 150 units. Fluke
Biomedical’s asset-management program takes over your
grueling task of
instrument tracking and allows
you to use your time more
productively.
If you have a large number
of instruments that require
service, you can greatly benefit
from this quality service. Proper protocols are strictly followed, eliminating the
problems with inspectors and audits that can result when other less-qualified
labs perform the calibrations. Instrumentation includes Fluke Biomedical as well
as other industry models.
Fluke Biomedical’s Global
Calibration Laboratory is
equipped to calibrate and
repair the following types of
instruments:
•Area Monitors
•Barometers
•Blood Pressure Simulators
•Defibrillators/External Pace
Maker Analyzers
•Densitometers
•Diode Detectors
•Dosimeters
•Electrical Safety Analyzers
•Incubator Analyzers
•Ion Chambers
•IV Pump Analyzers
•kVp Meters
•mAs Meters
•Electrical Multimeters
•Oscilloscopes
•Patient Simulators
•Pressure Meters/Parameter
Testers
•Radiation Multimeters
•Sensitometers
•SpO2 Simulators/Analyzers
•Thermometers
•Test Lungs
•Ultra Sound Analyzers
•Velometers
•Ventilators/Gas flow
Analyzers
Calibration Beam Specifications
Radionuclide Calibrations
Radionuclide Sources
Minimum Rate
Maximum Rate
2000 Ci Cs-137
0.02 R/hr
850 R/hr
20 Ci Cs-137
0.1 mR/hr
4 R/hr
4 Ci Cs-137
0.5 mR/hr
1 R/hr
500 mCi Cs-137
0.04 mR/hr
150 mr/hr
1300 Ci Co-60
0.01 R/hr
450 R/hr
Collimated 2200 Ci Co-60
2575
3530
Service Center/Repair/Calibration US
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road, Cleveland OH 44139-3303
Tel: 440-498-2560
Toll free: 800-850-4608 ext 2564
Email: [email protected]
Service Center/Repair/Calibration Europe
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110, 5692EC Son, The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (40) 267 5435
Fax: +31 (40) 267 5436
Email: [email protected]
www.flukebiomedical.com/service
Service and Calibration
43
Publications
The following Fluke Biomedical
catalogs are also available
Fluke Biomedical Diagnostic Imaging QA
The Diagnostic Imaging QA catalog is a comprehensive source
book of solutions for the Imaging QA Technologist, Physicist,
Biomedical/Clinical Engineer, or Service Engineer. The catalog
contains information about the test devices, phantoms, and
accessories needed to manage diagnostic imaging QA and maintain regulatory-compliance.
For more information, contact [email protected]
Fluke Biomedical Radiation Safety
The Radiation Safety catalog highlights devices used to measure
radiation levels, manage regulatory QA requirements, and aide in
radiation emergencies. These devices are intended for Radiation
Safety Officers (RSOs), Health Physicists, Emergency Responders
and other radiation-minded professionals. The catalog contains
information about a variety of survey meters and probes, area
monitors, and other radiation-monitoring accessories.
For more information, contact [email protected]
Fluke Biomedical Test
The Biomedical Test catalog emphasizes the complete line of
biomedical test and simulation products for Biomedical/Clinical Engineers and Technicians. The catalog contains information
about Fluke Biomedical’s test and simulation products, including standalone electrical safety testers, patient simulators, and
performance analyzers, as well as fully integrated and automated
performance-testing and documentation systems.
For more information, contact [email protected]
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
Your authorized Fluke Biomedical distributor
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland, OH 44139-3303 U.S.A.
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
For more information, contact us:
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa +31 40 267 5435 or
Fax +31 40 267 5436
From other countries +1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email: [email protected]
Web access: www.flukebiomedical.com
©2008-2009 Fluke Biomedical. All OEM company trademarks
are implied. Specifications subjectto change without notice.
Printed in U.S.A. 6/2009 3037447B C-EN-N
Radiation Safety
Product Catalog
2009/2010
451P Pressurized µR Ion
Chamber Survey Meter
190N Portable Neutron
Survey Meter
ASM990 Advanced
Survey Meter (ASM)
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
Featuring industry-standard
Victoreen technology
05-443 PRIMALERT®
Digital Area Monitors
Radiation Safety
Product Catalog
2009/2010
About Fluke
Biomedical
Providing solutions, not just products
Today, biomeds, physicists, RSO’s, other medical personnel must
meet increasing regulatory pressures, higher quality standards,
and rapid technological growth, while performing their work
faster and more efficiently than ever. Fluke Biomedical provides
a diverse range of software and hardware tools to meet today’s
challenges.
Service
Fluke Biomedical is dedicated to providing the best service
within the healthcare industry. Equipped with the bestcredentialed facilities, onsite experts, and full asset-management
capabilities, Fluke Biomedical’s service team is always on call
to take care of its customers. Fluke Biomedical’s world-class
staff leads the industry in post- and pre-sale support, including
helping customers choose the best products and accessories for
their needs, technical support, product calibration, and repairs.
Regulatory compliance
Fluke Biomedical’s benchmark quality operates to the most
rigorous standards in the industry, including compliance
with ISO 9001:2000, ISO 13485:2003, FDA/QSR, and NRC/
Part 50, Appendix B/Part 21 and adheres to ISO 17025:2005,
ANSI Z540, Mammography MQSA and CNSC. Many of the Fluke
Biomedical products are CE-marked and CSA-certified. In addition, the Global Calibration Laboratory holds its NVLAP Lab Code
200566-0 certification and is traceable to both the NIST & PTB.
Legacy
You may be familiar with some of our legacy brand names,
including:
• Metron
• Victoreen®
• DNI Nevada
• Nuclear Associates
• Bio-Tek Instruments
• Keithley
Fluke Biomedical has taken the best elements and products of
these former brands and have incorporated them into the Fluke
Biomedical culture and product line available today.
Our newest catalog
Our Radiation Safety catalog contains a variety of survey meters
and probes, area monitors, and other monitoring accessories
that can help Radiation Safety Officers (RSOs), Health Physicists,
Emergency Responders and other radiation-minded professionals
manage diagnostic imaging QA, regulatory compliance and radiation emergencies.
If you are interested in receiving catalogs or information
about any of Fluke Biomedical’s other product-lines, please visit
www.flukebiomedical.com/catalogs.
Catalogs are also available for the following product lines:
• Biomedical Test
• Radiation Oncology QA
• Diagnostic Imaging QA
• Service
2
Fluke Biomedical leads
the
world in the manufacture of biomedical test
and simulation products,
including
standalone
electrical
safety testers
to fully integrated and
automated performance
testing and documentation
systems. Fluke Biomedical
also provides some of the
most trusted and accurate
radiation
safety, medical
imaging, and oncology
quality-assurance
solutions for regulatory
compliance.
About Fluke
Corporation
Fluke Biomedical is a division of Fluke Corporation.
Fluke Corporation is
the world leader in the
manufacture, distribution,
and service of electronic
test tools and software
and is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Danaher
Corporation (NYSE:DHR).
Radiation Safety
Product Catalog
Contents
Ion Chamber Survey Meters
451B Ion Chamber Survey Meter with Beta Slide................................................................4
451P Pressurized μR Ion Chamber Survey Meter.................................................................6
451EXL 451 Assistant for Excel................................................................................................8
440RF/D Low Energy RF Shielded Survey Meter.................................................................9
Other Survey Meters and Probes
ASM-990 Series Advanced Survey Meter...........................................................................10
489-200WTF Wipe Test Fixture for Advanced Survey Meter.........................................13
489-110D GM Pancake Probe.................................................................................................14
Geiger-Mueller and Scintillation Probe Selection Guide.............................................15
190N Portable Neutron Survey Meter....................................................................................18
Area Monitors
190F Area Monitor/Frisker Count Rate Meter......................................................................19
1060AM Digital Smart Detector Area Monitor.................................................................... 20
05-437 PRIMALERT® 35 Area Radiation Monitor..............................................................21
05-443/444 PRIMALERT Digital Area Monitors................................................................ 22
05-450 PRIMALERT Digital Doorway Monitor................................................................... 23
Personal Dosimetry
Service and Calibration
Service and Calibration Info....................................................................................................27
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland, OH 44139-3303 U.S.A.
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
For more information, contact us
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa
+31 40 267 5435 or
Fax +31 40 267 5436
From other countries
+1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email:
[email protected]
Web access:
www.flukebiomedical.com
Service Center/Repair/
Calibration US
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland OH 44139-3303
Tel: 440-498-2560
Toll free: 800-850-4608 ext 2564
Email:
[email protected]
Service Center/Repair/
Calibration Europe
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (40) 267 5435
Fax: +31 (40) 267 5436
Email: [email protected]
3
451B
Ion Chamber Survey
Meter with Beta Slide
The auto-ranging 451B measures
radiation rate and accumulated
dose from beta, gamma and x-ray
radiation sources. The 451B’s site
surveying capabilities make it well
suited for a wide range of end
users, including: police and fire
departments, x-ray manufacturers,
government agencies, state inspectors, emergency response and
HAZMAT teams, nuclear medicine
labs, hospital radiation safety officers, and nuclear power workers.
The ion-chamber detector allows
for a fast response time to radiation
from leakage, scatter beams and
pinholes. Additionally, the low-noise
chamber bias supply provides for
fast background settling time. A sliding beta shield
serves as an equilibrium thickness for photon measurements and enables beta discrimination.
The digital display features an analog bar graph,
2.5 digit digital readout, low battery and freeze
(“peak hold”) mode indicators, and an automatic
backlight function. User controls consist of an
ON/OFF button and a MODE button. The case is constructed of lightweight, high-strength materials and
is sealed against moisture. The RS-232 interface can
be connected directly to a computer for use with the
Excel add-in for Windows® (451EXL), enhancing the
functionality of the instrument. This software allows
for data retrieval, user parameter selection and
provides a virtual instrument display with audible
(requires sound card) and visual alarm indication.
451B typical energy dependence
1.2
1.1
1
Indicated/Actual
0.9
Side
Slide - Closed
0.8
Slide - Open
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
10
4
Ion Chamber Survey Meters
100
Effective (keV)
1000
10000
Key features
• High sensitivity measurement
of rate and dose simultaneously, with the capability to
record peak rate
• Auto-ranging and autozeroing
• RS-232 communications
interface with optional
Windows-based Excel add-in
for data logging
• Ergonomic, anti-fatigue
handle with replaceable grip,
wrist strap and tripod mount
• Programmable flashing LCD
display and audible alarm
• Easily-accessible battery door
(operated by two 9-volt alkaline batteries) on the outside
of the bottom case
• Available with dose equivalent energy response (SI units)
• Shoulder strap and handle
which can be easily decontaminated (Nuclear Power
plant specific unit)
451B
Ion Chamber Survey
Meter with Beta Slide
Optional accessories
Specifications
Radiation detected
Alpha above 7.5 MeV, Beta above 100 keV, and Gamma above
7 keV
Operating ranges
0 to 5 mR/h or 0 to 50 µSv/h
0 to 50 mR/h or 0 to 500 µSv/h
451EXL 451 Assistant for Excel,
includes RS-232 interface cable
190HPS Single Unit Carrying
Case
450UCS Check Source,
238
Uranium, 0.064 µCi,
impregnated 2 x 2 in yellow card
0 to 500 mR/h or 0 to 5 mSv/h
0 to 5 R/h or 0 to 50 mSv/h
0 to 50 R/h or 0 to 500 mSv/h
Accuracy
Within 10 % of reading between 10 % and 100 % of full
scale indication on any range, exclusive of energy response.
Calibration source is 137Cs.
Detector
Chamber
349 cc volume air ionization
Chamber wall
246 mg/cm2 thick phenolic
Chamber window
6.6 mg/cm2 mylar, protected by steel mesh, 46 cm 2 detection
area
Beta slide
440 mg/cm2
451B-DE-SI
In order to achieve energy response consistent with
measurements of H*(10) as required by ICR4-47, aluminum
has been added to the back wall, 38 % of the side wall area,
and to the beta slide. With the Beta Shield open, the 451B can
measure skin dose at 10*(0.07), and Deep Dose H*(10) with
Beta Shield closed.
Controls
ON/OFF and MODE
Automatic features
Auto-zeroing, auto-ranging, and auto-backlight
Response time
Range
Response
0 to 5 mR/h (0 to 50 µSv/h)
8s
0 to 50 mR/h (0 to 500 µSv/h)
2.5 s
0 to 500 mR/h (0 to 5 mSv/h)
2s
0 to 5 R/h (0 to 50 mSv/h)
2s
0 to 50 R/h (0 to 500 mSv/h)
2s
Display LCD analog/digital with backlight
Analog
100 element bar graph 6.4 cm long. Bar graph is divided into 5
major segments, each labeled with the appropriate value for the
range of the instrument.
Digital
2.5 digit display is followed by a significant zero digit
depending on the operating range of the instrument. The units
of measurement are indicated on the display at all times. Digits
are 6.4 mm (0.25 in) high. Low battery and freeze indicators
are also provided on the display.
Modes
Integrate mode
Operates continuously 30 seconds after the instrument has
been turned on. Integration is performed even if the instrument
is displaying in mR/h or R/h.
Freeze mode
Will place a tick mark on the bar graph display to hold on
the peak displayed value. The unit will continue to read and
display current radiation values.
Environmental
Power requirements
Two 9 V alkaline, 200 hours operation
Warm-up time
One minute
Temperature range
-20 °C to 70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F)
Relative humidity
0 to 100 %, @ 60 °C
Geotropism
Less than 1 %
Dimensions (WxDxH)
10 cm x 20 cm x 15 cm (4 in x 8 in x 6 in)
Weight
1.11 kg (2.5 lb)
Ion Chamber Survey Meters
Ordering information
451B-RYR Ion Chamber Survey
Meter with Beta Slide and
standard chamber
451B-DE-SI-RYR Ion Chamber
Survey Meter with Beta Slide
and dose equivalent chamber
5
451P
Pressurized µR Ion Chamber
Survey Meter
Key features
• High sensitivity µR meas-
urements of rate and dose
simultaneously, with the
capability to record peak rate
• Ergonomic, anti-fatigue
handle with replaceable grip,
wrist strap and tripod mount
• Programmable flashing LCD
display and audible alarm
• Easily-accessible battery
door (operated by two 9-volt
alkaline batteries) on the
outside of the bottom case
• RS-232 communications
interface with optional
Windows-based Excel add-in
for data logging
• Available with dose equivalent energy response (SI units)
• Shoulder strap and handle
which can be easily decontaminated (Nuclear Power
plant specific unit)
The auto-ranging 451P features
a pressurized ion chamber,
providing enhanced sensitivity
(µR resolution) and improved
energy response to measure
radiation rate and dose from
x-ray and gamma sources.
Originally designed to measure
leakage and scatter around
diagnostic x-ray and radiation
therapy suites, the 451P’s site
surveying capabilities make it
well-suited for a wide range
of end users, including: x-ray
manufacturers, government
agencies, state inspectors,
biomedical technicians, and
maintenance technicians for
airport baggage scanners.
The ion chamber detector allows for a fast response time to
radiation from leakage, scatter beams and pinholes. Additionally,
the low noise chamber bias supply provides for fast background
settling time.
The digital display features an analog bar graph, 2.5 digit
digital readout, low battery and freeze (“peak hold”) mode indicators, and an automatic backlight function. User controls consist
of an ON/OFF button and a MODE button. The case is constructed
of lightweight, high strength materials and is sealed against
moisture. The RS-232 interface can be connected directly to a
computer for use with the Excel add-in for Windows (451EXL),
enhancing the functionality of the instrument. This software
allows for data retrieval, user-parameter selection and provides a
virtual instrument display with audible (requires sound card) and
visual alarm indication.
451P typical energy dependence
1.2
Typical energy
dependence
1.1
Nitrogen gamma rays are
110 % to 120 % of indicated
readings as determined at the
University of Lowell
16
1
Indicated/Actual
0.9
Side
0.8
Face
0.7
Front
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
10
6
Ion Chamber Survey Meters
100
Effective (keV)
1000
10000
451P
Pressurized µR Ion Chamber
Survey Meter
Optional accessories
Specifications
Radiation detected
Operating ranges
Accuracy
Beta above 1 MeV, Gamma and x-rays above 25 keV
0 to 500 µR/h or 0 to 5 µSv/h
0 to 5 mR/h or 0 to 50 µSv/h
0 to 50 mR/h or 0 to 500 µSv/h
0 to 500 mR/h or 0 to 5 mSv/h
0 to 5 R/h or 0 to 50 mSv/h
Within 10 % of reading between 10 % and 100 % of full scale
indication on any range, exclusive of energy response. Calibration
source is 137Cs
451EXL 451 Assistant for Excel,
includes RS-232 interface cable
190HPS Single Unit Carrying
Case
62-103 Check Source, 137Cs,
10 µCi. Flat disc, 1 inch diameter
Due to recent international airline
shipping policies/restrictions,
radioactive “Check Source” will not
be shipped with the main unit
outside US.
Detector
Chamber
230 cc volume pressurized air ionization chamber to 8 atmospheres
or 125 psi
Controls
ON/OFF and MODE
Automatic features
Auto-zeroing, auto-ranging, and auto-backlight
Step increase, background to
Time to reach 90 % of final value
Response time
Analog response time from
400 μR/h
4.8 s
10 % to 90 % of reading for
4 mR/h
3.3 s
a full scale step increase is
10
mR/h
4.3 s
dependent on operating range.
Response time for a step
40 mR/h
4.5 s
increase in radiation exposure 100 mR/h
2.7 s
rate from background:
1 R/h
2s
4 R/h
2.7 s
10 % to 90 %
This table shows time measured Range
from 10 % to 90 % of final value 0 to 500 μR/h (5 μSv/h)
5s
for a step increase or decrease
0 to 5 mR/h (50 μSv/h)
2s
in exposure rate such that a
0 to 50 mR/h (500 μSv/h)
1.8 s
range change does not occur.
These values are the response
0 to 500 mR/h (5 mSv/h)
1.8 s
times for the various ranges:
0 to 5 R/h (50 mSv/h)
1.8 s
Analog/Digital display LCD with backlight
Analog
100 element bar graph 6.4 cm (2.5 in) long. Bar graph is divided
into five major segments, each labeled with the appropriate value
for the range of the instrument.
Digital
2.5 digit display is followed by a significant zero digit depending
on the operating range of the instrument. The units of measurement
are indicated on the display at all times. Digits are 0.25 inches
(6.4 mm) high. Low battery and freeze indicators are also provided
on the display.
Modes
Integrate mode
Operates continuously 30 seconds after the instrument has been
turned on. Integration is performed even if the instrument is
displaying in mR/h or R/h.
Freeze mode
Will place a tick mark on the bar graph display to hold on the peak
displayed value. The unit will continue to read and display current
radiation values.
Environmental
Power requirements
Two 9 V alkaline, 200 hours operation
Warm-up time
Less than two minutes for initial operation when the instrument is
in equilibrium with ambient temperature.
Temperature range
-20 °C to 50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Relative humidity
0 to 100 %
Geotropism
Negligible
Dimensions (WxDxH)
10 cm x 20 cm x 15 cm (4 in x 8 in x 6 in)
Weight
1.07 kg (2.4 lb)
Ion Chamber Survey Meters
Ordering information
451P-RYR Pressurized µR Ion
Chamber Survey Meter with
standard chamber
451P-DE-SI-RYR Pressurized µR
Ion Chamber Survey Meter with
dose equivalent chamber
Note: Due to the pressurized ion
chamber, the 451P is considered U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT)
“Dangerous Goods” and must be
shipped via IAW DOT special permit
DOT-SP 13187.
7
451EXL
Assistant for Excel
The 451EXL provides remote
control for many of the 451B
and 451P functions via a
Microsoft® Excel-based user
interface, including real-time
data logging with user-defined
alarm parameters, upload of
the internal data log into Excel
worksheet, real-time virtual
instrument display, and accumulated dose measurement
over a user-defined integration period. This information
management software is ideal
for the facility Radiation Safety Officer or anyone responsible
for maintaining a permanent record of spills and accidents for
adherence to state and NRC requirements.
The 451EXL’s data logging function automatically records
real-time measured data into an Excel worksheet. The 451
Assistant provides user-configurable audible and visual alarms
for the real-time-logged data, including the color coding of each
data entry for quick identification for radiation levels and alarm
acknowledgment status. This 451EXL information management
software program is ideal for the facility radiation safety officer
or anyone responsible for maintaining a permanent record of
spills and accidents for adherence to state and NRC requirements.
Key features
• Real time data logging and
uploading of 451 internal
data log into protected Excel
worksheet
• Virtual instrument display
with user-defined audible and
visual alarm indication
• Compatible with Windows®
2000 and above, and Excel
97, 2000
• Package includes manual,
diskette set, and 25 ft RS-232
cable, Model 1020039000
System requirements
• Windows 2000 and above
• Microsoft Excel 97 or 2000
• One serial port (COM1 through
COM4)
Ordering information
451EXL 451 Assistant for Excel
8
Ion Chamber Survey Meters
ASM-990 Series
Key features
Advanced Survey Meter
• Simultaneous auto-scaling
The ASM-990 Series Advanced
Survey Meter can detect alpha,
beta, gamma, or x-ray radiation within an operating range
of 1 µR/hr to 1 R/hr (1 to
5,000,000 CPM), depending
on the selected probe (GeigerMueller, neutron, proportional
counter, scintillation). With the
proper probe combination, this
meter can be used as a general
survey meter, an area monitor,
a wipe-test counter, and a contamination monitor.
Designed to meet the hightechnology requirements
of health physics, medical
physics, and nondestructive testing applications, the ASM-990 Series is wellsuited for a wide range of end users, including: radiation safety officers, nuclear
medicine laboratories, diagnostic x-ray and hospital emergency-room technicians, environmental-health physicists, and emergency responders.
The unit, with purchased probe, is shipped calibrated and ready-to-use and
includes a MHV connector to ensure compatibility with all Fluke Biomedical
probes. The 992 includes a fully-calibrated internal energy-compensated
1 R/hr GM detector. The 993 features a fully-calibrated internal pancake
detector as well as an internal energy-compensated 1 R/hr GM detector.
measurement of rate and dose
with the capability to record
peak rate
• Up to five different probes can
be calibrated with one unit
• Data-logging survey mode
feature allows user to store
up to five separate survey
sequences
• Saved data can be uploaded
to a PC via included Infrared
Data (IrDA) transmitter
• Easy-to-use multifunction
keypad for intuitive menu
navigation
• Backlit analog/digital LCD
display with full-range audio
output capability
• Barcode scanner (optional)
• Auto power-down feature
extends battery life
Specifications
ASM-990 and ASM-992
Operating modes
Operating rate ranges
(dependent on selected
probe)
• Rate
• Scaler (dual option: “based on
• Integrate measurement” or “based on time”)
µR/hr
mR/hr
µrem/hr
mrem/hr
rem/hr
µSv/hr
CPM
mSv/hr
CPS
Sv/hr
DPM 99mTc
DPS 131I
kBq 123I
MBq 201Tl
mCi 18F
Ci 57Co
µR
mR
R
µrem
mrem
rem
Complementary units in the
integrate mode with the
integrated time value in
seconds
µSv
mSv
Sv
C (counts)
kC
MC
D (distintigrations)
kD 99mTc
MC 131I
Accuracy (dependent on
selected probe)
Within 10 % of reading between 10 % to 100 % of full scale indication on any range, exclusive of typical
energy dependence
Detector
Accepts GM detectors and scintillation probes operating at high voltages between 500 volts and 1300 volts
Temperature range
-10 °C to 50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)
Relative humidity
0 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Warm up time
5 second diagnostic check
Check source
Natural uranium, mounted on the case
Power requirements
Two “D” cells, 150 hours operation, automatically indicates when battery is low
Housing material
Proprietary polycarbonate, splash-proof case
Display
Liquid crystal display, 5.6 cm x 5.6 cm (2.2 in x 2.2 in)
Survey Meters and Probes
125
I
R/hr
µCi 67Ga
Bq
10
• Timed Peak Hold
• Data Logging
ASM-990 Series
Advanced Survey Meter
Data logging modes
The ASM-990 Series Log Data
feature can easily be accessed
via the setup sub-menu. The
unit can log/save a maximum
of 500 data points in any of
three separate modes (manual
and survey modes can utilize
the optional barcode scanner.)
Manual: Individual rate
data points can be saved by
pressing the Start/Stop/Rst/
Save button.
Timed: Data points automatically saved at user-selectable
time intervals in the range of
1 second to 255 seconds.
Survey: Programmed sequences
accessed via the menu system.
Pressing the Start/Stop/Rst/Save
button saves the current reading
and displays the next survey
location.
Programming of survey
sequences, as well as retrieval
of logged data, is accomplished
via the built-in IrDA port.
Label names up to 20
characters can be programmed
into the unit to identify the
individual survey locations.
Probe connector: The unit
is available with a MHV connector. The unit can be used
with multiple probes (5 total)
by selecting the appropriate
probe from the main menu. All
calibration data for each probe
is stored in the unit’s EEPROM.
Specifications
ASM-992 and ASM-993
Range
0.1 mR/hr to 1 R/hr
Radiation detected
Gamma above 60 keV
Accuracy
± 10 % of reading between 10 % and 100 % of full
scale on any range, exclusive of energy dependence
Weight (without probe)
ASM 990, 992: 0.95 kg (2.1 lb)
ASM 993: 1.09 kg (2.4 lb)
Dimensions (WxDxH)
10.47 cm x 27.71 cm x 6.35 cm
(4.125 in x 10.91 in x 2.5 in)
Typical energy dependence
Internal energy compensated 1 R GM detector
1.4000
1.2000
Indicated/Actual
1.0000
0.8000
0.6000
0.4000
0.2000
0.0000
10
100
1000
10000
Energy (keV)
Survey Meters and Probes
11
ASM-990 Series
Advanced Survey Meter
Optional accessories
Specifications
ASM-993
Radiation detected
Alpha above 3.5 MeV, beta above 35 keV and gamma above 6 keV
Range
Background to 80 mR/hr
Window
15 cm2 (1.75 in Ø) mica, 1.4 mg/cm 2 to 2.0 mg/cm2
Typical background
30 CPM
Protective screen
Stainless steel, hexagonal pattern providing 86 % open area
Accuracy
± 10 % of reading between 10 % and 100 % of full scale on any
range, exclusive of energy dependence (protective cover open)
Efficiency
The internal pancake
detector efficiency is
shown below. In a recent
performance check, the
numbers shown represent
typical results obtained:
Isotope
14
%Efficiency
C
99
5%
Tc
12 %
Cs
24 %
137
90
Sr
59 %
36
Cl
26 %
Am
8%
241
Note: The efficiency
formula used to calculate
the %Efficiency is:
Eff. % = (CPM x 100)/DPM
I
2%
230
Th
15 %
239
Pu
12 %
129
990-IR-USB USB Port IrDA
Adapter
990CC Carrying Case
990WM Wall Mounting Bracket
990PH Probe Holder for
489-110D
990UPH Universal Probe Holder
990SH Soft-Sided Holster
990SA Shoulder Strap Assembly
Note: The shoulder strap assembly is
only available for the ASM-993 and
must be ordered with the instrument
and factory installed.
Note: The ASM-990 Series, with the
customer-selected probe is calibrated
to NIST standards. The ASM-990
series with GM probe standard
calibration is in R, Sv, and rems.
Scintillation detectors are calibrated
in counts. Radionuclide-specific
efficiency calibrations are available
upon request. For probe selection
and calibration services, see next
page.
Due to recent international airline
shipping policies/restrictions,
radioactive “Check Source” will
not be shipped with the main unit
outside US.
Typical energy dependence
Internal pancake detector
5
4.5
4
Indicated/Actual
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
Ordering information
1
0.5
0
100
10
1000
125
137
Cs
10000
60
Co
Energy (keV)
Model comparison
Model
12
Advanced
survey
meter
990
•
990BC
•
992
•
992BC
•
993
•
993BC
•
Survey Meters and Probes
Barcode
reader
Internal energy
compensated
1 R/hr GM detector
Internal
pancake
detector
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
990 Advanced Survey Meter
990BC Advanced Survey Meter
with barcode reader
992 Advanced Survey Meter with
an internal 1 R GM detector
992BC Advanced Survey Meter
with an internal 1 R GM detector
and barcode reader
993 Advanced Survey Meter with
an internal 1 R GM detector and
internal pancake detector
993BC Advanced Survey Meter
with an internal 1 R GM detector,
internal pancake detector, and
barcode reader
489-200WTF
Wipe Test Fixture for
Advanced Survey Meter
The Wipe Test Fixture for Advanced
Survey Meter (Model 489-200WTF) uses
a high efficiency NaI(Tl) scintillation
probe (Model 489-200) in conjunction
with a lead-shielded sample holder. It
employs a removable wipe-test holder
or tray positioned below the shielded
probe. Under these conditions, background radiation is minimized and
wipe-test counting is maximized.
Key features
• Effectively detects removable
radioactive contamination
(wipe testing)
• High 99mTc efficiency
• Direct reading capability with
ASM-990 and 992 Advanced
Survey Meters and isotopic
calibrations
• Removable wipe test sample
holder positioned below
shielded probe, minimizes
background radiation and
maximizes wipe test counting
Applications
The Wipe Test Fixture evolved from
the need to more-accurately measure Technetium-99m ( 99mTc). Most
users don’t realize they are not accurately measuring 99mTc when using a
Geiger-Mueller pancake probe. Because of an inherently poor 99mTc efficiency,
Geiger-Mueller pancake probes are incapable of accurately measuring 99mTc
samples in a timely fashion. In order to meet current NRC and Agreement state
regulations, it is necessary to count 99mTc samples for a minimum of 30 minutes
per sample. The Wipe Test Fixture is designed to precisely measure 99mTc within
30 seconds at efficiencies far surpassing those currently in use. It counts effectively in rate mode and displays in any known unit, including “dpm 99mTc” or “μCi
99m
Tc”. When used with the ASM-990, or 992 advanced survey meters, the Wipe
Test Fixture can be calibrated to various other isotopes, thereby expanding its role
as a wipe-test counter.
Specifications
Model 489-200WTF
Size: 127 x 127 x 83 mm
Weight: 2.45 lb (1.11 kg)
Shielding: 6 mm lead
Sample tray spacing: 23 mm and 16.5 mm
Sample size: 47 mm
Efficiency:
Tc: 22 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0005 MDA µCi
I: 24 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0004 MDA µCi
Tl: 25 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0004 MDA µCi
89
Sr: 23 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0004 MDA µCi
90
Sr: 4 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0020 MDA µCi
137
Cs: 9 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0010 MDA µCi
60
Co: 16 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0006 MDA µCi
241
Am: 2 % efficiency (4 pi), 0.0050 MDA µCi
99m
131
201
Probe (Model 489-200)
Survey Meters and Probes
Type: NaI (Tl) pancake, scintillator optically coupled to PMT
Radiation detected: gamma and x-ray above 25 keV, beta above 100 keV
Applications: beta, gamma frisker for nuclear medicine is 10 times more
sensitive than GM probe
Crystal dimensions: 2 x 2 x 0.5 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 12.7 mm)
Calibration tolerance: ± 10 %
Weight (approx).: 0.78 lb (0.35 kg)
Ordering information
990WTF Probe Wipe test fixture
990BCWTF Probe Wipe test
fixture Barcode reader
992WTF Probe Wipe test fixture
992BCWTF Probe Wipe test
fixture Barcode reader Internal
GM detector
13
489-110D
Key features
GM Pancake Probe
• All purpose GM Pancake
Probe detects alpha, beta,
gamma, and x-ray radiations
• High detection efficiency
• Lightweight, ergonomic
design
• Detachable probe cable
• BNC or MHV connector
• Easy to decontaminate
Specifications
14
Detector
Halogen-quenched “Pancake” GM tube
Radiation detected
Alpha above 3.5 MeV, beta above 35 keV and gamma above 6 keV
Operating voltage
900 V; compatible with all GM survey meters
Window
15 cm2 (1.75 in Ø) mica, 1.4 to 2 mg/cm 2 thick
Typical background
30 CPM
Sensitivity
3500 CPM/mR/hr
Protective screen
Stainless steel, hexagonal pattern providing 86 % open area
Housing material
ABS plastic housing and foam grip handle
Cable
Shielded cord; approximately 4.5 ft long MHV coaxial connector or
BNC connector
Dimensions
Detector housing (WxDxH): 6.36 cm x 2.2 cm x 10.8 cm
(2.50 in x 0.875 in x 4.25 in)
Handle (excluding connector): 2.5 cm Ø x 16.5 cm dia.
(1 in Ø x 6.25 in dia.)
Weight (pancake
probe only)
0.28 kg (0.625 lb)
Survey Meters and Probes
Typical energy dependence
GM Pancake Probe typical energy dependence
5
45
4
35
Indicated/Actual
Designed for use in conjunction with the ASM-990 Series and
other standard GM survey meters, the 489-110D can detect
alpha, beta, and gamma radiation. It is configured for operating
convenience in table-top and floor surveys as well as surveys
of personnel and equipment. Prime applications for this probe
include nuclear medicine counter tops and frisker stations,
leakage detection for low energy diagnostic x-ray machines,
geological and environmental surveys or any place where there
exists the suspicion that some form of radiation is present, especially emergency response teams.
For storage and carrying ease, the probe fits into the standard
handle clip on a survey meter.
The GM probe comes in two configurations: 489-110D with
an ABS plastic housing, MHV connector, and foam grip, or 489110E with a BNC connector. This selection of connectors provides
the ability to attach the GM probe to most GM survey meters on
the market. Replacement foam grip handles are available: 489130-44. This same probe design is available in a rugged metal
housing as 489-110C.
3
25
2
15
1
05
0
100
10
125
1000
137
Cs
10000
60
Co
Effective (keV)
Efficiency
489-110D GM Pancake Probe efficiency is shown below. In a recent
performance check, the numbers
shown represent typical results
obtained:
Isotope
14
C
99
Tc
137
Cs
90
Sr
36
Cl
241
Am
129
I
230
Th
239
Pu
%Efficiency
5
12
24
59
26
8
2
15
12
Note: The efficiency formula used to
calculate the % Efficiency is: Eff. % =
(CPM x 100)/DPM
Replacement parts
489-130-44 Foam Grip Handle
Ordering information
489-110D GM Pancake Probe
with ABS plastic housing, MHV
connector, and foam grip handle
489-110E GM Pancake Probe
with ABS plastic housing, BNC
connector, and foam grip handle
489-110C GM Pancake Probe
with metal housing, MHV
connector, and foam grip handle
489-XXX, 90-12, 425-XXX
Geiger-Mueller and Scintillation Probe
Selection Guide
489-110D GM Pancake Probe
• Alpha above 3.5 MeV
• Beta above 35 keV
• Gamma and x-ray > 6 keV
• To 80 mR/hr (800 µSv/hr)
Key features
• Rugged and reliable designs
• GM probes are available
in pancake style, energy
compensated and with beta
discrimination
• Scintillators are test selected
and optically coupled to
photomultiplier tubes
489-50 Gamma Scintillation Probe
• Gamma and x-ray > 60 keV
• 1 in x 1 in, 1.5 in x 1.5 in and 2 in x 2 in NaI (Tl)
detectors available
489-200 Scintillation Pancake Probe
• Beta above 100 keV
• Gamma and x-ray > 25 keV
• NaI (Tl) rectangular
90-12 Energy Compensated GM Probe
• Beta above 200 keV
• Gamma and x-ray > 12 keV
• Up to 1 R/hr (10 mSv/hr)
489-35 Thin End Window GM Probe
• Alpha above 4 MeV
• Beta above 70 keV
• Gamma and x-ray > 6 keV
• Up to 80 mR/hr (800 µSv/hr)
489-60 Alpha Scintillation Probe
• Alpha above 4 MeV
• 1.5 in Ø ZnS (Ag)
425-110 Low Energy Gamma Scintillation Probe
• Gamma and x-ray > 10 keV
• NaI (Tl) 1 mm thick
491-40 Utility 1 R/hr GM Probe
• Beta above 200 keV
• Gamma and x-ray > 12 keV
• Up to 1 R/hr (10 mSv/hr)
425-200 Alpha/Beta Scintillation Probe
• Alpha above 350 keV
• Beta above 14 keV
• Plastic scintillator
Survey Meters and Probes
GM probes for qualitative
radiation detection—the
Geiger-Mueller (GM) detectors fulfill a wide variety
of radiation measurement
needs for alpha, beta, gamma
and x-ray sources. Some
probes have are provided
with a 360° shield to permit
discrimination between penetrating and non-penetrating
radiation.
The GM detectors have a
field-proven design to ensure
dependable performance,
reliability and ruggedness. Standard MHV type
connectors readily allow
interchange of all detector
probes. The life expectancy
of the counters ranges from
108 total counts to unlimited life depending on the
type of quench gas utilized.
Enhanced sensitivity to lowlevel alpha, beta, gamma and
x-ray radiation is achieved
when using the unique
498-110D Pancake GM Probe.
The following probe selection guide lists various
probes and suggested applications. Applications include
nuclear medicine counter-top
surveys, leakage detection
from diagnostic x-ray and
linear accelerators, geological
surveys, scrap metal yards
and unknown wells.
15
489-XXX, 90-12, 425-XXX
Geiger-Mueller and Scintillation Probe
Selection Guide
Scintillation probes for quantitative radiation assessment (counts/minute) –
The scintillation detectors are optically coupled to photomultiplier tubes, which
are then both magnetically shielded with mu-metal and specially shock-mounted
to provide trouble-free performance. The entire detector, crystal and photomultiplier, are secured in a sturdy cylindrical aluminum housing. Where appropriate, a
thin window has been utilized to provide alpha or low energy gamma response.
Applications outlined in this guide include nuclear medicine labs, HAZMAT
spills, radiation safety office surveys, industrial hygiene, industrial x-ray manufacturing, and geological surveys.
Specifications
Scintillation probes
Model
489-50
489-55
489-120
489-60
425-110
425-200
489-200
Type
NaI (Tl) Sodium
Iodide 1 x 1, scintillator optically
coupled to PMT
NaI (Tl) Sodium
Iodide 1.5 x 1.5,
scintillator optically coupled to
PMT
NaI (Tl) Sodium
Iodide 2 x 2,
scintillator optically coupled to
PMT
ZnS (Ag)
Alpha,
scintillator
optically coupled
to PMT
NaI (Tl)
Thin Scintillator
for Low Energy
Gamma,
scintillator optically coupled to
PMT
NE 102A Plastic
Scintillator
Flashlight Probe,
scintillator optically coupled to
PMT
NaI (Tl)
Pancake,
scintillator
optically coupled
to PMT
Radiation
detected
Gamma and x-ray
above 60 keV
Gamma and x-ray
above 60 keV
Gamma and x-ray
above 60 keV
Alpha above
4 MeV
Gamma and x-ray
above 10 keV
Alpha above
350 keV, beta
above 14 keV
Gamma and x-ray
above 25 keV,
beta above
100 keV
Applications
•
•
•
•
•
• Nuclear
medicine seed
finder
• Alpha detection
Uranium,
Plutonium
• HAZMAT
• RSO
• Primary probe
for nuclear
medicine
• Low energy
x-ray
manufacturing
• Industrial
hygiene
• Alpha, beta
counting of
filter paper
• HAZMAT
spills
• Nuclear
medicine
missing sources
• Beta, gamma
frisker for
nuclear
medicine is 10
times more
sensitive than
GM probe
• Environmental
surveys
Typical background (CPM)
1750
5000
6000
20
200
38
3000
Nominal
sensitivity
160,000 CPM/
mR/hr 137Cs
350,000 CPM/
mR/hr 137Cs
700,000 CPM/
mR/hr 137Cs
300,000 CPM/µCi
Am
3,000,000 CPM/
µCi 129l
0.0012 CPM/DPM/
100 cm 2 63Ni
650 CPM/µR/hr
137
Cs
Wall material
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
0.04 in Al,
1 mm thick
Window
108 mg/cm 2
Al
108 mg/cm 2
Al
108 mg/cm 2
Al
3 mg/cm 2
Al Mylar
8 mg/cm 2
Al
0.25 mg/cm 2
Plastic
130 mg/cm 2
Al
Sensitive area
5 cm 2
11.4 cm 2
20 cm 2
11.4 cm 2
5 cm 2
20.3 cm 2
59.2 cm 2
Crystal dim.
2.5 cm x 2.5 cm
(1 in x 1 in)
3.8 cm x 3.8 cm
(1.5 in x 1.5 in)
5.1 cm x 5.1 cm
(2 in x 2 in)
3.8 cm Ø
(1.5 in Ø)
2.5 cm Ø
(1 in Ø)
5.1 cm Ø
(2 in Ø)
5.1 cm x 5.1 cm x
1.3 cm (2 in x 2 in
x 0.5 in)
Probe dia.
5.1 cm (2 in)
5.1 cm (2 in)
5.7 cm (2.25 in)
5.1 cm (2 in)
5.1 cm (2 in)
6.7 cm (2.625 in)
5.7 cm x 1.8 cm
(2.25 in x 0.69 in)
Probe length
22.2 cm (8.75 in)
23.2 cm (9.125 in) 24.5 cm (9.625 in) 18.4 cm (7.25 in)
20.6 cm (8.125 in) 20.3 cm (8 in)
28 cm (11 in)
Cable length
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
Sensitivity to
I
Sensitivity to 90Sr,
99
Tc, 137Cs, 14C
90
Sr 22 %
Cl 8 %
241
Am 8 %
133
Ba 34 %
90
90
36
99
137
Nuclear medicine
Industrial hygiene
Industrial x-ray manufacturing
Geological surveys
Radiation safety office
122 cm (48 in)
241
122 cm (48 in)
900 V
Operating
voltage
Calibration
137
Cs 2 pts/scale
to 10 mR/hr
137
Cs 2 pts/scale
to 100 mR/hr
Cs 6 %
57
Co 9 %
133
Ba 6 %
60
Co 2 %
137
137
Cs 2 pts/scale
to 10 mR/hr
Sensitivity to
Am
241
16
137
Cs 13 %
Cs 26 %
137
Pu 13 %
241
Am 8 %
239
Sr 7 %
Tc 3 %
137
Cs 5 %
14
C1%
Humidity range
0 to 95 %
Operating temp
-40 °C to + 50 °C (-40 °F to +120 °F), maximum temperature increase of 20 °F/hr
Weight (approx.)
Sensitivity to
Tc
99m
± 10 %
Cal. tolerance
Efficiency
129
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
Survey Meters and Probes
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
0.91 kg (2.0 lb)
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
0.35 kg (0.78 lb)
SR 5 %
Cs 11 %
133
Ba 34 %
60
Co 16 %
0.35 kg (0.78 lb)
489-XXX, 90-12, 425-XXX
Geiger-Mueller and Scintillation Probe
Selection Guide
Specifications
Geiger-Mueller probes
Model
489-110C/D/E*
90-12
489-35
493-50
491-40
491-30
Type
Pancake alpha,
beta, gamma, and
x-ray with thin
pancake window
Energy compensated beta, gamma,
and x-ray with 360°
linear movement
shield for beta
discrimination
Alpha, beta, gamma,
and x-ray with
0.875 inch thin end
window
Beta, gamma, and
x-ray with sliding
360° metal shield for
beta discrimination
Beta, gamma, and
x-ray with sliding
360° metal shield for
Beta discrimination
Beta, gamma, and
x-ray with sliding
360° metal shield for
beta discrimination
Radiation
detected
Alpha above
3.5 MeV, beta above
35 keV, gamma and
x-ray above 6 keV
Beta above 200 keV
and gamma above
12 keV
Alpha above 4 MeV,
beta above 70 keV,
and gamma and
x-ray above 6 keV
Gamma above
12 keV and beta
above 200 keV
Gamma above
12 keV and beta
above 200 keV
Gamma above
12 keV and beta
above 200 keV
Applications
• All-purpose
sensitive alpha,
beta, and gamma
and x-ray probe
• Nuclear medicine
counter tops
• Detects leakage
from diagnostic
x-ray machines,
especially
mammography
• Geological surveys
• Scrap metal yards
• HAZMAT
• Energy
compensated
to eliminate low
energy over
response
• Convenient size
to fit in small
spaces around
linear
accelerators
• X-ray tube
manufacturers
• Ultra sensitive
alpha, beta,
gamma probe
with directional
focus
• Nuclear medicine
• Emergency
response
• Rugged probe
with beta
discrimination
• Scrap metal yards
• Rugged to drop
down wells
• Nuclear medicine
Typical background (shielded)
30 CPM
15 CPM
50 CPM
15 CPM
15 CPM
20 CPM
Maximum exposure
rate
80 mR/h
(800 µSv/hr)
1 R/h
(10 mSv/hr)
80 mR/h
(800 µSv/hr)
1 R/h
(10 mSv/hr)
1 R/h
(10 mSv/hr)
100 mR/h
(1 mSv/hr)
Nominal sensitivity
to 1 mR/hr of 60Co
3500 CPM
720 CPM
3900 CPM
720 CPM
720 CPM
2200 CPM
Replacement GM
tube part number
P-115
35-166
489-76
35-166
35-166
35-150
Wall material
Stainless steel with
mica window
Stainless steel
Stainless steel with
mica window
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Wall thickness
1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm 2
40 to 60 mg/cm 2
1.4 to 2.0 mg/cm 2
40 to 60 mg/cm 2
40 to 60 mg/cm 2
30 to 40 mg/cm 2
• Beta, gamma
probe is more
sensitive than
491-40 or 493-50,
but has max. rate
of 100 mR/hr
Active length
38 mm (1.5 in Ø)
19.1 mm (0.75 in)
102 mm (4 in)
19.1 mm (0.75 in)
19.1 mm (0.75 in)
57.2 mm (2.25 in)
Quenching gas
Neon and halogen
Neon and halogen
Neon and halogen
Neon and halogen
Neon and halogen
Neon and halogen
Diameter of probe
68 mm (2.6875 in)
35 mm (1.375 in)
33.4 mm (1.3125 in)
32 mm (1.25 in)
30 mm (1.1875 in)
30 mm (1.1875 in)
Length of probe
248 mm (9.75 in)
170 mm (6.7 in)
191 mm (7.5 in)
84 mm (3.3125 in)
136 mm (5.375 in)
136 mm (5.375 in)
Cable length
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
122 cm (48 in)
Weight (approx.)
0.45 kg (1.0 lb)
0.26 kg (0.59 lb)
0.45 kg (1.0 lb)
0.45 kg (1.0 lb)
0.45 kg (1.0 lb)
0.45 kg (1.0 lb)
Operating voltage
900 V
900 V
900 V
900 V
900 V
900 V
Humidity range
0 to 95 %
0 to 95 %
0 to 95 %
0 to 95 %
0 to 95 %
0 to 95 %
Operating
temperature range
-56 °C to +85 °C
(-65 °F to +185 °F)
-56 °C to +85 °C
(-65 °F to +185 °F)
-56 °C to +85 °C
(-65 °F to +185 °F)
-56 °C to +85 °C
(-65 °F to +185 °F)
-56 °C to +85 °C
(-65 °F to +185 °F)
-56 °C to +85 °C
(-65 °F to +185 °F)
Pressure range
To 5 psig
To 15 psig
To 5 psig
To 15 psig
To 15 psig
To 15 psig
Ordering information
489-110D GM Pancake Probe
489-50 Gamma Scintillation Probe
489-200 Scintillation Pancake Probe
90-12 Energy Compensated GM Probe
489-35 Thin End Window GM Probe
Survey Meters and Probes
489-60 Alpha Scintillation Probe
425-110 Low Energy Gamma
Scintillation Probe
491-40 Utility 1 R/hr GM Probe
425-200 Alpha/Beta Scintillation
Probe
17
190N
Portable Neutron
Survey Meter
The self-contained 190N Portable
Neutron Survey Meter measures mRem in
accordance with the classical Anderson
and Braun design. The neutron probe
can be attached to either a 190 Survey
Meter or a 190F Frisker for continuous
neutron surveys or area monitoring.
This product has all the salient features of an auto-scaling digital survey
meter, including data logging. Using the
190-lA Infrared Communicator, manual
data-logging or automatic preset-time
data-logging is accessible for data
handling. Neutron Probe, RP-N, can be
interfaced to the 190F Frisker, with ac
power for continuous monitoring.
Key features
•Auto-scaling measurement
of rate and dose (integrate
mode includes dose and time
accumulation)
•True Rem readings recorded
across a wider (lower and
higher) rate range
•Data logging with the 190-1A
Infrared Communicator to a PC
•Ergonomic, portable design:
adjustable shoulder strap and
rugged handle with padded
grip
•Flexible detector assembly,
190 can be removed for
remote readings
•Available in SI units
Specifications
Readout
Programmable features of a standard 190 Survey Meter. Refer to the 190 data sheet for complete details.
Alarm
Audio and visual setpoint can be programmed into the 190N via the 190‑1A Infrared Communicator
Logging of data
The 190‑1A Infrared Communicator interfaced to a personal computer can be used to set up data logging
Detector assembly,
RP-N
The detector assembly is a polyethylene cylinder, 9.5 in L x 8.5 in dia., containing a BF3 proportional counter and
neutron energy compensating materials. It is based upon the standard reliable Anderson and Braun design for
neutron energy response. The handle is padded for ease of gripping. An adjustable shoulder strap is provided.
BF3 operating
characteristics
The BF3 proportional counter operates at 1150 V. Active length is 5.08 cm (2 in). Fill gas is enriched BF3, 96 %
Boron 10. Gas pressure is 20 cm Hg. Resolving time is 1 microsecond, plateau slope is 2 % per 100 V and tube life
expectancy is greater than 1010 counts.
Typical neutron
sensitivity
Nominal 2000 counts per mRem
Range
Rate: 0 µRem/h to 75 Rem/h
0 µSv/R to 0.75 Sv/h
0 CPM to 2.5 x 106 CPM
0 CPS to 41,660 CPS
Integrate: 0 µRem to 1000 Rem
0 µSv to 10 Sv
0 to 109 counts
Gamma sensitivity/
rejection
No response in 137Cs gamma radiation in fields up to 500 R/h
Accuracy
10 % of theoretical ICRP dose rate
Dimensions
31.75 Ø x 26 cm dia. (12.50 Ø x 10.25 in dia.)
Miscellaneous
Detector assembly cable length: 1.37 m (4.5 ft). An optional 9.14 m (30 ft) cable is available.
Weight
9.52 kg (21 lb) (total 190 + detector assembly)
Directionality
Less than 20 % in three orthogonal directions
Temperature range
190 operating range: ‑10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)
Detector assembly operating range: -80 °C to +80 °C (-112 °F to 176 °F)
Power requirements Four 9 V alkaline batteries supplied, 100 hours operation
190N is calibrated against a NIST traceable “Tissue Equivalent Proportional Counter” and uses Radium/Beryllium
neutrons at a distance of 100 cm
Calibration
Typical energy
dependence
10E1
cps/N/cm2/sec
190N Sensitivity
10E0
Ordering information
ICRP Response
20 CPS/2.5 MREM/HR
190N Portable Neutron Survey
Meter
190N-SI Portable Neutron Survey
Meter, SI Unit
10E-1
10E-2
10E-3
10E-2
18
Survey Meters and Probes
10E-1
10E0
10E1
10E2
10E3
10E4
10E5
10E6
10E7
10E8
190F
Area Monitor/Frisker Count
Rate Meter
Key features
• Auto-scaling measurement of
rate and dose simultaneously
The easy-to-use, auto-ranging 190F is compatible with GM detectors, neutron probes,
proportional counters, and scintillation
probes operating from 300 volts to 1,300
volts. Depending on probe selection, the
190F detects alpha, beta, gamma, x-ray or
neutron radiation within an operating range
of 1 µR/h to 1 R/h (1 CPM to 1,000,000
CPM). The unit is available with either an
MHV or a BNC connector.
Visual indication of selected parameters,
as well as measured values, are displayed
on the analog/digital display.
The 190F Area Monitor/Frisker Count Rate
Meter, with purchased probe, is shipped
calibrated and ready-to-use.
• Adjustable Alarm
• Backlit analog/digital LCD
display with bar graph and
operational units
• Interchangeable probe
adapter module
• Data logging
Operating ranges (dependent
on selected probe)
Toggles and selects rate units:
μR/hr
CPM
μSv/hr
DPM
mR/hr
CPS
mSv/hr
Bq/cm 2
R/hr
μCi/cm 2
and the complementary units in
the integrate mode:
Specifications
Accuracy
Within 10 % of reading between 10 % to 100 % of full scale indication on
any range, exclusive of energy dependence. Accuracy is probe dependent.
Detector
Accepts GM detectors, neutron probes, scintillation probes, and proportional counters operating at high voltages between 300 V and 1300 V.
Adapter module
Contains calibration data and high voltage settings for a specified probe.
The module is available with an MHV or a BNC connector. Specify the type
of connector with order.
Note: Additional adapter modules can be purchased for use with multiple
probes: Specify 190060 for MHV adapter module and 190070 for BNC
adapter module. By using multiple replaceable probe adaptor modules,
each module can be assigned to a specific probe. The module’s EEPROM
stores the calibration factors for a specific probe. When plugged into a
190F Area Monitor and Count Rate Meter, it automatically sets the high
voltage and activates the calibration data set for the specific probe. By
using modules married to specific probes, the user has the convenience of
using only one 190F with multiple probes for survey work.
Log
Logs 211 data points and sequentially labels data points. (Data retrieval
requires the 190-1A Infrared Communicator). With the communicator,
alphanumerics up to 16 characters can be programmed into the 190F to
name the locations of individual data points to be collected. The location
name is displayed when the Log button is pressed. Press the Log button
again, and the data point is stored.
Power requirements
9 V dc regulated power converter
Batteries
Three 9 V batteries, 150 hours operation, automatically indicates when
battery is low
Warm up time
15 second diagnostic check
Check source
Natural uranium, mounted on the case
Temperature range
-10 °C to +60 °C (14 °F to 140°F)
Relative humidity
0 to 95 %, non-condensing
Housing material
Molded ABS plastic, splash-proof case. Probe fits into side-mounted ABS
plastic probe holder with Velcro® straps.
Dimensions (WxDxH)
9.2 cm x 23.4 cm x 5 cm (3.75 in x 9.2 in x 2.1 in)
Weight (without probe)
0.70 kg (1.56 lb)
μR
mR
CTS
D
μSv
mSv
BqμCi
R
with the integrated time value
in seconds
Optional accessories
190-1A Infrared Communicator
Additional features can be
activated, such as Log Mode,
Alarm Setpoint, Energy Specific
Calibrations, and default setting
changes. Features and pushbuttons can also be locked-out to
set up the 190F in a user defined
mode of operation.
Note: The 190F Area Monitor and
Count Rate Meter, with the customer
selected probe is calibrated to NIST
standards. The 190F and probe is
calibrated in mR/h or µSv/h units
as a standard. The end user may
calibrate in additional radiation
units using the 190-1A Infrared
Communicator.
Ordering information
190F Area Monitor/Frisker Count
Rate Meter
Due to recent international airline
shipping policies/restrictions,
radioactive “Check Source” will
not be shipped with the main unit
outside US.
Area Monitors
19
1060AM
Digital Smart Detector
Area Monitor
The versatile 1060AM is
designed for reliable, continuous area monitoring for
gamma or x-ray sources in
a medical facilities, or any
other facility with radioisotope
sources. Employing internal
Geiger-Mueller (GM) detectors,
it is available in environmental,
low, medium, and high range
versions, with an optional MHV
interface that can accommodate
a wide variety of external
GM probes.
The 1060AM is suitable for stand-alone operation or in a network environment employing multiple channels, communicating
via an RS485 interface to a main computer system. The optional
WIN1060 PC software provides the ability to display multiple
channels, to maintain both alarm and measurement history, and
to access to system configuration options. An optional remote
display, consisting of a visual alarm indicator and a logarithmic
meter corresponding to the detector range, is available. In addition, the 1060AM provides an EMI shielded watertight National
Electrical Manufacturers’ Association (NEMA® ) enclosure that
is CE marked. The 1060AM provides two RS485 connectors to
simplify connections between multiple units.
Specifications
Operating range
Environmental range: 1 µR/hr to 100 µR/hr (0.01 µSv/hr to
10 µSv/hr)
Key features
•Available in 4 operating
ranges: environmental, low,
medium and high
•Optional MHV interface for
external probes
•Wide range of applications in
NEMA 4 Enclosure
•RS485 interface for multi-drop
applications
•Optional WIN1060 Windows®
software monitors up to 30
channels
•Optional remote display with
alarm indicator
•All versions available in SI
units
Optional accessories
941060WN WIN1060
Applications Software
90-177 Converter RS-232/
RS-485 power cube, cable (US)
90-178 Converter RS-232/
RS-485 power cube, cable
(Europe)
90-179 Converter RS-232/
RS-485 power cube, cable
(Australia)
90-180 Converter RS-232/
RS-485 power cube, cable (UK)
External Probes (consult factory)
Custom configurations available
Low range: 0.01 mR/hr to 1 R/hr (0.1 µSv/hr to 10 mSv/hr)
Medium range: 0.1 mR/hr to 10 R/hr (1 µSv/hr to 100 mSv/hr)
High range: 1 mR/hr to 100 R/hr (10 µSv/hr to 1 Sv/hr)
Radiation detected
Gamma rays
Typical energy dependence
± 15 % from 100 keV to 1.5 MeV
High voltage
Regulated 500 V dc to 2500 V dc, < 1 mV ripple, digitally
controlled with 1 V resolution, 500 microamperes at 1400 V
Input circuitry
High and low discriminator setpoints. Jam detection (anti-jam).
Power requirements
12 V dc @ 500 mA power converter
Enclosures
A plastic rectangular housing, NEMA 4 type for outdoor or indoor
applications
Dimensions (LxWxH)
9.65 cm x 28.26 cm x 10.16 cm (3.8 in x 11.125 inx 4.0 in)
Mounting hole pattern
7.46 cm x 23.81 cm (2.9375 in x 9.375 in)
User interface
RS-485 supporting multi-drop applications for communications
with IBM® compatible personal computer running WIN1060
applications software
Temperature range
0 °C to 50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F)
Relative humidity
5 % to 95 %, non-condensing
Shock and vibration
Mechanical shock and vibration specifications are per ANSI
N42.17A, Section 8.4 and 8.5
Operating system
Real-time, interrupt driven, embedded system
Ordering information
1060AM-NM-ER NEMA
Enclosure, environmental range
1060DS-ER (-SI) Remote Display
1060AM-NM-LR NEMA
Enclosure, low range
1060DS-LR (-SI) Remote Display
1060AM-NM-MR NEMA
Enclosure, medium range
1060DS-mR (-SI) Remote Display
1060AM-NM-HR NEMA
Enclosure, high range
1060DS-HR (-SI) Remote Display
1060MHV-NM External probe1
1
Consult factory for external probe
options
Add -SI for SI units
20
Area Monitors
05-437
PRIMALERT® 35 Area
Radiation Monitor
The PRIMALERT 35 Area Radiation Monitor contains an energy-compensated GM detector and has
six range indicators (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, and 32 mR/hr)
that can clearly display an increase or decrease
in radiation levels. The visible and audible alarms
can be set at any of the six levels by a front-panel,
screwdriver-adjustable control. When each preset
radiation level is exceeded, personnel are alerted
by bright flashing red lights (visible over a 180°
field) and a loud intermittent audio signal. The
alarms stop automatically when the radiation level
falls below each of the preset values. This permits
instant radiation-level recognition not readily distinguishable on meter-type instruments.
Fail-safe operation is assured by a light which continuously
indicates background radiation and provides visual proof that
the unit is functioning. The monitor will not jam or show false
readings in high radiation fields. A mounting bracket and a
110 V ac adapter/power converter are also included.
Key features
•Provides continuous visual
indication of radiation levels
and produces audible and/
or visual alarms at any of six
programmable radiation levels
•Assures reliable, continuous
monitoring wherever radioactive materials are present
•Displays the radiation level in
bright color-coded lights
•Optional Primalarm Remote
Alarm, which functions up to
100 feet from monitor
Specifications
Power requirements
105 V to 125 V/60 Hz/8 W
Dimensions (WxHxT)
9 cm x 15 cm x 4 cm (3.5 in x 6 in x 1.5 in)
Weight
0.9 kg (2 lb)
Optional accessories
62-103 Check Source, 137Cs,
10 µCi. Flat disc, 1 in diameter
Included accessories
AC adapters, specify with order
14-314 110 V ac 12 V dc
500 mA (USA, Japan)
14-400 230 V ac 12 V dc
500 mA (Europe)
14-417 230 V ac 12 V dc
580 mA (UK)
14-436 230 V ac 12 V dc
580 mA (Australia)
Ordering information
05-437 Primalert 35 Area
Radiation Monitor
Area Monitors
21
05-443 and 05-444
PRIMALERT® Digital
Area Monitors
The PRIMALERT Digital Area Monitors
are designed for a wide range of gamma
radiation area monitoring applications. Two
self-contained configurations are available,
each with an internal energy compensated
GM detector (detection range in parentheses): 05-443 (0.1 mR/h to 1 R/h) and
05-444 (1 mR/h to 4 R/h). Both models
are ac powered with an internal battery
backup, have user-settable low and high
alarms, and are available with an optional
remote alarm for added security.
The versatile PRIMALERT Digital Area Monitors can be used in
industrial applications, medical settings, or wherever there is a
need to warn personnel of increasing radiation levels and/or to
limit the accumulated exposure of personnel to gamma radiation.
Key features
•Simple installation and setup
(calibration controls easily
accessed through front panel)
•Anti-jam circuitry prevents
erroneous readings at tube
saturation
•LED digital display with
Detector Fail indicator
•Programmable low and high
alarm indicators, with an
optional remote alarm
available
•Data output/RS-232
Specifications
Indicated use
Radiation area monitoring
Internal GM detector range
05-443: 0.1 mR/hr to 1 R/hr; 05-444: 1 mR/hr to 4 R/hr
Display
4 digit LED display with 2 cm (0.8 in) character height; display range: 000.0 to 9999
Display units
Can be made to display in µR/hr, mR/hr, R/h, µSv/h, mSv/h, Sv/h, cpm, cps and others
Linearity
Reading within ± 10 % of true value with detector connected
Response
Typically 3 seconds from 10 % to 90 % of final reading
Status (green light)
Indicates the instrument is functioning properly
Low alarm
Indicated by a yellow light and slow beep (1 per sec) audible tone (can be set at any point from 0.0 to 9999)
High alarm
Indicated by a red light and fast beep (4 per sec) audible tone (can be set at any point from 0.0 to 9999)
Detector fail
Red light and audible tone; > 68 dB at 2 ft indicates detector overload, no count from detector, or instrument
failure
Low battery (yellow)
Indicates < 2 hours of battery power remaining
Calibration controls
Accessible from front of instrument (protective cover provided)
High voltage
Adjustable from 200 V to 2500 V
Threshold
Adjustable from 2 mV to 100 mV
Dead time
Adjustable to compensate for dead time of the detector and electronics (can be read on the display)
Overload
Senses detector saturation (indicated by display reading “-OL”)
Overrange
Indicates the radiation field being measured has exceeded the counting range of the instrument
(indicated by display reading “----”)
Data output
9 pin connector providing 5 decade log output, RS-232 output, signal ground connection, FAIL and Alarm
signals (current sink), and direct connection to battery and ground
Power requirements
95 V ac to 135 V ac (178 V ac to 240 V ac available), 50 Hz to 60 Hz single phase (< 100 mA), 6 V sealed lead
acid rechargeable battery (built-in)
Battery life
Typically 48 hours in non-alarm condition, 12 hours in alarm condition
Battery charger
Battery is continuously trickle charged when instrument is connected to line power and turned on
Housing material
Aluminum housing with white polyurethane enamel paint
Temperature range
-20 °C to 50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F). May be certified for operation from -40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 150 °F).
Dimensions (WxDxH)
24.6 cm x 6.4 cm x 18.7 cm (9.7 in x 2.5 in x 7.4 in)
Weight
2.3 kg (6.5 lb)
Note: audible
indicators can
be configured as
a single beep if
desired.
22
Area Monitors
Ordering information
05-443 PRIMALERT Digital Area
Monitor with internal energy
compensated 0.1 mR/hr to
1 R/hr GM detector
05-443-2200 PRIMALERT
Digital Area Monitor with
internal energy compensated
1 µSv to 10 mSv/hr GM detector,
220 V ac operation
05-444 PRIMALERT Digital Area
Monitor with internal energy
05-444-2200 PRIMALERT
Digital Area Monitor with
internal energy compensated
10 µSv to 40 mSv/hr GM
detector, 220 V ac operation
05-446 Remote Display
05-450
PRIMALERT® Digital
Doorway Monitor
The highly sensitive 05-450
PRIMALERT Digital Doorway
Monitor is designed to detect low
levels of gamma radiation that pass
through an entryway. Common
installations of the 05-450 include
hospital entrances, emergency
rooms, laundry rooms, nuclear medicine labs and procedure rooms,
waste disposal chutes and any
other area of the hospital where
radiation contamination could be a
concern.
The system consists of a digital
monitor, two shielded NaI (Tl) scintillation detectors with NEMA
enclosures, associated cabling and a 10 µCi 137Cs check source.
The system is AC powered with internal battery backup and
user-selectable alarm settings.
Key features
• Dual detectors—highly
sensitive lead shielded NaI
(Tl) scintillators
• Configuration with NEMA
enclosures
• Fast response time with LED
digital display
• Audio and visual alarms
• Battery backup
Specifications
Two 3 in Ø x 1 in thick (7.6 cm x 2.5 cm) shielded NaI (Tl) scintillation detectors with up to 200 ft cables
(NEMA 4x enclosures included)
Connectors
BNC (others available on request)
Sensitivity
Detects an unshielded 40 µCi 137Cs source at 10 ft and unshielded 10 µCi 137Cs source at 5 ft from the detector
Check source
0.875 in Ø 10 µCi 137Cs check source
Display
4 digit LED display with 2 cm (0.8 in) character height
Display units
Can be made to display in µR/hr, mR/hr, R/hr, µSv/h, mSv/h, Sv/h, µrem/hr, mrem/hr, rem/hr, cpm, cps and others
Linearity
Reading within ± 10 % of true value with detector connected
Response
Typically 3 seconds from 10 % to 90 % of final reading
Status
(green light) Indicates the instrument is functioning properly
Low alarm
Indicated by a yellow light and slow beep (1 per sec) audible tone (can be set at any point from 0.0 to 9999)
High alarm
Indicated by a red light and fast beep (4 per sec) audible tone (can be set at any point from 0.0 to 9999)
Note: Audible indicators can be configured as a single beep if desired.
Detector fail
Indicates overload, no count from detector, or instrument failure (red light and audible tone; > 68 dB at 2 ft)
Low battery
Yellow light indicates < 2 hours of battery power remaining
High voltage
Adjustable from 200 V to 2500 V
Threshold
Adjustable from 2 mV to 100 mV
Dead time
Adjustable to compensate for dead time of the detector and electronics (can be read on the display)
Overload
Senses detector saturation (indicated by display reading “-OL”)
Overrange
Radiation field being measured exceeds the counting range of the instrument (indicated by display reading “----”)
Data output
9 pin connector providing 5 decade log output, RS-232 output, signal ground connection, FAIL and Alarm signals (current
sink), and direct connection to battery and ground
Power requirements 95 V ac to 135 V ac (178 V ac to 240 V ac available), 50 Hz to 60 Hz single phase (< 100 mA), 6 V sealed lead acid
rechargeable battery (built-in)
Battery life
Typically 48 hours in non-alarm condition, 12 hours in alarm condition
Battery charger
Battery is continuously trickle-charged when instrument is connected to line power and turned on
Battery dependence < 3 % change in readings to battery endpoint
Temperature range
-20 °C to 50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F). May be certified for operation from -40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 150 °F)
Dimensioins
Electronics: 24.6 cm x 6.4 cm x 18.7 cm (9.7 in x 2.5 in x 7.4 in)
(WxDxH)
Detectors: 43.2 cm x 21.6 cm x 33 cm (17 in x 8.5 in x 13 in)
Weight
Electronics: 2.3 kg (6.5 lb)
Detectors: 14.5 kg (32 lb)
Detectors
Ordering information
05-450 PRIMALERT Digital
Doorway Monitor, Sv/hr, 220 V
power
Area Monitors
05-450-2200 PRIMALERT Digital
Doorway Monitor, Sv/hr, 220 V
power
23
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement